AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 31, 2022
REGISTRATION NO. 333-261707
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM N-14
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | [ ] | |
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 | [X] | |
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. | [ ] |
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
235 West Galena Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (626) 385-5777
Diane J. Drake
Mutual Fund Administration, LLC
2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226
Glendora, California 91740
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
COPIES TO:
Laurie Anne Dee | Morrison C. Warren |
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP | Chapman and Cutler LLP |
600 Anton Boulevard, Suite 1800 | 111 West Monroe Street |
Costa Mesa, California 92626 | Chicago, Illinois 60603 |
TITLE OF SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED:
Shares of beneficial interest ($0.01 par value per share) of
AXS Change Finance ESG ETF, a Series of the Registrant.
Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
No filing fee is required because of reliance on Section 24(f) and an indefinite number of shares have previously been registered pursuant to Rule 24f-2 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF
February 1, 2022
Dear Shareholder:
I am writing to you to ask for your vote on a very important matter that will significantly affect your investment in Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Target Fund”), an exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of ETF Series Solutions, an open-end management investment company. Enclosed is a proxy statement and prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) seeking your approval of a certain proposal at a special meeting of shareholders of the Target Fund (the “Meeting”).
At the Meeting, which will be held at the offices of ETF Series Solutions, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, on March 4, 2022, at 11:00 a.m. Central Time, shareholders will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposed transaction involving a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) whereby the Target Fund will transfer all of its assets to the AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Acquiring Fund”), a newly formed exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of Investment Managers Series Trust II, an open-end management investment company, in exchange for shares of the Acquiring Fund and the assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund, and the subsequent distribution of the shares of the Acquiring Fund in liquidation of the Target Fund.
On September 2, 2021, AXS Investments LLC (“AXS”), the investment adviser of the Acquiring Fund, entered into an agreement with Change Finance, PBC (“Change Finance”), the investment adviser of the Target Fund, whereby Change Finance would transfer its investment advisory business relating to the Target Fund to AXS (the “Transaction”). In connection with the Transaction, AXS wishes to reorganize the Target Fund into the AXS family of funds. To effectuate this, the Board of Trustees of ETF Series Solutions (the “Board”) has approved, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”), the Reorganization. The Acquiring Fund will be managed by AXS and will be sub-advised by Change Finance and has the same underlying index and investment objective as the Target Fund and substantially similar principal investment strategies and risks as the Target Fund. Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, the current sub-adviser of the Target Fund, will not be involved with the management of the Acquiring Fund. Importantly, approval of the Proposal will not result in any increase in shareholder fees or expenses.
If shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Plan and certain other closing conditions are satisfied or waived, each Target Fund shareholder will receive after the closing of the Reorganization (in accordance with the Plan), on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes as further described herein, a number of shares of beneficial interest of the Acquiring Fund equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the shares of the Target Fund held by the Target Fund shareholder immediately prior to the Reorganization and the Target Fund shareholders will become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund.
The Board has unanimously approved the Plan and the transactions it contemplates and recommends that the Target Fund shareholders vote “FOR” approval of the Plan and the Reorganization it contemplates and “FOR” approval of the Agreement. A copy of the form of Plan is attached as Exhibit A to the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
Also included in this booklet are the following materials concerning the upcoming Meeting:
| ● | a Notice to Shareholders of the Target Fund including a list of commonly asked questions and answers regarding the Reorganization; |
2
| ● | a Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders, which summarizes the proposal for which you are being asked to provide voting instructions; and |
| ● | a Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which provides detailed information on the Acquiring Fund, the specific proposal being considered at the Meeting and why the proposal is being made, including the differences between shares of the Target Fund and the shares of the Acquiring Fund that the Target Fund shareholders will receive as a result of the Reorganization |
While you are, of course, welcome to join us at the Meeting, most shareholders cast their vote by filling out and signing the enclosed proxy card or by voting by touch-tone telephone or via the Internet. We urge you to review the enclosed materials thoroughly. Once you’ve determined how you would like your interests to be represented, please promptly complete, sign, date and return the enclosed proxy card or vote by touch-tone telephone or via the Internet. A postage-paid envelope is enclosed for mailing, and touch-tone telephone and Internet voting instructions are listed at the top of your proxy card.
Although we intend to hold the Meeting in person, we are sensitive to the public health and travel concerns our shareholders may have and recommendations that public health officials may issue in light of the evolving COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, we may impose additional procedures or limitations on Meeting attendees or decide to hold the Meeting in a different location or solely by means of remote communication. We plan to announce any such updates on our proxy website www.changefinanceetf.com, and we encourage you to check this website prior to the Meeting if you plan to attend. We also encourage you to consider your options to vote by internet, telephone, or mail, as discussed above, in advance of the Meeting in the event that, as of March 4, 2022, in-person attendance at the Meeting is either prohibited under a federal, state, or local order or contrary to the advice of public health care officials.
Your vote is very important. As a shareholder, you are entitled to cast one vote for each share of the Target Fund that you own. Please take a few moments to read the enclosed materials and then cast your vote. Our proxy solicitor, AST Fund Solutions, may contact you to encourage you to exercise your right to vote. We appreciate your participation in this important Meeting. Thank you.
| Sincerely yours, |
|
|
| Michael D. Barolsky |
| Vice President ETF Series Solutions on behalf of Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF |
If You Need Any Assistance, Or Have Any Questions Regarding The Proposal Or How To Vote Your Shares, Call AST Fund Solutions Toll Free at 1-866-745-0265. Representatives Are Available To Assist Monday Through Friday From 9:00 a.m. To 10:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
3
Important Notice to Shareholders of
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF
Questions & Answers
February 1, 2022
Although we recommend that you read the entire Proxy Statement/Prospectus, for your convenience, we have provided a brief overview of the issues to be voted on.
Q. | What is happening? |
A. | You are being asked to vote on the following proposal to be considered at a special meeting of shareholders (the “Meeting”) of Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Target Fund”):
To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”) by and between ETF Series Solutions, on behalf of the Target Fund, and Investment Managers Series Trust II, on behalf of AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Acquiring Fund” and, together with the Target Fund, the “Funds”) pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders (collectively, the “Reorganization”). |
The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of ETF Series Solutions (“ESS”) has determined that the proposal is in the best interests of the Target Fund. The Board of Trustees unanimously recommends that you vote FOR the proposal.
Q. | How will the Reorganization be effected? |
A. | Assuming the Target Fund shareholders approve the Reorganization, the Target Fund will be reorganized into the Acquiring Fund. |
|
|
| Upon the closing of the reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund, the Target Fund shareholders will receive newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund. Shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund shares held by such shareholders, computed as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the business day immediately prior to the date of the closing of the Reorganization (the “Valuation Time”). |
Q. | Why is the Reorganization being recommended? |
A. | On September 2, 2021, AXS Investments LLC (“AXS”), the investment adviser of the Acquiring Fund, entered into an agreement with Change Finance, PBC (“Change Finance”), the investment adviser of the Target Fund, whereby Change Finance would transfer its investment advisory business relating to the Target Fund to AXS (the “Transaction”). In connection with the Transaction, AXS wishes to reorganize the Target Fund into the AXS family of funds. To effectuate this, the Board has approved, pursuant to the Plan, the transfer of all the assets and liabilities of the Target Fund to the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund will be managed by AXS and will be sub-advised by Change Finance and has the same underlying index and investment objective as the Target Fund and substantially similar principal investment strategies and risks as the Target Fund. Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, the current sub-adviser of the Target Fund, will not be involved with the management of the Acquiring Fund. |
4
Q. | Will shareholders of the Target Fund have to pay any fees or expenses in connection with the Reorganization? |
A. | No. The direct costs associated with the proposed Reorganization, including the costs associated with the Meeting, will be borne by AXS, UMB Fund Services, Inc. and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC, regardless of whether the Reorganization is completed. No indirect expenses are anticipated as part of the Reorganization. |
Q. | Do the Funds have similar fees? |
A. | Yes. The Acquiring Fund will have the same management fee and expense ratio as the Target Fund. The total operating expenses/expense ratio are also expected to be the same. Furthermore, the management fee will continue to be structured as a unitary fee, meaning that AXS will be responsible for paying all fund expenses other than the management fee and certain excluded expenses. |
Q. | Will the shares held by the Target Fund shareholders continue to be listed on the NYSE Arca following the Reorganization? |
A. | Yes. The Acquiring Fund shares are anticipated to be listed and trade on the NYSE Arca following the Reorganization. |
Q. | Do the Funds have similar investment strategies and risks? |
A. | Yes. The Acquiring Fund has the same underlying index and investment objective and substantially similar principal investment strategies and risks as the Target Fund. |
Q. | Are the Funds managed by the same portfolio management team? |
A. | No. AXS will serve as the investment adviser after the Reorganization and Change Finance, the Target Fund’s investment adviser, will serve as the sub-adviser to the Acquiring Fund and will handle the day-to-day operations of the Acquiring Fund while AXS provides oversight. Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, the current sub-adviser of the Target Fund, will not be involved with the management of the Acquiring Fund. Andrew Rodriguez of Change Finance will serve as portfolio manager for the Acquiring Fund. |
AXS and IMST II have received an exemptive order from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) which permits AXS to operate the Acquiring Fund under a “manager of managers” structure (the “Order”). The Order allows AXS to hire or replace a sub-advisor, including Change Finance, and modify any existing or future agreement with a sub-advisor, without obtaining shareholder approval. AXS has no current intention to replace Change Finance. A shareholder vote would still be required to replace AXS with another investment advisor. Change Finance and ESS do not have a similar exemptive order.
5
Q. | Will the Reorganization constitute a taxable event for the Target Fund shareholders? |
A. | No. The Reorganization is expected to qualify as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes, and will not occur unless the Funds receive an opinion of counsel to that effect. If a shareholder chooses to sell Target Fund shares prior to the Reorganization, the sale will generate taxable gain or loss. Of course, the shareholder also may be subject to periodic capital gains as a result of the normal operations of the Target Fund whether or not the proposed Reorganization occurs. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers concerning the potential tax consequences of the Reorganization to them, including foreign, state and local tax consequences. |
Q. | Will the value of my investment change as a result of the approval of the proposed Reorganization? |
A. | Shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund shares held as of the Valuation Time. It is likely that the number of Acquiring Fund shares a Target Fund shareholder receives will be the same as the number of Target Fund shares held because shares of the Target Fund will be exchanged for shares of the Acquiring Fund at an exchange ratio based on the Funds’ relative net asset values, which are not expected to differ from one another. |
Q. | What vote is required to approve the proposed Reorganization? |
A. | The approval of the proposed Reorganization requires the affirmative vote of (i) 67% or more of the Target Fund shares present at the Meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Target Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Target Fund, whichever is less. |
Q. | How does the Board of Trustees recommend that shareholders vote on the Reorganization? |
A. | After careful consideration, the Board of Trustees has determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Target Fund and that the interests of the Target Fund’s existing shareholders will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. Accordingly, the Board of Trustees recommends that shareholders vote FOR the proposal to approve the Plan and the Reorganization. |
Q. | What will happen if the required shareholder approval is not obtained? |
A. | In the event that shareholders of the Target Fund do not approve the Reorganization, then the Target Fund will not be reorganized into the Acquiring Fund and will continue to operate as a series of ESS. The Board will consider potential courses of action as it deems to be in the best interests of the Target Fund. |
Q. | When would the proposed Reorganization be effective? |
A. | If approved, the Reorganization is expected to occur as soon as reasonably practicable after shareholder approval is obtained. |
6
Q. | How can I vote? |
A. | You can vote in any one of four ways: |
| ● | by mail, by sending the enclosed proxy card, signed and dated; |
| ● | by phone, by calling one of the toll-free numbers listed on your proxy card for an automated touchtone voting line or to speak with a live operator; |
| ● | via the Internet by following the instructions set forth on your proxy card; or |
| ● | in person, by attending the Meeting or via telephonic or web based conference if held as a virtual meeting due to public health and travel concerns associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. |
Whichever method you choose, please take the time to read the full text of the enclosed Proxy Statement/Prospectus before you vote.
Q. | Whom should I call for additional information about the Proxy Statement/Prospectus? |
A. | Please call AST Fund Solutions, the Funds’ proxy solicitor, at 1-866-745-0265. |
7
ETF SERIES SOLUTIONS
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders
To be held on March 4, 2022
February 1, 2022
To the Shareholders of Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF:
Notice is hereby given that a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “Meeting”) of Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Target Fund”), a series of ETF Series Solutions, will be held at the offices of ETF Series Solutions, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, on Friday, March 4, 2022, at 11:00 a.m. Central time, to consider the following (the “Proposal”):
To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between ETF Series Solutions, on behalf of the Target Fund, and Investment Managers Series Trust II, on behalf of AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Acquiring Fund”) pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders (collectively, the “Reorganization”).
Although we intend to hold the Meeting in person, we are sensitive to the public health and travel concerns our shareholders may have and recommendations that public health officials may issue in light of the evolving COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, we may impose additional procedures or limitations on Meeting attendees or decide to hold the Meeting in a different location or solely by means of remote communication. We plan to announce any such updates on our proxy website http://www.changefinanceetf.com, and we encourage you to check this website prior to the Meeting if you plan to attend. We also encourage you to consider your options to vote by internet, telephone, or mail in advance of the Meeting in the event that, as of March 4, 2022, in-person attendance at the Meeting is either prohibited under a federal, state, or local order or contrary to the advice of public health care officials.
The persons named as proxies may use their discretionary authority to vote as instructed by management of the Target Fund on any other business that may properly come before the Meeting, and any adjournments or postponements thereof, to the extent permitted by the proxy rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Those present and the appointed proxies also will transact such other business, if any, as may properly come before the Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.
Holders of record of shares of the Target Fund at the close of business on December 23, 2021 are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting and at any adjournments or postponements thereof.
If the necessary quorum to transact business or the vote required to approve any proposal is not obtained at the Meeting, or if a quorum is obtained but sufficient votes required to approve the Plan are not obtained, the chairman of the Meeting may adjourn the Meeting one or more times to permit, in accordance with applicable law, further solicitation of proxies with respect to the proposal.
8
This Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and the Proxy Statement/Prospectus are available on the internet at www.changefinanceetf.com. On this webpage, you also will be able to access the Target Fund’s Prospectus, the Acquiring Fund’s Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements to the foregoing material that are required to be furnished to shareholders. We encourage you to access and review all of the important information contained in the proxy materials before voting.
| By order of the Board of Trustees of ETF Series Solutions, |
|
|
| Michael D. Barolsky |
| Vice President |
Shareholders Who Do Not Expect To Attend The Meeting Are Requested To Promptly Complete, Sign, Date And Return The Proxy Card In The Enclosed Envelope Which Does Not Require Postage If Mailed In The Continental United States. Instructions For The Proper Execution Of Proxies Are Set Forth On The Next Page. If You Need Any Assistance, Or Have Any Questions Regarding the Proposal Or How To Vote Your Shares, Call AST Fund Solutions At 1-866-745-0265. Representatives Are Available To Assist Monday Through Friday From 9:00 a.m. To 10:00 p.m. Eastern Time. |
9
INSTRUCTIONS FOR SIGNING PROXY CARDS
The following general rules for signing proxy cards may be of assistance to you and help you to avoid the time and expense involved in validating your vote if you fail to sign your proxy card properly.
1. Individual Accounts: Sign your name exactly as it appears in the registration on the proxy card.
2. Joint Accounts: Either party may sign, but the name of the party signing should conform exactly to the name shown in the registration on the proxy card.
3. All Other Accounts: The capacity of the individual signing the proxy card should be indicated unless it is reflected in the form of registration. For example:
Registration | Valid Signature |
Corporate Accounts |
|
(1) ABC Corp. | ABC Corp. |
(2) ABC Corp. | John Doe, Treasurer |
(3) ABC Corp. c/o John Doe, Treasurer | John Doe |
(4) ABC Corp. Profit Sharing Plan | John Doe, Director |
Partnership Accounts |
|
(1) The XYZ Partnership | Jane B. Smith, Partner |
(2) Smith and Jones, Limited Partnership | Jane B. Smith, General Partner |
Trust Accounts |
|
(1) ABC Trust Account | Jane B. Doe, Director |
(2) Jane B. Doe, Trustee u/t/d 12/28/78 | Jane B. Doe |
Custodial or Estate Accounts |
|
(1) John B. Smith, Cust. f/b/o John B. Smith Jr. UGMA/ UTMA | John B. Smith |
(2) Estate of John B. Smith | John B. Smith, Jr., Executor |
10
IMPORTANT INFORMATION FOR SHAREHOLDERS OF
CHANGE FINANCE U.S. LARGE CAP FOSSIL FUEL FREE ETF
This document contains a Proxy Statement/Prospectus and is accompanied by a proxy card. A proxy card is, in essence, a ballot. When you vote your proxy, it tells us how to vote on your behalf on certain important issues relating to the Target Fund. If you complete and sign the proxy card and return it to us in a timely manner (or tell us how you want to vote by phone or via the Internet), we’ll vote exactly as you tell us. If you simply sign and return the proxy card without indicating how you wish to vote, we’ll vote it “FOR” the proposal in accordance with the recommendations of the Board of Trustees as indicated on the cover of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
We urge you to review the Proxy Statement/Prospectus carefully and either fill out your proxy card and return it to us by mail, vote by phone or vote via the Internet. Your prompt return of the enclosed proxy card (or vote by phone or via the Internet) may save the necessity and expense of further solicitations.
If you have any questions, please call AST Fund Solutions (“AST”), the proxy solicitor, at the special toll-free number we have set up for you: 1-866-745-0265.
11
For the Reorganization of
Change finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF,
a series of ETF Series Solutions
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
(855) 979-6060
Into
AXS Change Finance ESG ETF,
a series of Investment Managers Series Trust II
235 W. Galena Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
(866) 984-2510
PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
February 1, 2022
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus is being furnished to shareholders of the Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Target Fund”), an exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of ETF Series Solutions, an open-end management investment company (“ESS”), in connection with a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “Meeting”) called by the Board of Trustees of ESS (the “Board”), on behalf of the Target Fund, to be held at the offices of ESS, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, on Friday, March 4, 2022, at 11:00 a.m. Central time, as may be adjourned or postponed, to consider the proposal listed below, and discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Target Fund and AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Acquiring Fund”), a newly formed exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of Investment Managers Series Trust II, an open-end management investment company (“IMST II”), are referred to herein collectively as the “Funds” and each is referred to herein individually as a “Fund.”
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus explains concisely what you should know before voting on the proposal described in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus or investing in the Acquiring Fund. Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference.
At the Meeting, the shareholders of the Target Fund will be asked to approve the proposal, as described below (the “Proposal”):
To approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the “Plan”) by and between ESS, on behalf of the Target Fund, and IMST II, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders (collectively, the “Reorganization”).
A copy of the Plan is attached as Exhibit A. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus will be mailed on or about February 4, 2022, to shareholders of record of the Target Fund as of December 23, 2021 (the “Record Date”).
12
At a meeting held on December 13, 2021, the Board unanimously approved the Proposal as being in the best interests of the Target Fund and its shareholders, and the Board unanimously recommends that you vote FOR the Proposal.
The Funds have the same underlying index and investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies and risks, but also have important distinctions. The Plan provides for the reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund, pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders. Shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund shares held as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange on the business day immediately prior to the closing of the Reorganization (the “Valuation Time”). Through the Reorganization, shares of the Target Fund would be exchanged on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes for shares of the Acquiring Fund. In the event that shareholders of the Target Fund do not approve the Reorganization, the Board will consider potential courses of action as it deems to be in the best interests of the Target Fund.
The securities offered by this Proxy Statement/Prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
It is anticipated that the Acquiring Fund will list and trade its shares on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “NYSE” or the “Exchange”). Shares of the Acquiring Fund are not redeemable individually and therefore liquidity for individual shareholders of the Acquiring Fund will be realized only through a sale on the at market prices that may differ to some degree from the net asset value of the Acquiring Fund shares. Reports, proxy materials and other information concerning the Acquiring Fund can be inspected at the offices of the NYSE after the Fund is listed for trading.
The following documents contain additional information about the Target Fund, have been filed with the SEC and are incorporated by reference into (legally considered to be part of) this Proxy Statement/Prospectus:
The Statement of Additional Information to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, dated February 1, 2022, is also incorporated by reference and legally deemed to be part of this document, and is available upon request at no charge by calling 1-866-984-2510 or by writing to AXS Investments LLC (“AXS” or the “Advisor”) at 181 Westchester Avenue, Suite 402, Port Chester, New York 10573, or online at AXS’s website at www.axsinvestments.com. Because the Acquiring Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, no annual or semi-annual report is available for the Acquiring Fund at this time. The Target Fund’s prospectus dated November 30, 2021, and Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, containing audited financial statements, have been previously made available or mailed to shareholders. Copies of these documents are available upon request at no charge by writing to c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701, by calling 1-800-617-0004, or online at www.changefinanceetf.com.
13
The Funds are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and in accordance therewith are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statement/prospectus materials and other information can be inspected and copied, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov. In addition, copies of these documents may be viewed online or downloaded without charge from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Reports, proxy materials and other information concerning the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund may be inspected at the offices of the NYSE.
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus serves as a prospectus of the Acquiring Fund in connection with the issuance of the Acquiring Fund common shares in the Reorganization. In this connection, no person has been authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and, if so given or made, such information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized. This Proxy Statement/Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction in which, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.
14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION |
|
A. Synopsis | 16 |
B. Information About the Reorganization | 33 |
C. Additional Information About the Investment Policies | 39 |
II. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TARGET FUND AND The Acquiring Fund | 43 |
III. GENERAL INFORMATION | 48 |
IV. OTHER MATTERS TO COME BEFORE THE MEETING | 53 |
EXHIBIT A – FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION | 54 |
EXHIBIT B – FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE TARGET FUND | 76 |
15
I. INTRODUCTION
You are being asked to vote at the Meeting to approve the reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund. Specifically, you are being asked to consider and approve the Plan, pursuant to which the assets and liabilities of the Target Fund will be transferred to the Acquiring Fund, and shareholders of the Target Fund will become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund.
A. Synopsis |
The following is a summary of certain information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus with respect to the proposed Reorganization and shareholders should reference the more complete information contained in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information contained in this registration statement (the “Reorganization SAI”) and the appendices thereto. Shareholders should read the entire Proxy Statement/Prospectus carefully. Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this summary are defined elsewhere in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
The Proposed Reorganization
The Board of ESS, on behalf of the Target Fund, including the trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), unanimously approved the proposed Reorganization, including the Plan, at a meeting of the Board held on December 13, 2021. A form of the Plan is attached to this Proxy Statement/Prospectus as Exhibit A. If the shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Proposal, the Target Fund will reorganize into the Acquiring Fund, pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders. In connection with the Reorganization, the Acquiring Fund will issue to Target Fund shareholders book entry interests for the shares of the Acquiring Fund registered in a “street name” brokerage account held for the benefit of such shareholders. Shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund shares held as of the Valuation Time. Through the Reorganization, shares of the Target Fund would be exchanged on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes for shares of the Acquiring Fund. Like shares of the Target Fund, shares of the Acquiring Fund are not deposits or obligations of, or guaranteed or endorsed by, any financial institution, are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other agency, and involve risk, including the possible loss of the principal amount invested.
Background and Reasons for the Proposed Reorganization
On September 2, 2021, AXS Investments LLC (“AXS” or the “Advisor”), the investment adviser of the Acquiring Fund, entered into an agreement with Change Finance, PBC (“Change Finance” or the “Sub-Advisor”), the investment adviser of the Target Fund, whereby Change Finance would transfer its investment advisory business relating to the Target Fund to AXS (the “Transaction”). In connection with the Transaction, AXS wishes to reorganize the Target Fund into the AXS family of funds. To effectuate this, the Board has approved, pursuant to the Plan, the transfer of all of the assets and liabilities of the Target Fund to the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund will be managed by AXS and will be sub-advised by Change Finance and has the same underlying index and investment objective as the Target Fund and substantially similar principal investment strategies and risks as the Target Fund. Vident Investment Advisory, LLC (“VIA”), the current sub-adviser of the Target Fund, will not be involved with the management of the Acquiring Fund.
16
Section 15(f) of the 1940 Act
Section 15(f) of the 1940 Act is a safe harbor that provides for an investment advisor or any affiliated persons thereof to receive any amount or benefit in connection with a sale of securities of, or any other interest in, such advisor which results in an assignment of an investment advisory contract with an investment company as long as two conditions are met. If either condition of Section 15(f) is not met, the safe harbor is not available. The first condition specifies that, during the three-year period immediately following consummation of the transaction, at least 75% of the investment company’s board of directors/trustees must not be “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the investment adviser or predecessor adviser. During the three-year period immediately following the consummation of the Transaction, it is anticipated that at least 75% of the Trustees of IMST II will not be “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Change Finance or AXS. The second condition specifies that no “unfair burden” may be imposed on the investment company as a result of the transaction relating to the sale of the controlling interest in the investment adviser, or any express or implied terms, conditions or understandings applicable thereto. The term “unfair burden,” as defined in the 1940 Act, includes any arrangement, during the two-year period after the transaction occurs, whereby the investment adviser (or predecessor or successor adviser), or any interested person of any such investment adviser, receives or is entitled to receive any compensation, directly or indirectly (i) from any person in connection with the purchase or sale of securities or other property, to, from or on behalf of the investment company (other than bona fide ordinary compensation as principal underwriter for the investment company) or (ii) from the investment company or its security holders for other than bona fide investment advisory or other services. The Board has determined that the Transaction will not impose on either Fund any “unfair burden” as a result of the Reorganization.
Board Considerations Relating to the Proposed Reorganization
In approving the Reorganization, the Board was informed that, as a natural consequence of the Transaction, AXS wished to reorganize the Target Fund into the AXS family of funds. The Board understood that, in connection with the Reorganization, AXS would serve as an investment adviser to, and Change Finance would serve as sub-adviser for, the Acquiring Fund. The Board also understood that the Acquiring Fund’s investment objective would be the same as the Target Fund’s and the strategies, policies and risks would be substantially similar to those of the Target Fund and that the Reorganization is not expected to increase the cost of the Target Fund shareholders’ investment because the Acquiring Fund’s unitary fee is expected to be the same as the Target Fund’s unitary fee. The Board also noted that the Acquiring Fund’s unitary fee could not be increased without shareholder approval.
The Board considered the Reorganization at a meeting held on December 13, 2021, based upon the recommendation of Change Finance and the Board’s evaluation of the relevant information prepared by Change Finance and AXS, in light of the Transaction. The Board considered the following factors, among others, in its evaluation of the Reorganization: (i) the terms and conditions of the Reorganization; (ii) the investment objective, underlying index, principal investment strategies, principal risks, and fundamental policies of each Fund; (iii) the relative expense ratios of the Funds; (iv) the experience and expertise of AXS as well as its resources; (v) the Acquiring Fund’s other service providers; (vi) expenses related to the Reorganization; (vii) the distribution of Acquiring Fund shares; (viii) federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization; (ix) the benefits to AXS and Change Finance as a result of the Reorganization; and (x) possible alternatives to the Reorganization.
Please see “Information About the Reorganization—Background and Trustees’ Considerations Relating to the Proposed Reorganization” below for a further discussion of the deliberations and considerations undertaken by the Board in connection with the proposed Reorganization.
17
The Board of Trustees of the Target Fund has concluded that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Target Fund and the interests of the existing shareholders of the Target Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. In the event that shareholders of the Target Fund do not approve the Reorganization, the Board will consider potential courses of action as it deems to be in the best interests of the Target Fund.
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization
For federal income tax purposes, no gain or loss is expected to be recognized by the Target Fund or its shareholders as a direct result of the Reorganization. Through the Reorganization, Target Fund shares will be exchanged, on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes, for shares of the Acquiring Fund with an equal aggregate net asset value, and Target Fund shareholders will become shareholders of the Acquiring Fund.
Comparison of the Funds
General. The Target Fund is a diversified, index-based ETF that was created as a series of ESS, an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory Trust, on October 9, 2017. The Acquiring Fund is a newly created, diversified, index-based ETF that is a series of IMST II, an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory Trust.
The investment objectives of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are the same and the principal investment strategies of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are substantially similar and each Fund uses a “passive management” (or indexing) approach to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Change Finance Diversified Impact U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free Index (the “Index”). As a result, the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are subject to substantially similar risks associated with such investments and strategies. The primary differences between the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund is that they have different advisers and sub-advisers, that the Acquiring Fund invests at least 80% of its total asset in Eligible Companies (as defined below), and that the Funds have different, but substantially similar fundamental policies. The Target Fund is advised by Change Finance, which provides oversight to the Target Fund, and is sub-advised by VIA which provides the day-to-day management of the Target Fund. The Acquiring Fund will be advised by AXS, which will provide oversight to the Acquiring Fund, and Change Finance will serve as the sub-adviser to the Acquiring Fund and will provide the day-to-day management of the Acquiring Fund. The similarities and differences between the Funds’ investment objectives, principal strategies and fundamental policies and other investment strategies and policies are highlighted below.
Investment Objectives. Both the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund seek to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Index. Both the Target Fund’s and the Acquiring Fund’s investment objectives are non-fundamental policies and may be changed without shareholder approval upon written notice to shareholders.
Principal Investment Strategies and Policies. Although certain policies of the Funds are different, the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund have substantially similar principal investment strategies. Each Fund uses a “passive management” (or indexing) approach to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Index.
The Funds attempt to invest all, or substantially all, of their assets in the component securities that make up the Index. However, the Funds’ 80% investment policies are different. Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Target Fund’s net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in large cap equity securities that are principally traded in the United States and that are issued by companies whose primary business does not include the production or processing of fossil fuels, as determined by ISS ESG. Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Acquiring Fund’s net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in the equity securities of Eligible Companies (i.e., companies that meet the ESG criteria described below) that do not derive any revenue from fossil fuel production, fossil fuel power generation, tobacco production, production of GMOs, nuclear power generation, weapons production, or hazardous pesticide production. For purposes of its respective 80% investment policy, each of the Acquiring Fund and Target Fund defines “equity securities” to mean common and preferred stocks, rights, warrants, depositary receipts, equity interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and master limited partnerships (“MLPs”).
18
Each Fund will generally use a “replication” strategy to achieve its investment objective, meaning it generally will invest in all of the component securities of the Index in approximately the same proportion as in the Index. However, each Fund may use a “representative sampling” strategy, meaning it may invest in a sample of the securities in the Index the risk, return, and other characteristics of which closely resemble the risk, return, and other characteristics of the Index as a whole, when the Fund’s sub-adviser believes it is in the best interests of the Fund (e.g., when replicating the Index involves practical difficulties or substantial costs, an Index constituent becomes temporarily illiquid, unavailable, or less liquid, or as a result of legal restrictions or limitations that apply to the Funds but not to the Index).
To the extent the Index concentrates (i.e., holds more than 25% of its total assets) in the securities of a particular industry or group of related industries, each Fund will concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent as the Index.
Each Fund’s strategy may involve frequently buying and selling portfolio securities.
The Index. Both the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Index. The Index was developed in 2017 by Change Finance, and measures the performance of an equal-weighted portfolio of approximately 100 large and mid-capitalization equity securities of U.S.-listed companies. The Index excludes companies involved in the fossil fuel industry, fossil-fired utilities and companies which fail to meet a diverse set of environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) standards.
Construction of the Index begins with the constituents of the Solactive US Large & Mid Cap Index (the “Solactive Universe”), generally the 1,000 largest U.S.-listed common stocks and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).
To be eligible for inclusion in the Index, companies must meet the ESG standards determined by Change Finance, which relies on ESG indicators provided by ISS ESG, a division of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), a global provider of investment data and analytics. The ISS ESG indicators measure the degree to which a company performs its business in accordance with specified ESG factors. Such factors include (i) whether a company’s primary business is in a prohibited industry (e.g., oil, gas, coal, tobacco); (ii) whether a company is involved in producing goods in a controversial business area (e.g., fossil fuels, nuclear power, genetically modified organisms (“GMOs”), military weapons, pesticides); (iii) whether a company has a history of controversial business practices relating to human rights, labor rights, environmental protection, or business malpractice (e.g., corruption, extreme tax avoidance); as well as (iv) standards and performance criteria related to environmental impacts (e.g., emissions, harmful chemicals in product portfolio, biodiversity management) and human impacts (e.g., hiring practices related to diversity, supply chain standards, health risk in product portfolio). Each factor may be evaluated using one or more indicators. Indicators generally take one of three forms: (A) a percentage of revenue derived from a particular business activity; (B) an analyst rating from 1-4 (with 1 being the lowest score and 4 the highest); or (C) for controversy indicators, the severity of the controversy (e.g., human rights).
19
ISS ESG assigns a score, with respect to each applicable indicator, to each company. To be eligible for inclusion in the Index, a company must meet the minimum threshold score established by the Index methodology with respect to each indicator. The companies eligible for inclusion in the Index (the “Eligible Companies”) are then sorted by sector (e.g., healthcare, technology, consumer services) and ranked within each sector by their free-float market capitalization.
The Index contains approximately 100 equally weighted Eligible Companies, and the weight of each sector in the Index reflects the weight of such sector in the Solactive Universe. For example, if the technology sector makes up 13.27% of the Solactive Universe, the 13 largest Eligible Companies in the technology sector will be included in the Index with a total weight of 13%.
At the time of each reconstitution of the Index, 100 companies are selected for inclusion in the Index and equally-weighted (i.e., each of the 100 companies receives a weight of 1%). The Index is reconstituted and rebalanced quarterly after the close of trading on the 10th business day of each March, June, September, and December, utilizing data from the last business day of the month preceding the reconstitution. The Index’s exposure may change significantly with each reconstitution or based on market movements between reconstitutions.
The Index was developed by Change Finance in 2017 in anticipation of the commencement of operations of the Target Fund.
Description of the Shares. The shares of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund have similar voting rights and the same rights with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of their respective Fund. Holders of whole shares of each Fund are entitled to one vote per share on any matter on which the shares are entitled to vote, while each fractional share is entitled to a proportionate fractional vote.
Share Information
Fund | Authorized Shares | Shares Outstanding(1) | Par Value Per Share | Preemptive, Appraisal or Exchange Rights | Rights to Cumulative Voting | Exchange on which the Shares are Listed |
Target Fund | Unlimited | 3,250,000 | No par value | None | None | NYSE Arca, Inc. |
Acquiring Fund | Unlimited | 0 | $0.01 | None | None | NYSE Arca, Inc. |
(1) | As of December 23, 2021. |
Purchase and Redemption. The Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund issue and redeem shares on a continuous basis, at net asset value, only in large specified blocks of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”). The Funds’ shares are generally not individually redeemable securities, except when aggregated as Creation Units. Shares of the Target Fund are listed and traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CHGX” and shares of the Acquiring Fund will be listed and traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CHGX” Individual Shares of the Fund may only be purchased and sold on the secondary market through a broker-dealer. Since Shares of each Fund trade on securities exchanges in the secondary market at their market price rather than their net asset value, a Fund’s Shares may trade at a price greater than (premium) or less than (discount) the Fund’s net asset value. An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase Shares of a Fund (bid) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for Shares of the Fund (ask) when buying or selling Shares in the secondary market (the “bid-ask spread”). With respect to the Target Fund, recent information, including the Fund’s net asset value, market price, premiums and discounts, and bid-ask spreads, is available online at www.changefinanceetf.com. Following the Reorganization, this information with respect to the Acquiring Fund will be available at www.axsinvestments.com.
20
Distributions and Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund distribute their net investment income annually and their net realized capital gains at least annually, if any. The Acquiring Fund has not established a dividend reinvestment plan, but dividends may be reinvested automatically in additional Acquiring Fund shares if the broker through whom you hold such shares makes this option available. Such shares will generally be reinvested by the broker based upon the market price of those shares and investors may be subject to brokerage commissions charged by the broker.
Risk Factors. Because the investment objectives of the Funds are the same and the investment strategies of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are substantially similar and both Funds track the same Index, they are subject to substantially similar principal investment risks. The following specific factors have been identified as the principal risks of investing in the Acquiring Fund. In addition to principal risks that are substantially similar to those of the Target Fund, the Acquiring Fund has also identified certain other principal risk factors that are noted below as “Acquiring Fund only.” Such risks may apply to the Target Fund but were not disclosed as principal risks of the Target Fund.
| ● | Market Risk. The market price of a security or instrument may decline, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions throughout the world, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates, or adverse investor sentiment generally. In addition, local, regional or global events such as war, acts of terrorism, the spread of infectious illness or other public health issues, or other events could have a significant impact on a security or instrument. The market value of a security or instrument also may decline because of factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. |
| ● | Equity Securities Risk. The value of the equity securities held by the Acquiring Fund may fall due to general market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the industries in which the issuers of securities held by the Acquiring Fund participate, or factors relating to specific companies in which the Acquiring Fund invests. |
| ● | ETF Risks. The Fund is an ETF, and, as a result of an ETF’s structure, it is exposed to the following risks: |
| ● | Authorized Participant Concentration Risk. Only an authorized participant may engage in creation or redemption transactions directly with the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund has a limited number of institutions that act as authorized participants on an agency basis (i.e., on behalf of other market participants). To the extent that these institutions exit the business or are unable to proceed with creation and/or redemption orders with respect to the Acquiring Fund and no other authorized participant is able to step forward to create or redeem, in either of these cases, shares may trade at a discount to the Acquiring Fund’s net asset value and possibly face delisting. |
21
| ● | Market Maker Risk. If the Fund has lower average daily trading volumes, it may rely on a small number of third-party market makers to provide a market for the purchase and sale of Acquiring Fund shares. Any trading halt or other problem relating to the trading activity of these market makers could result in a dramatic change in the spread between the Acquiring Fund’s NAV and the price at which the Acquiring Fund shares are trading on the Exchange, which could result in a decrease in value of the Acquiring Fund shares. In addition, decisions by market makers or authorized participants to reduce their role or step away from these activities in times of market stress could inhibit the effectiveness of the arbitrage process in maintaining the relationship between the underlying values of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities and the Acquiring Fund’s market price. This reduced effectiveness could result in Acquiring Fund shares trading at a discount to NAV and also in greater than normal intra-day bid-ask spreads for Acquiring Fund shares. |
| ● | Fluctuation of Net Asset Value Risk. As with all ETFs, shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market prices of shares will approximate the Acquiring Fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market prices of shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount). Differences in market price and NAV may be due, in large part, to the fact that supply and demand forces at work in the secondary trading market for shares will be closely related to, but not identical to, the same forces influencing the prices of the holdings of the Acquiring Fund trading individually or in the aggregate at any point in time. These differences can be especially pronounced during times of market volatility or stress. During these periods, the demand for Acquiring Fund shares may decrease considerably and cause the market price of Acquiring Fund shares to deviate significantly from the Acquiring Fund’s NAV. |
| ● | Trading Issues Risk. Although the Acquiring Fund shares are listed for trading on the Exchange, there can be no assurance that an active trading market for such Acquiring Fund shares will develop or be maintained. Trading in Acquiring Fund shares on the Exchange may be halted due to market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in Acquiring Fund shares inadvisable. In addition, trading in Acquiring Fund shares on the Exchange is subject to trading halts caused by extraordinary market volatility pursuant to the Exchange “circuit breaker” rules. Market makers are under no obligation to make a market in the Acquiring Fund shares, and authorized participants are not obligated to submit purchase or redemption orders for Creation Units. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of the Acquiring Fund will continue to be met or will remain unchanged. Initially, due to the small asset size of the Acquiring Fund, it may have difficulty maintaining its listings on the Exchange. |
| ● | Costs of Buying or Selling Shares. Investors buying or selling shares in the secondary market will pay brokerage commissions or other charges imposed by brokers, as determined by that broker. Brokerage commissions are often a fixed amount and may be a significant proportional cost for investors seeking to buy or sell relatively small amounts of shares. In addition, secondary market investors will also incur the cost of the difference between the price at which an investor is willing to buy Shares (the “bid” price) and the price at which an investor is willing to sell Shares (the “ask” price). This difference in bid and ask prices is often referred to as the “spread” or “bid-ask spread.” The bid-ask spread varies over time for shares based on trading volume and market liquidity, and the spread is generally lower if shares have more trading volume and market liquidity and higher if shares have little trading volume and market liquidity. Further, a relatively small investor base in the Acquiring Fund, asset swings in the Acquiring Fund, and/or increased market volatility may cause increased bid-ask spreads. Due to the costs of buying or selling shares, including bid-ask spreads, frequent trading of shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments. |
22
| ● | Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) Risk. The Acquiring Fund’s investment in REITs will subject the Acquiring Fund to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including losses from casualty or condemnation, and changes in local and general economic conditions, supply and demand, interest rates, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes and operating expenses. |
| ● | Risk of Investing in ESG Companies. The universe of acceptable investments for the Fund may be limited as compared to other funds due to the Index methodology’s ESG investment screening. This may affect the Fund’s exposure to certain companies or industries and may adversely impact the Fund’s performance depending on whether such companies or industries are in or out of favor in the market. The Fund’s performance may be lower than other funds that do not seek to invest in companies based on ESG factors and/or remove certain companies or industries from its selection process. The Index methodology seeks to identify companies that meet certain ESG standards and scores, but investors may differ in their views of ESG characteristics. As a result, the Fund may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor. Additionally, the Index methodology incorporates ESG information provided by third-party data providers, which may be incomplete, inaccurate or unavailable for certain issuers. In addition, ESG information across third-party data providers, indexes and other funds may differ and/or be incomplete. |
| ● | Preferred Stock Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stock, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. The market value of preferred stock is subject to company-specific and market risks applicable generally to equity securities and is also sensitive to changes in the company’s creditworthiness, the ability of the company to make payments on the preferred stock, and changes in interest rates, typically declining in value if interest rates rise. |
| ● | Warrants and Rights Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Warrants and rights may lack a liquid secondary market for resale. The prices of warrants and rights may fluctuate as a result of speculation or other factors. Warrants and rights can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security. Prices of warrants and rights do not necessarily move in tandem with the prices of their underlying securities and are highly volatile and speculative investments. If a warrant or right expires without being exercised, the Fund will lose any amount paid for the warrant or right. |
| ● | MLP Risk (Acquiring Fund Only). Investment in securities of an MLP involves risks that differ from investments in common stock, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the MLP, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between the MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit-holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price. Certain MLP securities may trade in low volumes due to their small capitalizations. Accordingly, those MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable the Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price. MLPs are generally considered interest-rate sensitive investments. During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns. MLPs may incur environmental costs and liabilities due to the nature of their businesses and the substances they handle. Changes in existing laws, regulations or enforcement policies governing the energy sector could significantly increase the compliance costs of MLPs. The Fund will select its investments in MLPs from the current small pool of issuers. Demand for investment opportunities in MLPs that operate energy-related businesses may exceed supply, which could make it difficult to operate the Fund. |
23
| ● | Concentration Risk (Acquiring Fund Only). The Acquiring Fund will be concentrated (i.e., invest more than 25% of Acquiring Fund assets) in the industries or group of industries within a single sector to the extent that the Index is so concentrated. A portfolio concentrated in one or more sectors may present more risks than a portfolio broadly diversified over several sectors. |
| ● | Market Capitalization Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Larger, more established companies may be unable to attain the high growth rates of successful, smaller companies during periods of economic expansion. The securities of mid-capitalization companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements and may have lower trading volumes or more erratic trading than securities of larger, more established companies or market averages in general. In addition, such companies typically are more likely to be adversely affected than large-capitalization companies by changes in earning results, business prospects, investor expectations or poor economic or market conditions. |
| ● | Consumer Discretionary Companies Risk. Consumer discretionary companies, such as retailers, media companies and consumer services companies, provide non-essential goods and services. These companies manufacture products and provide discretionary services directly to the consumer, and the success of these companies is tied closely to the performance of the overall domestic and international economy, interest rates, competition and consumer confidence. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Changes in demographics and consumer tastes can also affect the demand for, and success of, consumer discretionary products in the marketplace. |
| ● | Consumer Staples Companies Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Consumer staples companies provide products directly to the consumer that are typically considered non-discretionary items based on consumer purchasing habits. Such products include food, beverages, household items and tobacco. Companies providing these products may be affected by the regulation of various product components and production methods, new laws, regulations or litigation, marketing campaigns, competitive pricing and other factors affecting consumer demand. Changes in the worldwide economy, demographics, consumer preferences, consumer spending, exploration and production spending may adversely affect these companies, as well as natural and man-made disasters, political, social or labor unrest, world events and economic conditions. |
| ● | Financial Companies Risk. Financial companies are often subject to extensive governmental regulation and intervention, which may adversely affect the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and the amount of capital they must maintain. Governmental regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies, including effects not intended by such regulation. The impact of recent or future regulation in various countries on any individual financial company or on the financial sector as a whole cannot be predicted. Companies in the financial sector may be adversely affected by increases in interest rates and loan losses, decreases in the availability of money or asset valuations, credit rating downgrades and adverse conditions in other related markets. Insurance companies, in particular, may be subject to severe price competition and/or rate regulation, which may have an adverse impact on their profitability. Insurance companies are subject to extensive government regulation in some countries and can be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, price and marketing competition, the imposition of premium rate caps, or other changes in government regulation or tax law. Different segments of the insurance industry can be significantly affected by mortality and morbidity rates, environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts. Financial companies are also a target for cyber attacks and may experience technology malfunctions and disruptions. In recent years, cyber attacks and technology failures have become increasingly frequent and have caused significant losses. |
24
| ● | Health Care Companies Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Health care companies, such as companies providing medical and healthcare goods and services, companies engaged in manufacturing medical equipment, supplies and pharmaceuticals, as well as operating health care facilities and the provision of managed health care, may be affected by government regulations and government health care programs, increases or decreases in the cost of medical products and services and product liability claims, among other factors. Many health care companies are heavily dependent on patent protection, and the expiration of a company’s patent may adversely affect that company’s profitability. Health care companies are also subject to competitive forces that may result in price discounting, may be thinly capitalized and susceptible to product obsolescence. |
| ● | Information Technology Companies Risk. Information technology companies produce and provide hardware, software and information technology systems and services. These companies may be adversely affected by rapidly changing technologies, short product life cycles, fierce competition, aggressive pricing and reduced profit margins, the loss of patent, copyright and trademark protections, cyclical market patterns, evolving industry standards and frequent new product introductions. In addition, information technology companies are particularly vulnerable to federal, state and local government regulation, and competition and consolidation, both domestically and internationally, including competition from foreign competitors with lower production costs. Information technology companies also heavily rely on intellectual property rights and may be adversely affected by the loss or impairment of those rights. |
| ● | Index Provider Risk (Acquiring Fund only). There is no assurance that the Index Provider, or any agents that act on its behalf, will compile the Index accurately, or that the Index will be determined, maintained, constructed, reconstituted, rebalanced, composed, calculated or disseminated accurately. The Index Provider relies on an independent calculation agent to calculate and disseminate the Index accurately. Any losses or costs associated with errors made by the Index Provider or its agents generally will be borne by the Acquiring Fund and its shareholders. |
| ● | Third Party Data Risk. The composition of the Index is heavily dependent on proprietary information and data supplied by a third party (“Third Party Data”). When Third Party Data prove to be incorrect or incomplete, any decisions made in reliance thereon may lead to the inclusion or exclusion of securities from the Index that would have been excluded or included had the Third Party Data been correct and complete. If the composition of the Index reflects such errors, the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio can be expected to reflect the errors, too. |
25
| ● | Tracking Error Risk. As with all index funds, the performance of the Acquiring Fund and the Index may differ from each other for a variety of reasons. For example, the Acquiring Fund incurs operating expenses and portfolio transaction costs not incurred by the Index. In addition, the Acquiring Fund may not be fully invested in the securities of the Index at all times or may hold securities not included in the Index. |
| ● | Operational Risk (Acquiring Fund only). The Acquiring Fund is exposed to operational risks arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Acquiring Fund’s service providers, counterparties or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes and technology or systems failures. The Acquiring Fund and the Advisor seek to reduce these operational risks through controls and procedures. However, these measures do not address every possible risk and may be inadequate to address these risks. |
| ● | Passive Investment Risk. The Acquiring Fund is not actively managed. The Acquiring Fund invests in securities included in or representative of the Index regardless of investment merit. The Acquiring Fund generally will not attempt to take defensive positions in declining markets. In the event that the Index is no longer calculated, the Index license is terminated or the identity or character of the Index is materially changed, the Acquiring Fund will seek to engage a replacement index. |
| ● | Portfolio Turnover Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Active and frequent trading of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities may lead to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions than would otherwise be the case, which could negatively affect the Acquiring Fund’s performance. A high rate of portfolio turnover is 100% or more. |
| ● | Covid-19 Related Market Events. An outbreak of a respiratory disease caused by a novel coronavirus (known as COVID-19) has resulted in a global pandemic and has caused major disruptions to economies and markets around the world, including the United States. Financial markets experienced and may continue to experience extreme volatility and severe losses, and trading in many instruments was and may continue to be disrupted as a result. Liquidity for many instruments was and may continue to be greatly reduced for extended periods of time. Some interest rates are very low and in some cases yields are negative. Governments and central banks, including the Federal Reserve in the United States, have taken extraordinary and unprecedented actions to support local and global economies and the financial markets. The impact of these measures, and whether they will be effective to mitigate the economic and market disruption, will not be known for some time. In addition, the outbreak of COVID-19, and measures taken to mitigate its effects, could result in disruptions to the services provided to the Fund by its service providers. Other market events like the COVID-19 outbreak may cause similar disruptions and effects. |
| ● | Cybersecurity Risk (Acquiring Fund only). Cybersecurity incidents may allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Acquiring Fund assets, customer data (including private shareholder information), or proprietary information, or cause the Acquiring Fund, the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor and/or other service providers (including custodians, sub-custodians, transfer agents and financial intermediaries) to suffer data breaches, data corruption or loss of operational functionality. In an extreme case, a shareholder’s ability to exchange or redeem Acquiring Fund shares may be affected. Issuers of securities in which the Acquiring Fund invests are also subject to cybersecurity risks, and the value of those securities could decline if the issuers experience cybersecurity incidents. |
26
Comparative Fees and Expenses
The following table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Target Fund. As the Acquiring Fund has not yet commenced operations as of the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, the fees and expenses shown for the Acquiring Fund are estimates based on its unitary fee structure. Investors may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and example below. Each Fund operates under a unitary fee contract structure whereby each Fund pays its respective advisor a fee, and the advisor then pays all expenses incurred by the Fund except for the advisory fee and certain other expenses.
| Target | Acquiring Fund |
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment) |
|
|
Management Fees | 0.49% | 0.49% |
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees | 0.00% | 0.00% |
Other Expenses | 0.00% | 0.00% |
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses | 0.49% | 0.49% |
Example
The following example is intended to help you compare the costs of investing in the shares of the Acquiring Fund on a pro forma basis following the Reorganization with the costs of investing in the Target Fund. An investor would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment that is held for the time periods provided in the table, assuming that all dividends and other distributions are reinvested and that operating expenses remain the same. The example also assumes a 5% annual return and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses or returns. Actual expenses may be greater or lesser than those shown.
| 1 Year |
| 3 Years |
| 5 Years |
| 10 Years |
Target Fund | $50 |
| $157 |
| $274 |
| $616 |
Acquiring Fund (pro forma) | $50 |
| $157 |
| $274 |
| $616 |
27
Portfolio Turnover
The Funds pay transaction costs, such as commissions, when they buy and sell securities (or “turn over” their portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when the Funds shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Funds’ performance. During the most recent fiscal year ending July 31, 2021, the Target Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 85% of the average value of its portfolio.
Past Performance
If the Reorganization is approved, the Acquiring Fund will assume the performance history of the Target Fund. The bar chart and table below provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Target Fund by showing you how the performance of the Target Fund has varied from year to year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns based on net asset value compared to those of the Index and the S&P 500 Index. The Target Fund’s past performance (before and after taxes) is not necessarily an indication of how the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund will perform in the future.
Calendar-Year Total Return (before taxes) for Target Fund
For each calendar year at NAV
The Target Fund’s highest quarterly return was 24.15% (quarter ended 6/30/2020) and the Target Fund’s lowest quarterly return was -19.94% (quarter ended 3/31/2020).
28
Returns before taxes do not reflect the effects of any income or capital gains taxes. All after-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of any state or local tax. Returns after taxes on distributions reflect the taxed return on the payment of dividends and capital gains. Returns after taxes on distributions and sale of shares assume a shareholder sold their shares at period end, and, therefore, are also adjusted for any capital gains or losses incurred. Returns for the market indices do not include expenses, which are deducted from the Target Fund returns, or taxes.
AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021
TARGET FUND | 1 Year | Since Inception (10/9/2017) |
Return Before Taxes | 22.60% | 18.02% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions | 22.43% | 17.79% |
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares | 13.49% | 14.44% |
Change Finance Diversified Impact U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 23.31% | 18.77% |
S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) | 28.71% | 18.12% |
A shareholder’s own actual after-tax returns will depend on their specific tax situation and may differ from what is shown here. After-tax returns are not relevant to investors who hold Target Fund shares in tax-deferred accounts such as individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) or employee-sponsored retirement plans.
The Target Fund has no net realized losses from investment transactions.
Trustees and Officers
The following individuals comprise the Board of Trustees of IMST II (of which the Acquiring Fund is a series): Thomas Knipper, Kathleen K. Shkuda, Larry D. Tashjian, John P. Zader, Eric M. Banhazl and Terrance P. Gallagher. The Board of Trustees of the Acquiring Fund is responsible for overseeing the management of the Acquiring Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by AXS as an investment adviser to the Acquiring Fund. The offices of IMST II are located at 235 W. Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, 53212.
The following individuals comprise the Board of Trustees of ESS (of which the Target Fund is a series): Michael A. Castino, Leonard M. Rush, David A. Massart and Janet D. Olsen. The Board is responsible for overseeing the management and affairs of ESS and the Target Fund. See “Management of the Fund” in the Reorganization SAI for additional information on the trustees and officers of the Acquiring Fund.
29
Investment Advisers and Portfolio Managers
AXS Investments LLC, 181 Westchester Avenue, Suite 402, Port Chester New York 10573, is the investment adviser to the Acquiring Fund. In this capacity, AXS provides the Acquiring Fund with investment advice, makes recommendations with respect to the selection and continued employment of the Acquiring Fund’s sub-advisor to manage the Acquiring Fund’s assets, performs diligence on and monitors the Sub-Advisor, investment performance and adherence to compliance procedures, and oversees the investments made by the Sub-Advisor. AXS also continuously monitors the Sub-Advisor’s compliance with the Acquiring Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions.
AXS furnishes investment management services to the Acquiring Fund, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board. AXS is wholly owned by AXS Holdings LLC. AXS Holdings LLC is ultimately controlled by Gregory Bassuk. AXS is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. AXS discharges its responsibilities subject to the policies of the Board of Trustees of the Acquiring Fund.
The names and principal occupations of each principal executive officer and director of AXS, located at 181 Westchester Avenue, Suite 402, Port Chester New York 10573, are listed below:
Name | Principal Occupation/Title |
Russell Tencer | Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer |
Gregory Bassuk | Chief Executive Officer |
None of AXS’ principal officers and directors has any position with the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund.
Change Finance, PBC, a Colorado corporation located at 705 Grand View Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22305, is the investment adviser to the Target Fund. In this capacity, Change Finance provides certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services to the Target Fund as well as fund reporting services. Change Finance is controlled by Andrew Rodriguez and Donna Morton, each by virtue of a voting agreement.
The names and principal occupations of each principal executive officer and director of Change Finance, located at 705 Grand View Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22305, are listed below:
Name | Principal Occupation/Title |
Andrew Rodriguez | Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer |
Dorrit Lowsen | President, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Compliance Officer |
Donna Morton | Owner |
Lillian Lovins | Chief Impact Officer |
30
None of Change Finance’s principal officers and directors has any position with the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund.
Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, 1125 Sanctuary Parkway, Suite 515, Alpharetta, Georgia 30009, is the investment sub-adviser to the Target Fund and oversees the day-to-day operations of the Target Fund.
Following the Reorganization, AXS will serve as the investment adviser of the Acquiring Fund and Change Finance will be the sub-adviser to the Acquiring Fund.
The portfolio management team for the Target Fund consists of Austin Wen, CFA and Rafael Zayas, CFA of VIA.
Austin Wen, CFA, has been a Portfolio Manager of VIA since 2016 and has seven years of investment management experience. His focus at VIA is on portfolio management and trading, risk monitoring and investment analysis. Previously, he was an analyst for Vident Financial, LLC, beginning in 2014, working on the development and review of investment solutions. He began his career in 2011 as a State Examiner for the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance. Mr. Wen obtained a BA in Finance from the University of Georgia and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
Rafael Zayas, CFA, has over 15 years of investment management experience. Mr. Zayas became SVP, Head of Portfolio Management and Trading ETF at VIA in June 2020. From 2017 to 2020, he was Senior Portfolio Manager – International Equity at VIA and his investment management experience includes managing international equity portfolios, including in emerging and frontier markets. Prior to joining VIA, he was a Portfolio Manager – Direct Investments for seven years at Russell Investments, a global asset manager, where he co-managed more than $4 billion in quantitative strategies across global markets, including the Russell Strategic Call Overwriting Fund, a mutual fund. Mr. Zayas also helped Russell Investments launch its sponsored ETF initiative and advised on index methodologies. Prior to joining Russell Investments, Mr. Zayas was a Portfolio Manager – Equity Indexing at Mellon Capital Management, where he managed assets for internationally listed global equity ETFs. Mr. Zayas graduated with a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from Cornell University and obtained a Certificate in Computational Finance and Risk Management from the University of Washington. He also attained the Chartered Financial Analyst designation in 2010.
The portfolio management team for the Acquiring Fund will include Andrew Rodriguez of Change Finance.
Andrew Rodriguez is Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer at Change Finance and a longtime asset management and portfolio management executive focused on sustainability investment portfolios. Prior to co-founding Change Finance in 2016, Mr. Rodriguez was responsible for ESG research and analysis for the Highwater Global Fund, designed clean investment portfolios for the Keel Asset Management, and developed and managed ESG portfolios at Principium. Mr. Rodriguez is widely regarded as an expert in ESG, SRI, and fossil fuel free portfolios available to the broader investing public. Mr. Rodriguez holds an MBA in Sustainable Systems and Impact Investing from Bainbridge Graduate Institute, the first “Green MBA” program.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between Change Finance and ESS, on behalf of the Target Fund, Change Finance currently receives an annual unitary management fee equal to 0.49% of the Target Fund’s average daily net assets. In connection with the unitary management fee Change Finance receives from the Target Fund, Change Finance has agreed to pay all expenses incurred by the Target Fund except for interest charges on any borrowings, dividends and other expenses on securities sold short, taxes, brokerage commissions and other expenses incurred in placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities and other investment instruments, acquired fund fees and expenses, accrued deferred tax liability, extraordinary expenses, distribution fees and expenses paid by the Target Fund under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, and the unified management fee payable to Change Finance. Change Finance is not liable to ESS under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Change Finance or ESS in connection with the performance of the Investment Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty by Change Finance with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on Change Finance’s part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by Change Finance of its duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by (i) ESS by the vote of its Board or with respect to the Target Fund, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Target Fund, or (ii) by Change Finance upon 120 days written notice to ESS. The Investment Advisory Agreement between Change Finance and ESS will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.
31
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between AXS and IMST II, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, AXS will receive an annual unitary management fee equal to 0.49% of the Acquiring Fund’s average daily net assets. In connection with the unitary management fee AXS receives from the Acquiring Fund, AXS is responsible for paying all expenses of the Acquiring Fund excluding fee payments under the Investment Advisory Agreement, interest, dividends and other expenses on securities sold short, taxes, brokerage commissions, and other expenses incurred in placing or settlement of orders for the purchase and sale of securities and other investment instruments, acquired fund fees and expenses, accrued deferred tax liability, extraordinary expenses, distribution fees and expenses paid by the Acquiring fund under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. AXS is not liable to IMST II under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by AXS or IMST II in connection with the performance of the Investment Advisory Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty by AXS with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on AXS’ part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by AXS of its duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement between AXS and IMST II may be terminated by the Trust at any time as to the Acquiring Fund, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving AXS 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by AXS), provided that such termination by IMST II shall be directed or approved (x) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of IMST II in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Fund at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or (y) by AXS on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by IMST II). Like the Investment Advisory Agreement between Change Finance and ESS, the Investment Advisory Agreement between AXS and IMST II will immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. Pursuant to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Change Finance and AXS, AXS compensates Change Finance out of the investment advisory fees it receives from the Acquiring Fund.
AXS and IMST II have received an exemptive order from the SEC for the Acquiring Fund which allows AXS to operate the Acquiring Fund under a “manager of managers” structure (the “Order”). Pursuant to the Order, AXS may, subject to the approval of the Board, hire or replace sub-advisors and modify any existing or future agreement with such sub-advisors without obtaining shareholder approval. Change Finance and ESS have no similar exemptive order.
Pursuant to the Order, AXS, with the approval of the IMST II Board, has the discretion to terminate any sub-advisor and allocate and reallocate the Acquiring Fund’s assets among AXS and any other sub-advisor. AXS has the ultimate responsibility, subject to the oversight and supervision by the IMST II Board, to oversee any sub-advisor for the Acquiring Fund and to recommend, for approval by the IMST II Board, the hiring, termination and replacement of sub-advisors for the Acquiring Fund. In evaluating a prospective sub-advisor, AXS will consider, among other things, the proposed sub-advisor’s experience, investment philosophy and historical performance. AXS remains ultimately responsible for supervising, monitoring and evaluating the performance of any sub-advisor retained to manage the Acquiring Fund. Within 90 days after hiring any new sub-advisor, the Acquiring Fund’s shareholders will receive information about any new sub-advisory relationships.
32
Use of the “manager of managers” structure does not diminish AXS’ responsibilities to the Acquiring Fund under its Investment Management Agreement. AXS has overall responsibility, subject to oversight by the IMST II Board, to oversee the sub-advisors and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement. Specifically, AXS will, subject to the review and approval of the IMST II Board: (a) set the Acquiring Fund’s overall investment strategy; (b) evaluate, select and recommend sub-advisors to manage all or a portion of the Acquiring Fund’s assets; and (c) implement procedures reasonably designed to ensure that each sub-advisor complies with the Acquiring Fund’s investment goal, policies and restrictions. Subject to the review by the IMST II Board, AXS will: (a) when appropriate, allocate and reallocate the Acquiring Fund’s assets among multiple sub-advisors; and (b) monitor and evaluate the performance of the sub-advisors. Replacement of AXS or the imposition of material changes to the Investment Management Agreement would continue to require prior shareholder approval.
B. Information About the Reorganization
General
The Board has unanimously approved, and the shareholders of the Target Fund are being asked to approve, the Plan by and between ESS, on behalf of the Target Fund, and IMST II, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, and the transactions it contemplates, including the reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund in exchange for shares of the Acquiring Fund, on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes as provided for herein. The Board of Trustees of each Fund has determined that the proposed Reorganization is in the best interests of its respective Fund and that the interests of its respective Fund’s existing shareholders will not be diluted as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Reorganization.
The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Target Fund is required to approve the Plan. The “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” is defined in the 1940 Act as the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present at the Meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of such outstanding shares of the Fund. Abstentions and broker non-votes will have the same effect as a vote against the approval of the Plan and the Reorganization it contemplates.
A copy of the Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your reference.
Terms of the Reorganization
The Plan provides for the reorganization of the Target Fund into the Acquiring Fund, pursuant to which the Target Fund would (i) transfer all of its assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all of the liabilities of the Target Fund and (ii) immediately distribute such newly issued shares of the Acquiring Fund to the Target Fund shareholders. As a result, all of the assets of the Target Fund will be transferred to the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund will assume all of the liabilities of the Target Fund. Shareholders of the Target Fund will receive a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal in value to the aggregate net asset value of the Target Fund shares held as of the Valuation Time. Through the Reorganization, shares of the Target Fund would be exchanged on a tax-free basis for federal income tax purposes. In the event that shareholders of the Target Fund do not approve the Reorganization, the Board will consider potential courses of action at that time.
33
The newly issued Acquiring Fund shares in the Reorganization will be distributed (either directly or through an agent) to the Target Fund shareholders upon the exchange of their Target Fund shares by opening shareholder accounts on the share ledger records of the Acquiring Fund in the names of and in the amounts due to the shareholders of the Target Fund based on their respective holdings in the Target Fund as of the Valuation Time. Ownership of Acquiring Fund shares will be shown on the books of the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent, and the Acquiring Fund will not issue certificates representing the Acquiring Fund shares in connection with the reorganization, except for any global share certificate or certificates required by a securities depository in connection with the establishment of book-entry ownership of the Acquiring Fund shares.
The direct expenses incurred in connection with the Reorganization (whether or not the Reorganization is consummated) will be borne by AXS, UMB Fund Services, Inc. and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC. Direct Reorganization related expenses include, without limitation: (a) expenses associated with the preparation and filing of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and related proxy materials; (b) postage; (c) printing; (d) accounting fees; (e) audit and legal fees, including fees of the counsel to ESS, counsel to the Independent Trustees of ESS, counsel to AXS, counsel to IMST II, and counsel to the Independent Trustees of the IMST II; (f) solicitation costs; (g) service provider conversion fees; and (g) any costs associated with meetings of each Fund’s Board of Trustees relating to the transactions contemplated herein AXS estimates that the amount of direct expenses to be incurred by AXS, UMB Fund Services, Inc. and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC will be approximately $100,000.
The Plan may be terminated and the Reorganization abandoned due to (i) mutual agreement of IMST II, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, and ESS, on behalf of the Target Fund; (ii) a breach by the non-terminating party of any representation, or warranty, or agreement to be performed at or before the closing of the reorganization, if not cured within 30 days of the breach or, in the sole discretion of the non-breaching party’s Board of Trustees, prior to the closing; (iii) a condition precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met or waived and it reasonably appears that it will not or cannot be met; or (iv) a determination by the Board of Trustees of either the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund that the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Plan is not in the best interests of its respective Fund involved in the transactions contemplated by the Plan. The Plan will also be terminated and the Reorganization abandoned if the opinion that the Reorganization will be a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes is not delivered. The delivery of this opinion cannot be waived.
If the Proposal to approve the Reorganization as presented in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus is approved at the Meeting, the Reorganization is expected to be completed shortly after the Meeting.
Background and Trustees’ Considerations Relating to the Proposed Reorganization
The Board considered the Reorganization at a meeting held on December 13, 2021. Based on the recommendation of Change Finance and the Board’s evaluation of the relevant information prepared by Change Finance and AXS and presented to the Board in advance of the meeting, the Board, including all trustees who are not “interested persons” of ESS, determined that the Reorganization is in the best interests of the Target Fund and its shareholders and that the interests of existing Target Fund shareholders will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. The Board approved the Reorganization and the Plan subject to shareholder approval.
In approving the Reorganization, the Board was informed that, as a natural consequence of the Transaction, AXS wished to reorganize the Target Fund into the AXS family of funds. The Board understood that, in connection with the Reorganization, AXS would serve as an investment adviser to, and Change Finance would serve as sub-adviser for, the Acquiring Fund. The Board also understood that the Acquiring Fund’s investment objective would be the same as the Target Fund’s and the strategies, policies and risks would be substantially similar to those of the Target Fund and that the Reorganization is not expected to increase the cost of the Target Fund shareholders’ investment because the Acquiring Fund’s unitary fee is expected to be the same as the Target Fund’s unitary fee.
34
The Board considered the following factors, among others, in its evaluation of the Reorganization:
The Terms and Conditions of the Reorganization. The Board considered the terms of the Plan, noting that the transfer of the assets of the Target Fund will be in exchange for shares of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s assumption of all liabilities of the Target Fund. The Board also took note of the fact that no commission or other transaction fees would be imposed on the Target Fund’s shareholders in connection with the Reorganization. In addition, the Board noted that pursuant to the Plan, each Target Fund shareholder’s account will be credited with a number of Acquiring Fund shares equal to the value of the Target Fund shares that each shareholder holds immediately prior to the Reorganization and that the aggregate net asset value of Acquiring Fund shares to be credited to each Target Fund shareholder’s account will equal the aggregate net asset value of Target Fund shares that each shareholder holds immediately prior to the Reorganization. As a result, the Board noted that the interests of the Target Fund shareholders would not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. The Board also noted that the Reorganization would be submitted to the Target Fund’s shareholders for approval.
Investment Objective and Investment Strategies. The Board considered that the investment objective of the Acquiring Fund is the same as that of the Target Fund and the strategies of the Acquiring Fund are substantially similar to those of the Target Fund and that the Acquiring Fund would continue to track the same underlying index as the Target Fund. The Board concluded that the Reorganization would allow for continuity of the Target Fund shareholders’ investment expectations.
Relative Expense Ratios. The Board reviewed information regarding comparative expense ratios (current and pro forma expense ratios are set forth in “Comparison of the Funds—Comparative Fees and Expenses” section above), which indicated that the Acquiring Fund’s estimated total annual fund operating expense ratio is expected to be the same as the Target Fund’s and, therefore, the Target Fund shareholders should not experience an increase in the cost of their investment as a result of the Reorganization. The Board also noted that, like the Target Fund, the Acquiring Fund will have a unitary fee, which cannot be increased without Acquiring Fund shareholder approval.
The Experience and Expertise of the Acquiring Fund’s Advisor and Sub-Advisor. The Board considered that AXS is an investment adviser managing 12 funds with over $700 million in assets under management as of December 13, 2021, and that its key personnel have significant experience providing investment advisory services to ETFs and mutual funds. The Board also considered that Change Finance, the investment adviser to the Target Fund, will continue to provide advisory services to the Acquiring Fund in its role as sub-adviser. The Board further considered that the Target Fund’s sub-adviser, Vident Investment Advisory, LLC, will not be involved with the management of the Acquiring Fund and that AXS will be responsible to the Acquiring Fund for providing the advisory services Vident provides to the Target Fund.
Acquiring Fund Service Providers. The Board considered that the service providers that execute distribution, administration, accounting, custody, and transfer agency functions for the Target Fund are different than the service providers that provide such services to the Acquiring Fund, but are each firms with a long history of providing services to a large number of mutual funds and ETFs.
35
Expenses Relating to Reorganization. The Board considered that the Target Fund shareholders will not incur any expenses in connection with the Reorganization. All expenses relating to the proposed Reorganization will be borne by AXS, UMB Fund Services, Inc. and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC, or any of their respective affiliates, including expenses related to the Meeting and solicitation of proxies, preparing and filing the registration statement that includes this Proxy Statement, and the cost of copying, printing, and mailing proxy materials.
Federal Income Tax Consequences. The Board considered that the Reorganization is expected to qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code for federal income tax purposes and that shareholders of the Target Fund are not expected to recognize any gain or loss upon receipt of the Acquiring Fund shares in the Reorganization.
Benefits to AXS and Change Finance. The Board understood that, if the Reorganization is completed, AXS could benefit by consolidating the Target Fund into and making it part of the AXS family of funds. The Reorganization might make it easier to market and grow the Acquiring Fund under the AXS family of funds and might lead to cost savings for AXS. The Board also understood that Change Finance would receive compensation from AXS in connection with the Transaction, that Change Finance might also benefit from the Reorganization by the Target Fund becoming part of a larger family of funds under the AXS brand with access to the support and resources of AXS, and that the Reorganization, if completed, might provide greater opportunity for Change Finance to grow its business. Additionally, the Board considered how such compensation will benefit Change Finance in the provision of sub-advisory services to the Acquiring Fund.
Other Alternatives. The Board considered alternatives to the Reorganization that were identified by Change Finance. The Board noted that Change Finance had reported meeting with multiple firms about opportunities for supporting the continued growth of the Target Fund, but had determined that the proposed Reorganization was the alternative with highest likelihood of enabling shareholders to continue their investment exposure long-term and of increasing the size of the Target Fund to make it economically sustainable for its investment adviser. After considering the merits and viability of these other alternatives, the Board agreed with the assessment that the possible alternatives were less desirable than the Reorganization.
Based on the foregoing, the Board determined that the Reorganization as recommended by Change Finance is in the best interests of the Target Fund and its shareholders and that the interest of existing Target Fund shareholders will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization. The Board approved the Reorganization, subject to approval by shareholders of the Target Fund and the solicitation of the shareholders of the Target Fund to vote “FOR” the approval of the Plan. The Board understood that if the Target Fund shareholders do not approve the Reorganization the Target Fund will remain a series of ESS and Change Finance will continue to serve as the investment adviser to the Target Fund. These determinations were made on the basis of each Trustee’s business judgment after consideration of all of the factors taken as a whole, though individual Trustees may have placed different weight on various factors and assigned different degrees of materiality to various conclusions.
The Board of ESS, including the Independent Trustees, unanimously recommends that shareholders of the Target Fund approve the Plan and the Reorganization.
Capitalization
The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Target Fund as of January 26, 2022, and the pro forma capitalization of the Acquiring Fund as if the Reorganization had occurred on such date. The following is for informational purposes only. No assurance can be given as to how many shares of the Acquiring Fund will be received by the shareholders of the Target Fund on the date the Reorganization takes place, and the foregoing should not be relied upon to reflect the number of shares of the Acquiring Fund that actually will be received on or after such date.
36
Target Fund | Acquiring Fund | Pro Forma Acquiring Fund | |
Net Assets | $115,825,279 | $0 | $115,825,279 |
Shares Outstanding | 3,750,000 | 0 | 3,750,000 |
Net Asset Value per Share | $30.89 | $0 | $30.89 |
Description of the Shares to be Issued by the Acquiring Fund
The Acquiring Fund shares, when issued in the Reorganization, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, will be transferable without restriction and will have no preemptive or conversion rights. Individual shares of the Acquiring Fund may only be bought and sold in the secondary market through a broker-dealer at market price.
Distributions and Dividend Reinvestment Plan. The Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund distribute their net investment income annually and their net realized capital gains at least annually, if any. The Acquiring Fund has not established a dividend reinvestment plan, but dividends may be reinvested automatically in additional Acquiring Fund shares if the broker through whom you hold such shares makes this option available. Such shares will generally be reinvested by the broker based upon the market price of those shares and investors may be subject to brokerage commissions charged by the broker.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
As a condition to each Fund’s obligation to consummate the Reorganization, each Fund will receive a tax opinion from Chapman and Cutler LLP (which opinion would be based on certain factual representations and certain customary assumptions), to the effect that, on the basis of the existing provisions of the Code, current administrative rules and court decisions, for federal income tax purposes:
(a) the transfer of all the Target Fund’s assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Target Fund immediately followed by the pro rata, by class, distribution to the Target Fund shareholders of all the Acquiring Fund shares received by the Target Fund in complete liquidation of the Target Fund and the termination of the Target Fund as soon as practicable thereafter will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization;
(b) no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund upon the receipt of all the assets of the Target Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Target Fund;
37
(c) no gain or loss will be recognized by the Target Fund upon the transfer of all the Target Fund’s assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Target Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of such Acquiring Fund shares to the Target Fund shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Target Fund in complete liquidation of the Target Fund;
(d) no gain or loss will be recognized by Target Fund shareholders upon the exchange of their Target Fund shares solely for Acquiring Fund shares in the Reorganization;
(e) the aggregate basis of Acquiring Fund shares received by each Target Fund shareholder pursuant to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate basis of Target Fund shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder. The holding period of the Acquiring Fund shares received by each Target Fund shareholder in the Reorganization will include the period during which Target Fund shares exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided such Target Fund shares are held as capital assets at the time of the Reorganization;
(f) the basis of the Target Fund’s assets transferred to the Acquiring Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Target Fund immediately before the effective time of the Reorganization. The holding period of the assets of the Target Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will include the period during which such assets were held by the Target Fund; and
(g) the taxable year of the Target Fund will not end as a result of the Reorganization and the Acquiring Fund will succeed to and take into account the items of the Target Fund described in Section 381(c) of the Code.
No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Reorganization on the Target Fund, the Acquiring Fund or any the Target Fund Shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as to which any unrealized gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code, or (2) any other federal tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or foreign tax issues of any kind.
While the Target Fund shareholders are not expected to recognize any gain or loss upon the exchange of their shares in the Reorganization, differences in the Funds’ portfolio turnover rates, net investment income and net realized capital gains may result in future taxable distributions to shareholders arising indirectly from the Reorganization.
By reason of the Reorganization, the Acquiring Fund will succeed to and take into account any capital loss carryforwards of the Target Fund. The Reorganization is not expected to result in limitations on the Acquiring Fund’s ability to use any capital loss carryforwards of the Target Fund. As of the tax year ended July 31, 2021, the Target Fund had accumulated short-term capital loss carryforwards in the amount of $1,028,347 and long-term capital loss carryforwards in the amount of $261,553. These amounts do not expire.
This description of the federal income tax consequences of the Reorganization is made without regard to the particular facts and circumstances of any shareholder. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the specific consequences to them of the Reorganization, including the applicability and effect of state, local, non-U.S. and other tax laws.
38
C. Additional Information About the Investment Policies |
General Comparison of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund
Both the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are index-based ETFs whose primary investment objective is to seek to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Index. Additionally, the Target Fund and Acquiring Fund use a “passive management” (or indexing) approach to track the performance, before fees and expenses, of the Index. However, although the investment strategies of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are substantially similar, they have some important differences.
The Target Fund attempts to invest all, or substantially all, of its assets in the component securities that make up the Index. Change Finance expects that, over time, the correlation between the Target Fund’s performance and that of the Index, before fees and expenses, will be 95% or better. Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the Target Fund’s net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in large cap equity securities that are principally traded in the United States and that are issued by companies whose primary business does not include the production or processing of fossil fuels, as determined by ISS ESG.
The Acquiring Fund also attempts to invest all, or substantially all, of its assets in the component securities of the Index and, under normal circumstances, will invest at least 80% of its total assets (exclusive of any collateral held from securities lending) in the component securities of the Index. AXS expects that, over time, the correlation between the Acquiring Fund’s performance and that of the Index, before fees and expenses, will be 95% or better. However, the Acquiring Fund will also, under normal market circumstances, invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in the equity securities of Eligible Companies that do not derive any revenue from fossil fuel production, fossil fuel power generation, tobacco production, production of GMOs, nuclear power generation, weapons production, or hazardous pesticide production.
Although the Target Fund’s 80% test differs from the Acquiring Fund’s 80% test related to Eligible Companies, both Funds’ 80% test excludes companies the primary business of which includes the production or processing of fossil fuels. In addition, the Index, which both the Target Fund and Acquiring Fund track, excludes companies involved in the fossil fuel industry, fossil-fired utilities and companies which fail to meet a diverse set of environmental, social, and governance standards. For purposes of its respective 80% test, each of the Acquiring Fund and Target Fund defines “equity securities” to mean common and preferred stocks, rights, warrants, depositary receipts, equity interests in REITs and MLPs.
Each Fund will generally use a “replication” strategy to achieve its investment objective, meaning it generally will invest in all of the component securities of the Index in approximately the same proportion as in the Index. However, each Fund may use a “representative sampling” strategy, meaning it may invest in a sample of the securities in the Index the risk, return, and other characteristics of which closely resemble the risk, return, and other characteristics of the Index as a whole, when the Fund’s sub-adviser believes it is in the best interests of the Fund (e.g., when replicating the Index involves practical difficulties or substantial costs, an Index constituent becomes temporarily illiquid, unavailable, or less liquid, or as a result of legal restrictions or limitations that apply to the Funds but not to the Index).
39
To the extent the Index concentrates (i.e., holds more than 25% of its total assets) in the securities of a particular industry or group of related industries, each Fund will concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent as the Index.
Similar to most ETFs, the Target Fund trades, and the Acquiring Fund will trade, its shares on a securities exchange, and persons wishing to buy or sell shares generally may do so through a broker-dealer and pay and receive the market price per share (plus or minus any applicable commissions). ETFs also issue and redeem shares on a continuous basis, at net asset value, in Creation Units. Creation Units of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund will generally be issued and redeemed in-kind for securities in which the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund invest, respectively. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund shares are not redeemable securities. For more information on the procedures for purchasing and redeeming Creation Units of the Acquiring Fund, please see “Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Shares” in the Reorganization SAI.
These ETF features are designed to protect ongoing shareholders from adverse effects that could arise from frequent cash creation and redemption transactions such as those that occur in a conventional mutual fund. In conventional mutual funds, redemptions can have an adverse tax impact on taxable shareholders because of a mutual fund’s frequent need to sell portfolio securities to obtain cash to meet fund redemptions. These sales may generate taxable gains for the shareholders of the mutual fund, whereas the in-kind Creation Unit redemption mechanism of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund generally will not lead to a tax event for the Funds or their ongoing shareholders. As a practical matter, only broker-dealers or large institutional investors with creation and redemption agreements, called “Authorized Participants,” can purchase or redeem these Creation Units. Shares of the Target Fund are, and shares of the Acquiring Fund are anticipated to be, traded on the NYSE to provide liquidity for purchasers of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund shares in amounts less than the size of a Creation Unit. The market price of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund shares on the NYSE may be equal to, more or less than the net asset value per share, but shares of ETFs typically trade in a range close to net asset value per share.
The Board of Trustees of ESS, of which the Target Fund is a series, and the Board of Trustees of IMST II, of which the Acquiring Fund is a series, have adopted Distribution and Service Plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, with respect to the applicable Fund. In accordance with the applicable Rule 12b-1 plan, the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund are authorized to pay an amount up to 0.25% of their average daily net assets each year, respectively. For the Target Fund this amount is for certain distribution-related activities and shareholder services. For the Acquiring Fund these fees may be paid in connection with the distribution and sale of Fund shares. No 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund. However, in the event 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because these fees are paid out of the Target Fund’s and the Acquiring Fund’s assets, respectively, over time these fees would increase the cost of an investment in the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund and may cost shareholders more than certain other types of sales charges.
Fundamental Policies
In addition to having the same investment objectives and substantially similar investment strategies, the Funds are subject to the substantially similar fundamental policies, which are described below. For each Fund, these restrictions cannot be changed with respect to each Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of the 1940 Act, a “majority of outstanding shares” means the vote of the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of the Fund present at the meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.
40
TARGET FUND | ACQUIRING FUND |
The Target Fund may not borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. | The Acquiring Fund may not issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Acquiring Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its net assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Acquiring Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales or investing in financial futures, swaps, when-issued or delayed delivery securities, or reverse repurchase agreements. |
The Target Fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.
| The Acquiring Fund may not act as underwriter, except to the extent the Acquiring Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio. |
The Target Fund may not make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.
| The Acquiring Fund may not make loans of money, except (a) for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Acquiring Fund, (b) by engaging in repurchase agreements or, (c) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s net assets. |
The Target Fund may not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, real estate investment trusts or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business. | The Acquiring Fund may not purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate or real estate limited partnerships (although the Acquiring Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate, such as REITs). |
The Target Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities. | The Acquiring Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This limitation shall not prevent the Acquiring Fund from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, or acquiring securities or other instruments and options thereon backed by, or related to, physical commodities. |
The Target Fund may not concentrate its investments (i.e., hold more than 25% of its total assets) in any industry or group of related industries, except that the Target Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that the Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of related industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and tax-exempt securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry. | The Acquiring Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase in any one industry (other than securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) |
41
TARGET FUND | ACQUIRING FUND |
The Target Fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any one issuer if, immediately after and as a result of such purchase, (a) the value of the Target Fund’s holdings in the securities of such issuer exceeds 5% of the value of the Target Fund’s total assets, or (b) the Target Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (with the exception that this restriction does not apply to the Target Fund’s investments in the securities of the U.S. government, or its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). | The Acquiring Fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any one issuer if, immediately after and as a result of such purchase, (a) the value of the Acquiring Fund’s holdings in the securities of such issuer exceeds 5% of the value of the Acquiring Fund’s total assets, or (b) the Acquiring Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (with the exception that this restriction does not apply to the Acquiring Fund’s investments in the securities of the U.S. government, or its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). |
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings
The Acquiring Fund’s portfolio will be available on the Acquiring Fund’s website at www.axsinvestments.com. A description of the policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities will be included in the Acquiring Fund’s SAI, which will also be available on the Acquiring Fund’s website.
In addition, each Fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings as of the end of its fiscal year and its second fiscal quarter in its reports to shareholders. No later than 30 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, each Fund files with the SEC on Form N-PORT a complete list of its portfolio holdings as of each month-end during the relevant quarter. You can find the SEC filings on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.
Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the Acquiring Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), AXS and IMST Distributors, LLC, the Acquiring Fund’s distributor, may pay the intermediary for the sale of Acquiring Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Acquiring Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
42
II. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TARGET FUND AND THE ACQUIRING FUND
Charter Documents
The Target Fund is a diversified series of ESS, a Delaware statutory trust governed by Delaware law. The Acquiring Fund is a diversified series of IMST II, a Delaware statutory trust governed by Delaware law. IMST II is governed by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 16, 2013 and ESS is governed by an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated February 17, 2012 (each, a “Declaration”). Additional information about each of the Declarations is provided below.
Shares of beneficial interest of each Fund entitle their holders to one vote per share and fractional shares entitle their holders to a proportionate fractional vote. ESS and IMST II are permitted to have more than one series, and as of October 31, 2021 there were 51 series of ESS and 20 series of IMST II existing in addition to the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, respectively. In some circumstances, all of the series vote together, but a separate vote will be taken by the shareholders of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund on matters affecting the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, respectively, as a series when so required under the 1940 Act or when the Board of Trustees of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund has determined that the matter affects only the interests of the shareholders of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, respectively. If a matter affects only a particular series of ESS or IMST II and does not affect the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, respectively, only the required vote by that applicable series shall be required. For example, a change in a fundamental investment policy for the Target Fund would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Target Fund.
Neither Fund is required to hold annual meetings of shareholders under its Declaration. Shareholder meetings of ESS and IMST II must be called when required by the 1940 Act to elect Trustees. Shareholder meetings of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund may be called by a majority of the Trustees of ESS and IMST II, respectively. Shareholder meetings of the Target Fund shall be called by the Secretary of ESS upon the order of the Board of Trustees of ESS upon the written request of the shareholders holding shares of the Target Fund representing in the aggregate not less than twenty percent or one-third of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Target Fund entitled to vote on the matters specified in such written request provided that (i) such request shall state the purposes of such meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on, and (ii) the shareholders of the Target Fund requesting such meeting shall have paid to ESS the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing the notice thereof, which the Secretary shall determine and specify to such shareholders. Shareholder meetings of the Acquiring Fund shall be called by the Board of Trustees of IMST II upon the written request of the shareholders holding shares of the Acquiring Fund representing in the aggregate not less than ten percent of the outstanding shares of the Acquiring Fund.
Neither Fund’s shares have preemptive rights. However, under each Fund’s Declaration, the Trustees have the power to authorize from time to time, such preference, preemptive, conversion or exchange rights as the Trustees may determine. Mutual funds, in general, issue shares that can be redeemed or sold back to the fund at the fund’s net asset value per share (less any applicable redemption fee or sales charge). Unlike conventional mutual funds, ETFs like the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund issue and redeem shares on a continuous basis, at net asset value, only in Creation Units. Creation Units of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund will generally be issued and redeemed in-kind for securities in which the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, respectively, invest. The Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund shares are not individually redeemable securities of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund, respectively, except when aggregated as Creation Units. Shares of the Target Fund are, and the Acquiring Fund are anticipated to be, listed and traded on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “CHGX” and “[CHGX],” respectively, to provide liquidity for individual shareholders of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund shares in amounts less than the size of a Creation Unit.
43
Shareholders of the Target Fund are entitled to dividends as declared by its Board of Trustees, and if ESS were liquidated, each shareholder of the Target Fund would be entitled to receive pro rata the distributable assets of ESS attributable to shares of the Target Fund. Shareholders of the Acquiring Fund are entitled to dividends as declared by its Board of Trustees, and if IMST II were liquidated, each shareholder of the Acquiring Fund would be entitled to receive pro rata the distributable assets of IMST II attributable to shares of the Acquiring Fund. Each of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund distribute their net investment income quarterly and their net realized capital gains at least annually, if any.
As noted above, ESS and IMST II issue their shares in more than one series. Each of the Declarations authorize the issuance of classes of shares. All consideration received by the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund for the issue or sale of shares of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, respectively, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, and all income, earnings, profits and proceeds, including proceeds from the sale, exchange or liquidation of assets, are held and accounted for separately from the other assets of ESS and IMST II, subject only to the rights of creditors of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, respectively, and belong irrevocably to the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund for all purposes. Additional series of ESS or IMST II may be established by the Board of Trustees of ESS or IMST II, respectively, from time to time. Shares of the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund may be issued in classes, with such relative rights and preferences as may be determined by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
In general, the Declarations of both ESS and IMST II require a shareholder vote only on those matters where the 1940 Act requires a vote of shareholders and otherwise permits the Trustees to take actions without seeking the consent of shareholders. Both Declarations give the Trustees broad authority to approve reorganizations between the Target Fund or the Acquiring Fund, as the case may be, and another entity or the sale of all or substantially all of the Target Fund’s assets without shareholder approval if the 1940 Act would not require such approval. The 1940 Act requires that the Reorganization be approved by the affirmative vote of the “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Target Fund as described above.
Both Declarations permit amendments to the Declaration to be made by the Trustees, without shareholder vote.
ESS is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders, and each Trustee is elected to serve until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee or of a successor Trustee. IMST II is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders, and each Trustee is elected to serve until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of considering the election or re-election of such Trustee or of a successor Trustee and until such successor Trustee is elected, qualified, and serving as a trustee. Except as required by the 1940 Act or the NYSE rules or as described above, the Declarations do not require the Trustees of ESS (of which the Target Fund is a series) and of IMST II (of which the Acquiring Fund is a series) to call meetings of the shareholders for the election or re-election of Trustees. Subject to the limits of the 1940 Act, any vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the Trustees then in office. The Acquiring Fund’s Declaration provides that, any Trustee of IMST II may be removed from office with or without cause (i) by action of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares, or (ii) by the action of at least two-thirds of the remaining Trustees.
Quorum for a shareholder meeting of ESS (of which the Target Fund is a series) and IMST II (of which the Acquiring Fund is a series) is the presence in person or by proxy of 33-1/3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote or, when a matter requires a separate vote by series or class, then 33-1/3% of the voting power of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of that series or class entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum as to the matter being voted upon by that series or class.
44
The foregoing is a very general summary of certain provisions of the Declarations governing the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund. Please see the charter documents themselves for additional information.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (“Auditor”)
Cohen & Company, Ltd., located at 342 North Water Street, Suite 830, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as auditor for the Target Fund.
Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, located at Two Liberty Place, 50 South 16th Street, Suite 2900, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19102-2529, serves as auditor for the Acquiring Fund.
Fund Service Providers
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, acts as the administrator, accounting agent, and transfer agent to the Target Fund. U.S. Bank National Association, 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Suite 302, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, acts as the custodian to the Target Fund. Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1111 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, D.C. 20004, serves as legal counsel to the Target Fund. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, acts as the accounting agent, transfer agent and custodian to the Acquiring Fund. UMB Fund Services, Inc., (“UMBFS”) 235 W. Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212 and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC, (“MFAC”) 2220 East Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740 act as co-administrators for the Acquiring Fund. Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 600 Anton Boulevard, Suite 1800, Costa Mesa, California 92626-7653, serves as legal counsel to the Acquiring Fund. Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60603-4080 serves as legal counsel to the Advisor and special tax counsel to the Acquiring Fund.
Federal Income Tax Matters
The following discussion is very general and does not address investors subject to special rules, such as investors who hold Acquiring Fund shares through an IRA, 401(k) plan or other tax-advantaged account. The Reorganization SAI contains further information about taxes. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax advisor about your investment in the Acquiring Fund.
You will generally have to pay federal income taxes, as well as any state or local taxes, on distributions received from the Acquiring Fund, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. If you sell Acquiring Fund shares, it is generally considered a taxable event. Distributions of net investment income, other than “qualified dividend income,” and distributions of net short-term capital gains, are taxable for federal income tax purposes at ordinary income tax rates. Distributions from the Acquiring Fund’s net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) are taxable for federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Acquiring Fund shares.
Dividends paid by the Acquiring Fund (but none of the Acquiring Fund’s capital gain distributions) may qualify in part for the dividends-received deduction available to corporate shareholders, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. Dividends received by the Acquiring Fund from REITs generally are not expected to qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income or for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions of investment income that the Acquiring Fund reports as “qualified dividend income” may be eligible to be taxed to non-corporate shareholders at the reduced rates applicable to long-term capital gain if derived from the Acquiring Fund’s qualified dividend income and if certain other requirements are satisfied. “Qualified dividend income” generally is income derived from dividends paid by U.S. corporations or certain foreign corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for tax benefits under certain U.S. income tax treaties. In addition, dividends that the Acquiring Fund receives in respect of stock of certain foreign corporations may be qualified dividend income if that stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market.
45
You may want to avoid buying shares of the Acquiring Fund just before it declares a distribution (on or before the record date), because such a distribution will be taxable to you even though it may effectively be a return of a portion of your investment.
Although distributions are generally taxable when received, dividends declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record as of a date in such month and paid during the following January are treated as if received on December 31 of the calendar year when the dividends were declared.
Information on the federal income tax status of dividends and distributions is provided annually.
Dividends and distributions from the Acquiring Fund and net gain from sales of Acquiring Fund shares will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.
If you do not provide the Acquiring Fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you will be subject to backup withholding on your dividends and other distributions. The backup withholding rate is currently 24%.
Dividends and certain other payments made by the Acquiring Fund to a non-U.S. shareholder are subject to withholding of federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). Dividends that are reported by the Acquiring Fund as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” are generally exempt from such withholding. In general, the Acquiring Fund may report interest-related dividends to the extent of its net income derived from U.S.-source interest and the Acquiring Fund may report short-term capital gain dividends to the extent its net short-term capital gain for the taxable year exceeds its net long-term capital loss. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax described in this paragraph.
Under legislation commonly referred to as “FATCA,” unless certain non-U.S. entities that hold shares comply with requirements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that will generally require them to report information regarding U.S. persons investing in, or holding accounts with, such entities, a 30% withholding tax may apply to Acquiring Fund distributions payable to such entities. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of the agreement.
Some of the Acquiring Fund’s investment income may be subject to foreign income taxes that are withheld at the country of origin. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes, but there can be no assurance that the Acquiring Fund will qualify for treaty benefits.
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of any cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The IRS, however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted currently under the rules governing “wash sales,” or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.
46
Any gain or loss realized upon a creation of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds the securities exchanged therefor as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Similarly, any gain or loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units will be treated as capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds the shares of the Acquiring Fund comprising the Creation Units as capital assets, and otherwise will be ordinary income or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held for more than one year, and otherwise will be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares of the Acquiring Fund comprising the Creation Units have been held for more than one year, and otherwise, will generally be short-term capital gain or loss. Any capital loss realized upon a redemption of Creation Units held for 6 months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the applicable Authorized Participant of long-term capital gains with respect to the Creation Units (including any amounts credited to the Authorized Participant as undistributed capital gains).
The Acquiring Fund has the right to reject an order for Creation Units if the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares of the Acquiring Fund so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Acquiring Fund and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Acquiring Fund would have a basis in any securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Acquiring Fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. If the Acquiring Fund does issue Creation Units to a purchaser (or a group of purchasers) that would, upon obtaining the shares of the Acquiring Fund so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Acquiring Fund, the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) may not recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of securities for Creation Units.
Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
Net Asset Value
The Acquiring Fund’s NAV is calculated as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the normal close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. If for example, the New York Stock Exchange closes at 1:00 p.m. New York time, the Acquiring Fund’s NAVs would still be determined as of 4:00 p.m. New York time. In this example, portfolio securities traded on the New York Stock Exchange would be valued at their closing prices unless IMST II’s Valuation Committee determines that a “fair value” adjustment is appropriate due to subsequent events. The NAV is determined by dividing the value of the Acquiring Fund’s portfolio securities, cash and other assets (including accrued interest), less all liabilities (including accrued expenses), by the total number of outstanding shares. The Acquiring Fund’s NAV may be calculated earlier if permitted by the SEC. The New York Stock Exchange is closed on weekends and most U.S. national holidays. However, foreign securities listed primarily on non-U.S. markets may trade on weekends or other days on which the Acquiring Fund does not value its shares, which may significantly affect the Acquiring Fund’s NAV on those days.
47
The Acquiring Fund’s securities generally are valued at market price. Securities are valued at fair value when market quotations are not readily available. The Board of Trustees of the Acquiring Fund has adopted procedures to be followed when the Acquiring Fund must utilize fair value pricing, including when reliable market quotations are not readily available, when the Acquiring Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Advisor, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Advisor, events have rendered the market value unreliable (see, for example, the discussion of fair value pricing of foreign securities in the paragraph below). Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on the judgment of the Advisor and the Board (or a committee thereof), and may result in a different price being used in the calculation of the Acquiring Fund’s NAV from quoted or published prices for the same securities. Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Acquiring Fund. There can be no assurance that the Acquiring Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it sells the security.
In certain circumstances, the Acquiring Fund employs fair value pricing to ensure greater accuracy in determining daily NAV and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to exploit temporary market anomalies. Fair value pricing may be applied to foreign securities held by the Acquiring Fund upon the occurrence of an event after the close of trading on non-U.S. markets but before the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange when the Acquiring Fund’s NAV is determined. If the event may result in a material adjustment to the price of the Acquiring Fund’s foreign securities once non-U.S. markets open on the following business day (such as, for example, a significant surge or decline in the U.S. market), the Acquiring Fund may value such foreign securities at fair value, taking into account the effect of such event, in order to calculate the Acquiring Fund’s NAV.
Other types of portfolio securities that the Acquiring Fund may fair value include, but are not limited to: (1) investments that are illiquid or traded infrequently, including “restricted” securities and private placements for which there is no public market; (2) investments for which, in the judgment of the Advisor, the market price is stale; (3) securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; (4) securities for which trading has been halted or suspended; and (5) fixed income securities for which there is not a current market value quotation.
III. GENERAL INFORMATION
Voting Process
This Proxy Statement/Prospectus, along with the Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders and the proxy card, is being mailed to shareholders of the Target Fund on or about February 4, 2022. Much of the information is required to be disclosed under rules of the SEC. If there is anything you don’t understand, please contact AST, proxy solicitor for the Funds, at 1-866-745-0265.
Shareholders of record of the Target Fund as of the close of business on the Record Date are entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting and any and all adjournments or postponements thereof. If you are unable to attend the Meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the Board requests that you vote your shares by completing and returning the enclosed proxy card or by recording your voting instructions by telephone or via the Internet. On the matters coming before the Meeting as to which a choice has been specified by shareholders on the accompanying proxy card, the shares will be voted accordingly where such proxy card is properly executed and not properly revoked. If a proxy is returned and no choice is specified, the shares will be voted FOR the Proposal. Shareholders who execute proxies or provide voting instructions by telephone or by Internet may revoke them at any time before a vote is taken on the Proposal by filing with the Target Fund a written notice of revocation, by delivering a duly executed proxy bearing a later date, or by attending the Meeting and voting in person. A prior proxy can also be revoked prior to its exercise by voting again through the toll-free number or the Internet address listed in the proxy card. Merely attending the Meeting, however, will not revoke any previously submitted proxy. Shareholders who intend to attend the Meeting will need to show valid identification and proof of share ownership to be admitted to the Meeting.
48
AST has been engaged to assist in the solicitation of proxies for the Target Fund. As the date of the Meeting approaches, certain shareholders of the Target Fund may receive a telephone call from a representative of AST if their votes have not yet been received. Authorization to permit AST to execute proxies may be obtained by telephonic instructions from shareholders of the Target Fund. Proxies that are obtained telephonically will be recorded in accordance with the procedures described below. The Board believes that these procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that both the identity of the shareholder casting the vote and the voting instructions of the shareholder are accurately determined.
In all cases where a telephonic proxy is solicited, the representative of AST is required to ask for each shareholder’s full name and address, or zip code, or both, and to confirm that the shareholder has received the proxy materials in the mail. If the shareholder is a corporation or other entity, the representative is required to ask for the person’s title and confirmation that the person is authorized to direct the voting of the shares. If the information solicited agrees with the information provided to AST, then the representative has the responsibility to explain the process, read the Proposal on the proxy card, and ask for the shareholder’s instructions on the Proposal. Although the representative is permitted to answer questions about the process, he or she is not permitted to recommend to the shareholder how to vote, other than to read any recommendation set forth in this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. AST will record the shareholder’s instructions on the proxy card. Within 72 hours, the shareholder will be sent a letter or mailgram to confirm his or her vote and asking the shareholder to call AST immediately if the shareholder’s instructions are not correctly reflected in the confirmation.
Please see the instructions on your proxy card for voting by phone or via the Internet. Shareholders will have an opportunity to review their voting instructions and make any necessary changes before submitting their voting instructions by phone or via the Internet.
Under the By-Laws of the Target Fund, a quorum for the transaction of business is constituted by the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of at least thirty-three and one-third percent (33-1/3%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Target Fund entitled to vote at the Meeting.
If a quorum is not present at the Meeting, or in the event that a quorum is present but sufficient votes in favor of the Proposal have not been received, the chairman of the Meeting may adjourn the Meeting of the Target Fund one or more times to permit further solicitation of proxies.
Broker-dealer firms holding shares of the Target Fund in “street name” for the benefit of their customers and clients will request the instructions of such customers and clients on how to vote their shares on the Proposal. Pursuant to New York Stock Exchange Rule 452, broker-dealers that are members of the New York Stock Exchange and that have not received instructions from a customer prior to the date specified in the broker-dealer’s request for voting instructions may not vote such customer’s shares on the Proposal being considered at the Meeting.
The affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Target Fund is required to approve the Proposal as set forth on the cover of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” is defined in the 1940 Act as the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares of the Target Fund present at the Meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such outstanding shares are present in person or represented by proxy; or (ii) more than 50% of such outstanding shares of the Target Fund. For purposes of determining the approval of the Plan and the Reorganization it contemplates by the Target Fund shareholders, abstentions and broker non-votes will have the effect of a vote against such Proposal.
49
Proxy solicitations will be made, beginning on or about February 15, 2022, primarily by mail, but such solicitations may also be made by telephone or personal interviews conducted by (i) officers of the Target Fund, as applicable; (ii) AST, the Target Fund’s proxy solicitor that will provide proxy solicitation services in connection with the Proposal set forth herein; (iii) AXS Investments LLC, the investment adviser of the Acquiring Fund; (iv) Change Finance, PBC, the investment adviser of the Target Fund; (v) U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, the administrator, accounting agent, and transfer agent of the Target Fund; or (vi) any affiliates of those entities.
The direct expenses associated with the preparation of the Proposal and of the proxy solicitation activities with respect thereto, including the costs incurred in connection with the preparation of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus and its enclosures, will be paid by AXS, UMBFS and MFAC. It is estimated that the amount of direct expenses to be incurred will be approximately $100,000.
As of the Record Date, 3,250,000 shares of the Target Fund were outstanding. Shareholders of record on the Record Date are entitled to one vote for each share of the Target Fund the shareholder owns.
Share Ownership of the Target Fund and the Acquiring Fund
As of the date of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus, no shares of the Acquiring Fund have been issued.
Based solely on information obtained from filings available on the SEC’s EDGAR website, the following table provides information regarding persons who owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of shares of the Target Fund as of January 25, 2022. Neither AXS, Change Finance nor the Target Fund have any knowledge regarding the identities of the ultimate beneficiaries of any of the shares referenced below.
50
Name and Address | % Ownership | Type of Ownership |
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
211 Main Street
San Francisco, CA 94105-1905 | 23.35% | Record |
TD Ameritrade, Inc.
200 South 108th Avenue
Omaha, NE 68103-2226 | 20.07% | Record |
National Financial Services, LLC
200 Liberty Street
New York, NY 10281 | 18.72% | Record |
Pershing LLC
One Pershing Plaza
Jersey City, NJ 07399 | 6.91% | Record |
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 3rd Floor
New York, NY 10286 | 9.09% | Record |
(1) | This information is based solely on the information provided on such shareholder’s filings with the SEC and Change Finance. The Target Fund disclaims any responsibility as to the accuracy of such information. |
As of January 25, 2022, the Trustees and executive officers of the Target Fund did not own any shares of the Target Fund.
Shareholder Proposals
The Target Fund’s By-Laws do not permit shareholder proposals for action by shareholders at an annual meeting of shareholders other than as required under federal law. The Target Fund’s Board of Trustees may permit from time to time in their discretion procedures by which shareholders may, prior to any meeting at which Trustees are to be elected, submit the names of potential candidates for Trustee, to be considered by the Trustees, or any proper committee thereof.
As a general matter, the Target Fund does not intend to hold regular annual or special meetings of its shareholders.
Shareholder Communications
Shareholders of the Target Fund who want to communicate with the Board of Trustees or any individual Trustee should write to the attention of the Target Fund’s Secretary, Michael D. Barolsky, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The letter should indicate that such shareholder is a Target Fund shareholder. If the communication is intended for a specific Trustee and so indicates, it will be sent only to that Trustee. If a communication does not indicate a specific Trustee it will be sent to the chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee and the outside counsel to the Independent Trustees for further distribution as deemed appropriate by such persons.
51
Shareholders of the Acquiring Fund who want to communicate with the Board of Trustees or any individual Trustee should write to the attention of the Acquiring Fund’s Secretary, Diane Drake, 2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740. The letter should indicate that such shareholder is an Acquiring Fund shareholder. If the communication is intended for a specific Trustee and so indicates, it will be sent only to that Trustee. If a communication does not indicate a specific Trustee it will be sent to the chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee and the outside counsel to the Independent Trustees for further distribution as deemed appropriate by such persons.
Fiscal Year
The fiscal year end for the Target Fund is July 31. The fiscal year end for the Acquiring Fund is July 31.
Legal Proceedings
There are no material pending legal proceedings against the Funds, Change Finance or AXS.
Annual Report Delivery
Annual reports will be sent to shareholders of record of the Acquiring Fund and, if the Reorganization is not consummated, to shareholders of the Target Fund following the applicable Fund’s next fiscal year end. The Target Fund will furnish, without charge, a copy of its annual report and/or semi-annual report as available upon request. Such written or oral requests should be directed to the Target Fund at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 or by calling (800) 617-0004. As the Acquiring Fund has not yet commenced operations it does not yet have an annual or semi-annual report.
Please note that only one annual report or proxy statement may be delivered to two or more shareholders of the Target Fund who share an address, unless the Target Fund has received instructions to the contrary. To request a separate copy of an annual report or proxy statement, or for instructions as to how to request a separate copy of such documents or as to how to request a single copy if multiple copies of such documents are received, shareholders should contact the applicable Fund at the address and phone number set forth above. Pursuant to a request, a separate copy will be delivered promptly.
Other Information
A list of shareholders of the Target Fund entitled to be present and to vote at the Meeting will be available at the offices of ESS, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, for inspection by any shareholder of the Target Fund during regular business hours beginning two days after the date of the Notice of Special Meeting of Shareholders included with this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
The Meeting, whether a quorum is present or not, may be adjourned from time to time by the Chairman of the meeting to permit further solicitation of proxies with respect to the Proposal.
Supplemental Financial Information
A table showing the fees of the Acquiring Fund and the Target Fund, and the fees and expenses of the Acquiring Fund on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the proposed Reorganization, is included in the “Comparative Fees and Expenses” section of this Proxy Statement/Prospectus.
The Reorganization will not result in a material change to the Target Fund’s investment portfolio due to the investment restrictions of the Acquiring Fund. In particular, each security held by the Target Fund is eligible to be held by the Acquiring Fund. As a result, a schedule of investments of the Target Fund modified to show the effects of the change is not required and is not included.
52
There are no material differences in accounting policies of the Target Fund as compared to those of the Acquiring Fund.
IV. OTHER MATTERS TO COME BEFORE THE MEETING
No business other than the matters described above is expected to come before the Meeting, but should any other matter requiring a vote of shareholders properly come before the Meeting, including any question as to an adjournment or postponement of the Meeting, the persons named on the enclosed proxy card will vote thereon according to their best judgment in the interests of the Target Fund.
It Is Important That Proxies Be Returned Promptly. Shareholders Who Do Not Expect To Attend The Meeting Are Therefore Urged To Complete, Sign, Date And Return The Proxy Card As Soon As Possible In The Enclosed Postage-Paid Envelope.
If You Need Any Assistance, Or Have Any Questions Regarding The Proposal Applicable to You Or How To Vote Your Shares, call AST at 1-866-745-0265 Weekdays From 9:00 a.m. To 10:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
53
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (the “Agreement”) is made as of this _______ day of __________, 2022, by and among ETF Series Solutions (the “ESS”), a Delaware statutory trust, with its principal place of business at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, on behalf of its series Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Acquired Fund”), Investment Managers Series Trust II (the “IMST Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, with its principal place of business at 235 West Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, on behalf of its series AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Acquiring Fund” and, together with the Acquired Fund, the “Funds”) and, solely with respect to Article IX, AXS Investments LLC, with its principal place of business at 181 Westchester Avenue, Suite 402, Port Chester, New York, 10573, UMB Fund Services, Inc. (“UMBFS”) with its principal place of business at 235 West Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC (“MFAC”), with its principal place of business at 2220 East Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740.
WHEREAS, it is intended that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement constitute a “reorganization” as defined in Section 368(a) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Treasury regulations thereunder. The reorganization will consist of: (i) the transfer of all of the property and assets of the Acquired Fund to the Acquiring Fund in exchange for (A) shares of beneficial interest, par value of $0.01 per share, of shares of the Acquiring Fund (the “Acquiring Fund Shares”) and (B) the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all liabilities of the Acquired Fund; and (ii) the distribution of the Acquiring Fund Shares pro rata to the shareholders of the Acquired Fund in exchange for their shares in the Acquired Fund (the “Acquired Fund Shares”) in liquidation of the Acquired Fund as provided herein, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement ((i) and (ii) collectively, the “Reorganization”). The parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Treasury regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the obligations, agreements, representations and warranties with respect to each Fund shall be the obligations, agreements, representations and warranties of that Fund only, and in no event shall any other series of ESS or any other series of the IMST Trust or the assets of any other series of ESS or any other series of the IMST Trust be held liable with respect to the breach or other default by an obligated Fund of its obligations, agreements, representations and warranties as set forth herein;
WHEREAS, the Acquired Fund and Acquiring Fund are separate series of ESS and the IMST Trust, respectively, ESS and the IMST Trust are open-end, registered management investment companies, and the Acquired Fund owns securities and other investments that are assets of the character in which the Acquiring Fund is permitted to invest;
WHEREAS, each Fund is authorized to issue its shares of beneficial interest;
WHEREAS, the Trustees of ESS have determined that the Reorganization, with respect to the Acquired Fund, is in the best interests of the Acquired Fund’s shareholders and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Acquired Fund will not be diluted as a result of the Reorganization; and
WHEREAS, the Trustees of the IMST Trust have determined that the Reorganization, with respect to the Acquiring Fund, is in the best interests of the Acquiring Fund and, there being no existing shareholders of the Acquiring Fund, that the Reorganization will not result in dilution of the Acquiring Fund’s shareholders’ interests;
54
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, covenants, and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
TRANSFER OF ASSETS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND IN EXCHANGE FOR ACQUIRING FUND
SHARES AND THE ASSUMPTION OF THE ACQUIRED FUND’S LIABILITIES AND
TERMINATION OF THE ACQUIRED FUND
1.1 THE EXCHANGE. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein and on the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, the Acquired Fund agrees to sell, assign, convey, transfer and deliver all of its assets, as set forth in paragraph 1.2, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, except those liens and encumbrances as to which the Acquiring Fund has received notice, to the Acquiring Fund. In exchange, the Acquiring Fund agrees (a) to issue and deliver to the Acquired Fund the number of Acquiring Fund Shares having an aggregate net asset value (“NAV”) equal to the aggregate NAV of the Acquired Fund Shares, as determined in the manner set forth in paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2; and (b) to assume the liabilities of the Acquired Fund, as set forth in paragraph 1.3. Such transactions comprising the Reorganization shall take place on the date of the Closing provided for in paragraph 3.1 (the “Closing Date”).
1.2 ASSETS TO BE ACQUIRED. The assets of the Acquired Fund to be sold, assigned, transferred and delivered to and acquired by the Acquiring Fund shall consist of all assets and property of every kind and nature, including, without limitation, all cash, securities, goodwill, commodities, interests in futures and dividends or interest receivables, receivables for shares sold and other rights that are owned by the Acquired Fund on the Closing Date, and any prepaid expenses shown as an asset on the books of the Acquired Fund on the Closing Date (the “Acquired Assets”). For the sake of clarity, the Acquired Assets include, but are not limited to, all rights (including rights to indemnification and contribution) and claims (including, but not limited to, claims for breach of contract, violation of standards of care and claims in connection with past or present portfolio holdings, whether in the form of class action claims, opt-out or other direct litigation claims or regulator or government established investor recovery fund claims and any and all resulting recoveries, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims whatsoever, except those liens and encumbrances as to which the Acquiring Fund has received notice) of the Acquired Fund against any party with whom the Acquired Fund has contracted for any actions or omissions up to the Closing Date.
The Acquired Fund has provided the Acquiring Fund with its most recent audited financial statements, which contain a list of all of the Acquired Fund’s assets as of the date of such statements. The Acquired Fund hereby represents that, as of the date of the execution of this Agreement, there have been no changes in its financial position as reflected in such financial statements other than those occurring in the ordinary course of business in connection with the purchase and sale of securities and the payment of normal operating expenses and the payment of dividends, capital gains distributions and redemption proceeds to shareholders. The Acquired Fund reserves the right to sell any of such securities or other investments.
1.3 LIABILITIES TO BE ASSUMED. The Acquired Fund will endeavor, consistent with its obligation to continue to pursue its investment objective and employ its investment strategies in accordance with the terms of its Prospectus, in good faith to discharge all of its known liabilities and obligations to the extent practicable prior to the Closing Date. The Acquiring Fund shall assume all liabilities of the Acquired Fund not discharged prior to the Closing Date, whether known or unknown, contingent, accrued or otherwise (excluding Reorganization Expenses (as defined in Article IX) borne by AXS, UMBFS and MFAC pursuant to Article IX), and investment contracts entered into in accordance with the terms of its Prospectus, including options, futures, forward contracts, and swap agreements (the “Assumed Liabilities”).
55
1.4 LIQUIDATION AND DISTRIBUTION. On the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund will distribute, in liquidation, all of the Acquiring Fund Shares received by the Acquired Fund pursuant to paragraph 1.1, pro rata to its shareholders of record, determined as of the close of business on the Valuation Date (as defined in paragraph 2.1) (the “Acquired Fund Shareholders”). In the Reorganization, each Acquired Fund Shareholder will receive the number of Acquiring Fund Shares that has an aggregate NAV equal to the aggregate NAV of the Acquired Fund Shares held of record by such Acquired Fund Shareholder on the Closing Date. Such liquidation and distribution will be accomplished by the transfer of Acquiring Fund Shares credited to the account of the Acquired Fund on the books of the Acquiring Fund to open accounts on the share records of the Acquiring Fund in the names of the Acquired Fund Shareholders, representing the respective number of Acquiring Fund Shares due such shareholders. All issued and outstanding Acquired Fund Shares will simultaneously be canceled on the books of the Acquired Fund, and the Acquired Fund will thereupon proceed to terminate as set forth in paragraph 1.7 below. The Acquiring Fund shall not issue certificates representing Acquiring Fund Shares in connection with such exchange. Each Acquired Fund Shareholder shall have the right to receive any unpaid dividends or other distributions that were declared by the Acquired Fund before the Effective Time (as defined in paragraph 3.1) with respect to Acquired Fund Shares that are held of record by the Acquired Fund Shareholder at the Effective Time on the Closing Date.
1.5 OWNERSHIP OF SHARES. Ownership of Acquiring Fund Shares will be shown on the books of the Acquiring Fund’s transfer agent.
1.6 TRANSFER TAXES. Any transfer taxes payable upon the transfer of Acquiring Fund Shares in a name other than the registered holder of the Acquired Fund Shares on the books of the Acquired Fund as of that time shall, as a condition of such issuance and transfer, be paid by the person to whom such Acquiring Fund Shares are to be transferred.
1.7 TERMINATION. As soon as practicable on or after the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund shall make all filings and take all other steps as shall be necessary and proper to effect its complete dissolution under Delaware law. After the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund shall not conduct any business except in connection with its dissolution.
ARTICLE II
VALUATION
2.1 VALUATION OF ASSETS. The value of the Acquired Assets to be acquired by the Acquiring Fund hereunder shall be the value of such Acquired Assets computed as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on the Closing Date (such time and date being hereinafter called the “Valuation Date”). The NAV per share of Acquiring Fund Shares shall be computed by Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”), the Acquiring Fund’s accounting agent, in the manner set forth in the IMST Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, or By-Laws, the Acquiring Fund’s then-current prospectus and statement of additional information and the procedures adopted by the IMST Trust’s Board of Trustees. The NAV per share of Acquired Fund Shares shall be computed by U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, d/b/a U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (the “Acquired Fund Administrator”), the Acquired Fund’s accounting agent, in the manner set forth in ESS’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, or Amended and Restated By-Laws, the Acquired Fund’s then-current prospectus and statement of additional information and the procedures adopted by ESS’s Board of Trustees.
2.2 VALUATION OF SHARES AND CALCULATION OF NUMBERS OF SHARES. The NAV per share of Acquiring Fund Shares and the NAV per share of Acquired Fund Shares shall, in each case, be computed as of the close of normal trading on the NYSE on the Valuation Date. The number of Acquiring Fund Shares to be issued in the Reorganization in exchange for Acquired Fund Shares shall be determined by BBH by dividing the NAV of the Acquired Fund Shares, as determined in accordance with paragraph 2.1, by the NAV of one Acquiring Fund Share, as determined in accordance with Paragraph 2.1 hereof.
56
2.3 DETERMINATION OF VALUE. All computations of value with respect to the Acquired Fund shall be made by the Acquired Fund Administrator, in accordance with its regular practice in pricing the shares and assets of the Acquired Fund, and confirmed by BBH. The IMST Trust and ESS agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to resolve prior to the Valuation Date any material valuation differences with respect to portfolio securities of the Acquired Fund that will be transferred to the Acquiring Fund.
ARTICLE III
CLOSING AND CLOSING DATE
3.1 CLOSING DATE. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Articles VI, VII and VIII of this Agreement, the closing (the “Closing”) will be on the Closing Date, which will be on or about March 11, 2022, or such other date as the parties may agree to in writing. The Closing shall be held as of the close of business at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (the “Effective Time”) at the offices of U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, d/b/a U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, or at such other time and/or place as the parties may agree. All acts taking place at the Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously immediately at the Effective Time, unless otherwise provided.
3.2 CUSTODIAN’S CERTIFICATE. The portfolio securities and other investments of the Acquired Fund shall be made available by the Acquired Fund to the Acquiring Fund’s custodian for examination no later than five business days preceding the Closing Date. U.S. Bank National Association, as custodian for the Acquired Fund, shall deliver at the Closing a certificate of an authorized officer stating that: (a) the Acquired Fund’s portfolio securities, cash, and any other assets shall have been delivered in proper form to the Acquiring Fund on the Closing Date; and (b) all necessary Taxes (as defined below), including all applicable federal and state stock transfer stamps, if any, shall have been paid, or provision for payment shall have been made, in conjunction with the delivery of portfolio securities by the Acquired Fund.
3.3 EFFECT OF SUSPENSION IN TRADING. In the event that on the Valuation Date, either: (a) the NYSE or another primary exchange on which the portfolio securities of the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund are purchased or sold, shall be closed to trading or trading on such exchange shall be restricted; or (b) trading or the reporting of trading on the NYSE or elsewhere shall be disrupted so that accurate appraisal of the value of the net assets of the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund is impracticable as mutually determined by the parties, the Valuation Date shall be postponed until the first business day after the day when trading is fully resumed and reporting is restored.
3.4 TRANSFER AGENT’S CERTIFICATE. The Acquired Fund shall cause U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, d/b/a U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, as its transfer agent, as of the Closing Date to deliver at the Closing to the Secretary of the IMST Trust a certificate of an authorized officer stating the number and percentage ownership of outstanding Acquired Fund Shares owned by each shareholder immediately prior to the Closing. The Acquiring Fund shall issue and deliver or cause BBH, its transfer agent, to issue and deliver to the Secretary of ESS a confirmation evidencing the number of Acquiring Fund Shares to be credited on the Closing Date or provide evidence satisfactory to the Acquired Fund that such Acquiring Fund Shares have been credited to the Acquired Fund’s account on the books of the Acquiring Fund. At the Closing, each party shall deliver to the other such bills of sale, checks, assignments, share certificates, receipts and other documents, if any, as such other party or its counsel may reasonably request.
57
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
4.1 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND. ESS and the Acquired Fund represent and warrant to the IMST Trust and the Acquiring Fund as follows:
(a) The Acquired Fund is a separate series of ESS, a statutory trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. ESS has the power to own all of its properties and assets and, subject to approval by the Acquired Fund Shareholders, to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
(b) ESS is registered as an open-end management investment company, and its registration with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), is in full force and effect.
(c) The current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Acquired Fund conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) and the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(d) The Acquired Fund is not currently engaged in, and the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement (subject to shareholder approval) will not result in, the violation of any material provision of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of ESS or its Amended and Restated By-Laws, or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease, or other undertaking to which the Acquired Fund is a party or by which it is bound.
(e) The Acquired Fund Shares are the only outstanding equity interests in the Acquired Fund.
(f) The Acquired Fund has no material contracts or other commitments (other than this Agreement and agreements for the purchase and sale of securities or other permitted investments) that if terminated will result in material liability to the Acquired Fund.
(g) Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund, no litigation, administrative proceeding, or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending or to its knowledge threatened against the Acquired Fund or any of its properties or assets, which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition, the conduct of its business, or the ability of the Acquired Fund to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Acquired Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree, or judgment of any court or governmental body that materially and adversely affects the Acquired Fund’s business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.
(h) The financial statements of the Acquired Fund for the most recently completed fiscal year are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and such statements (copies of which have been furnished to the Acquiring Fund) fairly reflect the financial condition of the Acquired Fund as of the end of such fiscal year, in all material respects as of that date, and there are no known contingent liabilities of the Acquired Fund as of that date not disclosed in such statements.
58
(i) Since the end of the Acquired Fund’s most recently completed fiscal year, there have been no material adverse changes in the Acquired Fund’s financial condition, assets, liabilities or business (other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business), or any incurrence by the Acquired Fund of material indebtedness, except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund. For the purposes of this subparagraph (i), distributions of net investment income and net realized capital gains, changes in portfolio securities, changes in market value of portfolio securities, or net redemptions shall not constitute a material adverse change.
(j) All Tax (as defined below) returns and reports (including, but not limited to, information returns) that are required to have been filed by the Acquired Fund have been or shall be duly and timely filed. All such returns and reports were or shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the time of their filing. All Taxes due or properly shown to be due on such returns and reports have been paid, or provision has been made and properly accounted therefor. To the knowledge of ESS, no such return is currently being audited by any federal, state, local or foreign taxing authority. To the knowledge of ESS, there are no deficiency assessments (or deficiency assessments proposed in writing) with respect to any Taxes of the Acquired Fund. There are no levies, liens or encumbrances relating to Taxes existing, or threatened in writing with respect to the assets of the Acquired Fund (other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or being contested in good faith). The Acquired Fund has not changed its annual accounting period within the 60-month period ending on the Closing Date. As used in this Agreement, “Tax” or “Taxes” means all federal, state, local and foreign (whether imposed by a country or political subdivision or authority thereunder) income, gross receipts, excise, sales, use, value added, employment, franchise, profits, property, ad valorem or other taxes, stamp taxes and duties, fees, assessments or charges, whether payable directly or by withholding, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority (foreign or domestic) with respect thereto, and including any obligations to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to such a liability of any other person.
(k) All issued and outstanding shares of the Acquired Fund are, and at the Closing Date will be, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Acquired Fund and will have been issued in compliance with all applicable registration or qualification requirements of federal and state securities laws. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Acquired Fund will, at the time of the Closing Date, be held by the persons and in the amounts set forth in the records of the Acquired Fund’s transfer agent as provided in paragraph 3.4. The Acquired Fund has no outstanding options, warrants, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Acquired Fund Shares, and there are no outstanding securities convertible into any Acquired Fund Shares.
(l) At the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund will have good and valid title to the Acquired Fund’s Acquired Assets to be transferred to the Acquiring Fund pursuant to paragraph 1.2, and full right, power, and authority to sell, assign, transfer, and deliver such Acquired Assets hereunder. Upon delivery and payment for such Acquired Assets, the Acquiring Fund will acquire good and valid title, subject to no restrictions on the full transfer of such Acquired Assets, including such restrictions as might arise under the 1933 Act, other than as disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Acquiring Fund.
(m) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Acquired Fund. Subject to approval by the Acquired Fund’s shareholders, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquired Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
59
(n) The information to be furnished by the Acquired Fund for use in no-action letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials, and other documents that may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.
(o) From the mailing of the N-14 Registration Statement (as defined in paragraph 5.6), through the time of the meeting of the Acquired Fund’s Shareholders and on the Closing Date, any written information furnished by ESS with respect to the Acquired Fund for use in the N-14 Registration Statement, the N-1A Registration Statement (as defined in paragraph 4.3) or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not materially misleading.
(p) ESS has in effect an election to treat the Acquired Fund as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for federal income tax purposes under Part I of Chapter 1, Subchapter M of the Code. The Acquired Fund is a fund that is treated as a corporation separate from each other series of ESS under Section 851(g) of the Code. The Acquired Fund has no earnings and profits accumulated in any taxable year for which the provisions of Part I of Chapter 1, Subchapter M of the Code (or the corresponding provisions of prior law) did not apply to it. The Acquired Fund has qualified for treatment as a RIC for each taxable year since its formation (or since it was first treated as a separate corporation under Section 851(g) of the Code) that has ended prior to the Closing Date and, subject to the accuracy of the representations set forth in paragraph 4.2(m), expects to satisfy the requirements of Part I of Chapter 1, Subchapter M of the Code to maintain qualification for such treatment for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date. Subject to the accuracy of the representations set forth in paragraph 4.2(m), the Acquired Fund does not expect that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will cause it to fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC as of the Closing Date or as of the end of its taxable year that includes the Closing Date. The Acquired Fund has not at any time since its inception been liable for any income or excise tax pursuant to Sections 852 or 4982 of the Code that has not been timely paid. The Acquired Fund is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Code and all applicable Treasury regulations pertaining to the reporting of dividends and other distributions on and redemptions of its shares of beneficial interest and to withholding in respect of dividends and other distributions to shareholders and redemption of shares, and is not liable for any material penalties that could be imposed thereunder.
(q) The Acquired Fund’s investment operations from inception to the date hereof have been in compliance in all material respects with the investment policies and investment restrictions set forth in the Acquired Fund’s Prospectus, except as previously disclosed in writing to the Acquiring Fund.
(r) The Acquiring Fund Shares to be issued to the Acquired Fund pursuant to paragraph 1.1 will not be acquired for the purpose of making any distribution thereof other than to the Acquired Fund Shareholders as provided in paragraph 1.4.
(s) No governmental consents, approvals, authorizations or filings are required under the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), the 1940 Act or Delaware law for the execution of this Agreement by ESS, for itself and on behalf of the Acquired Fund, except for the effectiveness of the N-1A Registration Statement and the N-14 Registration Statement and such other consents, approvals, authorizations and filings as have been made or received, and such consents, approvals, authorizations and filings as may be required subsequent to the Closing Date, it being understood, however, that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein must be approved by the Acquired Fund Shareholders as described in paragraph 5.2.
60
(t) The books and records of the Acquired Fund, including FASB ASC 740-10-25 (formerly FIN 48) workpapers and supporting statements, made available to the Acquiring Fund and/or its counsel, are substantially true and correct and contain no material misstatements or omissions with respect to the operations of the Acquired Fund.
(u) The Acquired Fund would not be subject to corporate-level taxation on the sale of any assets currently held by it as a result of the application of Section 337(d) of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
(v) The Acquired Fund has not waived or extended any applicable statute of limitations with respect to the assessment or collection of Taxes.
(w) The Acquired Fund has not received written notification from any taxing authority that asserts a position contrary to any of the representations set forth in paragraphs (j), (p), (t), (u), and (v) of this Section 4.1.
4.2 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND. The IMST Trust and the Acquiring Fund represent and warrant to ESS and the Acquired Fund as follows:
(a) The Acquiring Fund is a separate series of the IMST Trust, a Delaware statutory trust duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The IMST Trust has the power to own all of its properties and assets and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
(b) The IMST Trust is registered as an open-end management investment company, and its registration with the SEC as an investment company under the 1940 Act is in full force and effect.
(c) The current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Acquiring Fund conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and do not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated or necessary to make such statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(d) The Acquiring Fund is not currently engaged in, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not result in, a violation of any material provision of the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the IMST Trust or its By-Laws, or of any material agreement, indenture, instrument, contract, lease, or other undertaking to which the Acquiring Fund is a party or by which it is bound.
(e) Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to and accepted by the Acquired Fund, no litigation, administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending, or to its knowledge, threatened against the Acquiring Fund or any of its properties or assets, which, if adversely determined, would materially and adversely affect its financial condition and the conduct of its business or the ability of the Acquiring Fund to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Acquiring Fund knows of no facts that might form the basis for the institution of such proceedings and it is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree, or judgment of any court or governmental body that materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated herein.
(f) There shall be no issued and outstanding shares of the Acquiring Fund prior to the Closing Date other than a nominal number of shares (“Initial Shares”) issued to a seed capital investor (which shall be the investment advisor of the Acquiring Fund or an affiliate thereof) to vote on the investment advisory and sub-advisory contracts, distribution and service plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act, and other agreements and plans as may be required by the 1940 Act and to take whatever action it may be required to take as the Acquiring Fund’s sole shareholder. The Initial Shares have been or will be redeemed by the Acquiring Fund prior to the Closing for the price for which they were issued, and any price paid for the Initial Shares shall at all times have been held by the Acquiring Fund in a non-interest bearing account.
61
(g) All issued and outstanding Acquiring Fund Shares will be, at the Closing Date, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable by the Acquiring Fund. The Acquiring Fund has no outstanding options, warrants, or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Acquiring Fund shares, and there are no outstanding securities convertible into any Acquiring Fund shares.
(h) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Acquiring Fund, and this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Acquiring Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles.
(i) The information to be furnished by the Acquiring Fund for use in no-action letters, applications for orders, registration statements, proxy materials, and other documents that may be necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated herein shall be accurate and complete in all material respects and shall comply in all material respects with federal securities laws and other laws and regulations.
(j) From the mailing of the N-14 Registration Statement through the time of the meeting of the Acquired Fund Shareholders and on the Closing Date, any written information furnished by the IMST Trust with respect to the Acquiring Fund for use in the N-14 Registration Statement, the N-1A Registration Statement or any other materials provided in connection with the Reorganization, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not materially misleading.
(k) The Acquiring Fund agrees to use all reasonable efforts to obtain the approvals and authorizations required by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act, and any state blue sky or securities laws as it may deem appropriate in order to continue its operations after the Closing Date.
(l) No governmental consents, approvals, authorizations or filings are required under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or Delaware law for the execution of this Agreement by the IMST Trust, for itself and on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, or the performance of the Agreement by the IMST Trust, for itself and on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, except for the effectiveness of the N-1A Registration Statement and the N-14 Registration Statement and such other consents, approvals, authorizations and filings as have been made or received, and except for such consents, approvals, authorizations and filings as may be required subsequent to the Closing Date.
(m) The Acquiring Fund was established in order to effect the transactions described in this Agreement. Subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties in paragraph 4.1(p), for the taxable year that includes the Closing Date, the IMST Trust expects that the Acquiring Fund will meet the requirements of Chapter 1, Part I of Subchapter M of the Code for qualification as a RIC and will be eligible for treatment as a RIC for each subsequent taxable year, and will, compute its federal income tax under Section 852 of the Code. After the Closing, the Acquiring Fund will be a fund that is treated as a separate corporation under Section 851(g) of the Code. The Acquiring Fund will take all steps necessary to ensure that it qualifies and will be treated as a RIC under Sections 851 and 852 of the Code for the taxable year that includes the date of the Transaction.
62
(n) The Acquiring Fund is, and will be at the time of Closing, a newly created series without assets (other than the seed capital provided in exchange for Initial Shares) and without liabilities, created for the purpose of acquiring the assets and assuming the liabilities of the Acquired Fund, and, prior to the Closing, (i) will not commence operations or carry on any business activities (other than such activities as are customary to the organization of a new series of a registered investment company prior to its commencement of investment operations); (ii) will not have held any property, and immediately following the Reorganization, the Acquiring Fund will possess solely assets and liabilities that were possessed by the Acquired Fund immediately prior to the Reorganization and (iii) will not have prepared books of account and related records or financial statements or issued any shares. Immediately following the liquidation of the Acquired Fund as contemplated herein, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Acquiring Fund will be held by the former holders of Acquired Fund Shares.
(o) Neither IMST Trust nor the Acquiring Fund is under the jurisdiction of a Court in a Title 11 or similar case within the meaning of Section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code, although they may have claims against certain debtors in such a Title 11 or similar case.
4.3 REPRESENTATIONS OF THE IMST TRUST. The IMST Trust represents and warrants to ESS as follows:
(a) The IMST Trust has filed a post-effective amendment to its registration statement on Form N-1A (“N-1A Registration Statement”) for the purpose of registering the Acquiring Fund under the 1940 Act.
(b) The IMST Trust has adopted compliance policies and procedures, including policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, that are reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws.
4.4 REPRESENTATIONS OF ESS. ESS represents and warrants to the IMST Trust that ESS has adopted compliance policies and procedures, including policies and procedures pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, that are reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws.
ARTICLE V
COVENANTS
5.1 OPERATION IN ORDINARY COURSE. Each of the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund will operate their businesses in the ordinary course between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, it being understood that such ordinary course of business may include payment of customary dividends and distributions and shareholder redemptions in the case of the Acquired Fund and redemptions of the Initial Shares in the case of the Acquiring Fund.
5.2 APPROVAL OF SHAREHOLDERS. ESS will call a special meeting of the Acquired Fund Shareholders to consider and act upon this Agreement and to take all other action necessary to obtain approval of the transactions contemplated herein.
5.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. The Acquired Fund will assist the Acquiring Fund in obtaining such information as the Acquiring Fund reasonably requests concerning the beneficial ownership of the Acquired Fund Shares.
63
5.4 FURTHER ACTION. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund will each take or cause to be taken, all action, and do or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including any actions required to be taken after the Closing Date.
5.5 STATEMENT OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS. As promptly as practicable, but in any case within 60 days after the Closing Date, the Acquired Fund shall furnish the Acquiring Fund, in such form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Acquiring Fund, a statement of the earnings and profits of the Acquired Fund for federal income tax purposes that will be carried over by the Acquiring Fund, as well as any capital loss carryovers that will be carried over to the Acquiring Fund as a result of Section 381 of the Code, and which will be certified by ESS’s Treasurer.
5.6 PREPARATION OF N-14 REGISTRATION STATEMENT. The IMST Trust will prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-14 (the “N-14 Registration Statement”) relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in compliance with the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act. The Acquired Fund will provide the Acquiring Fund with the materials and information necessary to prepare the N-14 Registration Statement.
5.7 INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) The Acquiring Fund (solely out of the Acquiring Fund’s assets and property, including any amounts paid to the Acquiring Fund pursuant to any applicable liability insurance policies or indemnification agreements) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Acquired Fund and the Acquired Fund’s Trustees and officers (collectively, “Acquired Fund Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including, without limitation, the payment of reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs of investigation) to which the Acquired Fund or any of the Acquired Fund Indemnified Persons may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions with respect thereto) arises out of or is based on any material breach by the Acquiring Fund of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement.
(b) The Acquired Fund (solely out of the Acquired Fund’s assets and property, including any amounts paid to the Acquired Fund pursuant to any applicable liability insurance policies or indemnification agreements) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Acquiring Fund and the Acquiring Fund’s Trustees and officers (collectively, “Acquiring Fund Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including, without limitation, the payment of reasonable legal fees and reasonable costs of investigation) to which the Acquiring Fund or any of the Acquiring Fund Indemnified Persons may become subject, insofar as any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (or actions with respect thereto) arises out of or is based on any material breach by the Acquired Fund of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement.
5.8 TAX RETURNS. ESS covenants that by the time of the Closing, all of the Acquired Fund’s federal and other Tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed on or before the Closing Date (taking extensions into account) shall have been filed and all federal and other Taxes (if any) shown as due on said returns shall have either been paid or, if not yet due, adequate liability reserves shall have been provided for the payment of such Taxes.
5.9 CLOSING DOCUMENTS. At the Closing, ESS will provide the IMST Trust with the following:
64
(a) A certificate, signed by the President and the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of ESS on behalf of the Acquired Fund, stating the Acquired Fund’s known assets and liabilities, together with information concerning the tax basis and holding period of the Acquired Fund in all securities or investments transferred to the Acquiring Fund.
(b) A copy of any Tax books and records of the Acquired Fund necessary for purposes of preparing any Tax returns, schedules, forms, statements or related documents (including but not limited to any income, excise or information returns, as well as any transfer statements (as described in Treasury regulation Section 1.6045A-1)) required by law to be filed by the Acquiring Fund after the Closing.
(c) A copy (which may be in electronic form) of the shareholder ledger accounts of the Acquired Fund, including, without limitation, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each shareholder of record; the number of shares of beneficial interest held by each shareholder; the dividend reinvestment elections applicable to each shareholder; the backup withholding certifications (e.g., IRS Form W-9) or foreign person certifications (e.g., IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI, or W-8IMY), notices or records on file with the Acquired Fund with respect to each shareholder; and such information as the IMST Trust may reasonably request concerning Acquired Fund Shares or Acquired Fund Shareholders in connection with the Acquiring Fund’s cost basis reporting and related obligations under Sections 1012, 6045, 6045A, and 6045B of the Code and related Treasury regulations following the Closing for all of the Acquired Fund Shareholders (the “Acquired Fund Shareholder Documentation”), certified by ESS’s transfer agent or its President or its Vice President to the best of their knowledge and belief.
(d) All FASB ASC 740-10-25 (formerly, FIN 48) work papers and supporting statements pertaining to the Acquired Fund.
5.10 TAX TREATMENT. The Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund intend that the Reorganization will qualify as a reorganization described in Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither the Acquiring Fund nor the Acquired Fund shall take any action or cause any action to be taken (including, without limitation the filing of any Tax return) that is inconsistent with such treatment or results in the failure of such Reorganization to qualify as a reorganization described in Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.
ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRED FUND
The obligations of the Acquired Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by the Acquiring Fund of all the obligations to be performed by the Acquiring Fund pursuant to this Agreement on or before the Closing Date, and, in addition, subject to the following conditions:
6.1 All representations, covenants, and warranties of the Acquiring Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of that Closing Date. The Acquiring Fund shall have delivered to the Acquired Fund a certificate executed in the Acquiring Fund’s name by the IMST Trust’s President or Vice President and its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Acquired Fund and dated as of the Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Acquired Fund shall reasonably request.
6.2 The IMST Trust, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, shall have executed and delivered to ESS an Assumption of Liabilities dated as of the Closing Date pursuant to which the Acquiring Fund will assume all of the Assumed Liabilities of the Acquired Fund not discharged prior to the Closing Date in accordance with Section 1.3 of this Agreement.
65
6.3 The Acquired Fund shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate from the President of the IMST Trust, dated as of the Closing Date, addressing the following points:
(i) The IMST Trust is a statutory trust validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and described in the registration statement on Form N-1A of the IMST Trust, and the Acquiring Fund is a separate series of the IMST Trust constituted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the IMST Trust.
(ii) The IMST Trust is registered with the SEC as an investment company under the 1940 Act and such registration with the SEC is in full force and effect.
(iii) Assuming that consideration of not less than the NAV of the Acquiring Fund Shares has been paid, the Acquiring Fund Shares to be issued and delivered to the Acquired Fund, as provided by this Agreement, are duly authorized and upon such delivery will be legally issued and outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable, and no shareholder of the Acquiring Fund has any preemptive rights with respect to Acquiring Fund Shares.
(iv) The execution and delivery of this Agreement did not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not, result in a violation of the IMST Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
(v) The N-14 Registration Statement has been filed with the SEC and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority under U.S. federal law or the Delaware Statutory Trust Act is required to be obtained for consummation by the IMST Trust and the Acquiring Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except as have been obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act, and as may be required under Delaware securities laws.
(vi) To the knowledge of the President of the IMST Trust, except as has been disclosed in writing to ESS, no litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending or threatened as to the IMST Trust or the Acquiring Fund or any of their properties or assets or any person whom the IMST Trust or the Acquiring Fund may be obligated to indemnify in connection with such litigation, proceeding or investigation, and neither the IMST Trust nor the Acquiring Fund is a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body which materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
6.4 The N-1A Registration Statement filed by the IMST Trust with the SEC to register the offer of the sale of the Acquiring Fund Shares will be in effect on the Closing Date.
6.5 As of the Closing Date with respect to the Reorganization of the Acquired Fund, there shall have been no material change in the investment objective, policies and restrictions nor any material change in the investment management fees, fee levels payable pursuant to the distribution and service plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, other fees payable for services provided to the Acquiring Fund, or fee waiver or expense reimbursement undertakings of the Acquiring Fund from those fee amounts and undertakings of the Acquiring Fund described in the N-14 Registration Statement or N-1A Registration Statement.
66
6.6 The IMST Trust Board of Trustees, including a majority of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the IMST Trust as defined under the 1940 Act, has determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the best interests of the Acquiring Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Acquiring Fund would not be diluted as a result of such transactions.
ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE ACQUIRING FUND
The obligations of the Acquiring Fund to consummate the transactions provided for herein shall be subject, at its election, to the performance by the Acquired Fund of all the obligations to be performed by the Acquired Fund pursuant to this Agreement, on or before the Closing Date and, in addition, shall be subject to the following conditions:
7.1 All representations, covenants, and warranties of the Acquired Fund contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such Closing Date. The Acquired Fund shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund a certificate executed in the Acquired Fund’s name by ESS’s President or Vice President and its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, in form and substance satisfactory to the Acquiring Fund and dated as of such Closing Date, to such effect and as to such other matters as the Acquiring Fund shall reasonably request.
7.2 ESS, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, shall have duly executed and delivered to the IMST Trust such bills of sale, assignments, certificates and other instruments of transfer as may be necessary or desirable to transfer all right, title and interest of the Acquired Fund in and to the Acquired Assets.
7.3 The Acquiring Fund shall have received on the Closing Date a certification from the President of ESS, dated as of the Closing Date, addressing the following points:
(i) ESS is a statutory trust validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has power to own all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as presently conducted and described in the registration statement on Form N-1A of ESS, and the Acquired Fund is a separate series of ESS constituted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of ESS.
(ii) ESS is registered with the SEC as an investment company under the 1940 Act and such registration with the SEC is in full force and effect.
(iii) The Acquired Fund has the power to sell, assign, transfer and deliver its assets to be transferred by it under the Agreement, and, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Acquired Fund will have transferred such assets to the Acquiring Fund.
(iv) The execution and delivery of this Agreement did not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not, result in a violation of ESS’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
(v) No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority under U.S. federal law or the Delaware Statutory Trust Act is required to be obtained for the consummation by ESS and the Acquired Fund of the transactions contemplated herein, except such as have been obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act, and as may be required under Delaware securities laws.
67
(vi) To the knowledge of the President of ESS, except as has been disclosed in writing to the IMST Trust, no litigation or administrative proceeding or investigation of or before any court or governmental body is presently pending or threatened as to ESS or the Acquired Fund or any of their properties or assets or any person whom ESS or the Acquired Fund may be obligated to indemnify in connection with such litigation, proceeding or investigation, and neither ESS nor the Acquired Fund is a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, decree or judgment of any court or governmental body, which materially and adversely affects its business or its ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
7.4 The Acquired Fund shall have delivered to the Acquiring Fund the documents and information described in paragraphs 5.5 and 5.9.
7.5 The ESS Board of Trustees, including a majority of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of ESS as defined under the 1940 Act, has determined that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are in the best interests of the Acquired Fund and that the interests of the existing shareholders of the Acquired Fund would not be diluted as a result of such transactions.
ARTICLE VIII
FURTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE
ACQUIRING FUND AND ACQUIRED FUND
If any of the conditions set forth below do not exist on or before the Closing Date with respect to the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund, the other party to this Agreement shall, at its option, not be required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the conditions stated in paragraphs 8.1 and 8.5 below do not exist on or before the Closing Date with respect to the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not be consummated:
8.1 This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, with respect to the Acquired Fund, shall have been approved by the requisite vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of the Acquired Fund in accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of ESS. Certified copies of the resolutions evidencing such approval shall have been delivered to the Acquiring Fund. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Acquiring Fund nor the Acquired Fund may waive the conditions set forth in this paragraph 8.1.
8.2 On the Closing Date, the SEC shall not have issued an unfavorable report under Section 25(b) of the 1940 Act, or instituted any proceeding seeking to enjoin the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under Section 25(c) of the 1940 Act. Furthermore, no action, suit or other proceeding shall be threatened or pending before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit, or obtain damages or other relief in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein.
8.3 All required consents of other parties and all other consents, orders, and permits of federal, state and local regulatory authorities (including those of the SEC and of state blue sky securities authorities, including any necessary no-action positions and exemptive orders from such federal and state authorities) to permit consummation of the transactions contemplated herein shall have been obtained, except where failure to obtain any such consent, order, or permit would not involve a risk of a material adverse effect on the assets or properties of the Acquiring Fund or the Acquired Fund, provided that either party hereto may waive any such conditions for itself.
68
8.4 Each of the N-1A Registration Statement and the N-14 Registration Statement shall have become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop orders suspending the effectiveness thereof shall have been issued. To the best knowledge of the parties to this Agreement, no investigation or proceeding for that purpose shall have been instituted or be pending, threatened or contemplated under the 1933 Act.
8.5 ESS and the IMST Trust shall have received the opinion of Chapman & Cutler LLP dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the IMST Trust and ESS, in a form satisfactory to them, substantially to the effect that, based upon certain facts, qualifications, certifications, representations and assumptions, for federal income tax purposes:
(a) the transfer of all the Acquired Fund’s assets to the Acquiring Fund in exchange solely for Acquiring Fund Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Acquired Fund immediately followed by the pro rata, by class, distribution to the Acquired Fund shareholders of all the Acquiring Fund Shares received by the Acquired Fund in complete liquidation of the Acquired Fund and the termination of the Acquired Fund as soon as practicable thereafter will constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and the Acquiring Fund and the Acquired Fund will each be a “party to a reorganization,” within the meaning of Section 368(b) of the Code, with respect to the Reorganization;
(b) no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquiring Fund upon the receipt of all the assets of the Acquired Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Acquired Fund;
(c) no gain or loss will be recognized by the Acquired Fund upon the transfer of all the Acquired Fund’s assets to the Acquiring Fund solely in exchange for Acquiring Fund Shares and the assumption by the Acquiring Fund of all the liabilities of the Acquired Fund or upon the distribution (whether actual or constructive) of such Acquiring Fund Shares to the Acquired Fund shareholders solely in exchange for such shareholders’ shares of the Acquired Fund in complete liquidation of the Acquired Fund;
(d) no gain or loss will be recognized by Acquired Fund shareholders upon the exchange of their Acquired Fund Shares solely for Acquiring Fund Shares in the Reorganization;
(e) the aggregate basis of Acquiring Fund Shares received by each Acquired Fund shareholder pursuant to the Reorganization will be the same as the aggregate basis of Acquired Fund Shares exchanged therefor by such shareholder. The holding period of the Acquiring Fund Shares received by each Acquired Fund shareholder in the Reorganization will include the period during which Acquired Fund Shares exchanged therefor were held by such shareholder, provided such Acquired Fund Shares are held as capital assets at the time of the Reorganization;
(f) the basis of the Acquired Fund’s assets transferred to the Acquiring Fund will be the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of the Acquired Fund immediately before the effective time of the Reorganization. The holding period of the assets of the Acquired Fund received by the Acquiring Fund will include the period during which such assets were held by the Acquired Fund; and
(g) the taxable year of the Acquired Fund will not end as a result of the Reorganization and the Acquiring Fund will succeed to and take into account the items of the Acquired Fund described in Section 381(c) of the Code.
69
No opinion will be expressed as to (1) the effect of the Reorganization on the Acquired Fund, the Acquiring Fund or any Acquired Fund Shareholder with respect to any asset (including, without limitation, any stock held in a passive foreign investment company as defined in Section 1297(a) of the Code) as to which any unrealized gain or loss is required to be recognized under federal income tax principles upon the transfer of such asset regardless of whether such transfer would otherwise be a non-taxable transaction under the Code, or (2) any other federal tax issues (except those set forth above) and all state, local or foreign tax issues of any kind.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Acquiring Fund nor the Acquired Fund may waive the conditions set forth in this paragraph 8.5.
ARTICLE IX
EXPENSES
9.1 Except as otherwise provided for herein, AXS (or any affiliate thereof), UMBFS (or any affiliate thereof) and MFAC (or any affiliate thereof) shall bear all expenses of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than expenses, if any, of the shareholders) as set forth herein. Except as otherwise agreed by the parties in writing,UMBFS (or any affiliate thereof) and MFAC (or any affiliate thereof) shall bear the first $25,000 of the total Reorganization Expenses as defined herein and AXS (or any affiliate thereof) shall bear all such expenses in excess of that amount. Such expenses include, without limitation: (a) expenses associated with the preparation and filing of the N-14 Registration Statement; (b) postage; (c) printing; (d) accounting fees; (e) audit and legal fees, including fees of the counsel to ESS, counsel to the Independent Trustees of ESS, special tax counsel to the Acquiring Fund, counsel to the IMST Trust, counsel to the Independent Trustees of the IMST Trust, and fees on issuance of tax opinion pursuant to paragraph 8.5; (f) solicitation costs of the transactions; (g) service provider conversion fees; and (h) any costs associated with meetings of each Fund’s Board of Trustees relating to the transactions contemplated herein (“Reorganization Expenses”).
AXS (or any affiliate thereof), UMBFS (or any affiliate thereof) and MFAC (or any affiliate thereof) shall remain so liable for their respective shares of the Reorganization Expenses, regardless of whether the transactions contemplated by this Agreement occur, and this Section 9.1 shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Agreement pursuant to paragraph 11.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, expenses will in any event be paid by the party directly incurring such expenses if and to the extent that the payment by another person of such expenses would result in a failure by either the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund to qualify for treatment as a RIC within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code or would prevent the Reorganization from qualifying as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code or otherwise result in the imposition of tax on either the Acquired Fund or the Acquiring Fund or on any of their respective shareholders.
9.2 At the Closing, AXS (or any affiliate thereof), UMBFS (or any affiliate thereof) and MFAC (or any affiliate thereof) shall pay the estimated Reorganization Expenses to be paid by it pursuant to paragraph 9.1, and any remaining balance shall be paid by AXS (or any affiliate thereof), UMBFS (or any affiliate thereof) and MFAC (or any affiliate thereof) within thirty (30) days after the Closing.
70
ARTICLE X
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SURVIVAL
10.1 The IMST Trust, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, and ESS, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, agree that neither party has made to the other party any representation, warranty and/or covenant not set forth herein and that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.
10.2 The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the indemnification obligations under Section 5.7, shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder. The covenants to be performed after the Closing Date, and the obligations of the Acquiring Fund, shall continue in effect beyond the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
ARTICLE XI
TERMINATION
11.1 This Agreement may be terminated by the mutual agreement of the IMST Trust and ESS. In addition, either the IMST Trust or ESS may at its option terminate this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date due to:
(a) a breach by the other of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date, if not cured within 30 days or, in the sole discretion of the non-breaching party’s Board of Trustees, prior to the Closing Date;
(b) a condition herein expressed to be precedent to the obligations of the terminating party that has not been met and it reasonably appears to the terminating party’s Board of Trustees that it will not or cannot be met; or
(c) a determination by the terminating party’s Board of Trustees that the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein is not in the best interest of the party, and to give notice to the other party hereto.
11.2 In the event of any such termination, in the absence of willful default, there shall be no liability for damages on the part of the Acquiring Fund, the Acquired Fund, the IMST Trust, ESS, or the respective Trustees or officers to the other party or its Trustees or officers, but paragraph 9.1 shall continue to apply.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENTS
12.1 This Agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented in such manner as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the authorized officers of the Acquired Fund and the Acquiring Fund; provided, however, that following the meeting of the Acquired Fund Shareholders pursuant to paragraph 5.2 of this Agreement, no such amendment may have the effect of changing any provisions to the detriment of such shareholders.
71
ARTICLE XIII
HEADINGS; COUNTERPARTS; GOVERNING LAW; ASSIGNMENT;
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
13.1 The Article and paragraph headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
13.2 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.
13.3 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
13.4 This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, but, except as provided in this paragraph, no assignment or transfer hereof or of any rights or obligations hereunder shall be made by any party without the written consent of the other party. Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person, firm, or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.
13.5 It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Acquiring Fund hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, officers, agents, or employees of the IMST Trust personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Acquiring Fund, as provided in the Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the IMST Trust. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of the IMST Trust on behalf of the Acquiring Fund and signed by authorized officers of the IMST Trust, acting as such. Such authorization by such Trustees and such execution and delivery by such officers shall not be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Acquiring Fund as provided in the IMST Trust’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
13.6 It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Acquired Fund hereunder shall not be binding upon any of the Trustees, shareholders, officers, agents, or employees of ESS personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Acquired Fund, as provided in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of ESS. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Trustees of ESS on behalf of the Acquired Fund and signed by authorized officers of ESS, acting as such. Such authorization by such Trustees and such execution and delivery by such officers shall not be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the trust property of the Acquired Fund as provided in ESS’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
13.7 Each of the IMST Trust, on behalf of the Acquiring Fund, and ESS, on behalf of the Acquired Fund, specifically acknowledges and agrees that any liability under this Agreement with respect to the Acquiring Fund or Acquired Fund or in connection with the transactions contemplated herein with respect to the Acquiring Fund or Acquired Fund shall be discharged only out of the assets of the Acquiring Fund or Acquired Fund and that no other series of the IMST Trust or ESS shall be liable with respect thereto.
72
ARTICLE XIV
CONFIDENTIALITY
14.1 Each Fund agrees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the other Fund all records and other information, including any information relating to portfolio holdings, of such other Fund and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that after prior notification of and written approval by such other Fund (which approval shall not be withheld if the disclosing Fund would be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities having proper jurisdiction, and which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably in any other circumstance), a Fund may disclose such records and/or information as so approved.
ARTICLE XV
COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
15.1 ESS and the IMST Trust will provide each other and their respective representatives with such cooperation, assistance and information as either of them reasonably may request of the other in filing any Tax returns, amended Tax returns or claims for Tax refunds, determining a liability for Taxes or a right to a refund of Taxes, requesting a closing agreement or similar relief from a taxing authority or participating in or conducting any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes, or in determining the financial reporting of any Tax position. Each party or its respective agents will retain for a period of six (6) years following the Closing all returns, schedules and work papers and all material records or other documents relating to Tax matters and financial reporting of Tax positions of the Acquired Fund and Acquiring Fund for its taxable period first ending after the Closing and for prior taxable periods for which the party is required to retain records as of the Closing, provided that the Acquired Fund shall not be required to maintain any such documents that it has delivered to the Acquiring Fund.
15.2 Any reporting responsibility of the Acquired Fund is and shall remain the responsibility of the Acquired Fund, up to and including the date of the Closing, and such later date on which the Acquired Fund is terminated including, without limitation, responsibility for (i) preparing and filing any Tax returns relating to Tax periods ending on or prior to the date of the Closing (whether due before or after the Closing); and (ii) preparing and filing other documents with the SEC, any state securities commission, and any federal, state or local tax authorities or any other relevant regulatory authority, except as otherwise is mutually agreed by the parties.
***Signature Page Follows***
73
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement, all as of the date first written above.
ETF SERIES SOLUTIONS |
| INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II | |||
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
| By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
| Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
| Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
| ||
AXS INVESTMENTS LLC |
| UMB FUND SERVICES, INC. |
| ||
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
| By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
| Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
| Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION, LLC |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Title: |
|
|
74
EXHIBIT B
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS OF THE TARGET FUND
CHANGE FINANCE U.S. LARGE CAP FOSSIL FUEL FREE ETF
For a capital share outstanding throughout each year/period.
|
| For the Year Ended July 31, |
|
| Period Ended |
| ||||||||||
|
| 2021 |
|
| 2020 |
|
| 2019 |
|
| July 31, 2018(1) |
| ||||
Net asset value, beginning of year/period |
| $ | 24.44 |
|
| $ | 21.88 |
|
| $ | 19.66 |
|
| $ | 18.00 |
|
Income (Loss) from Investment Operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income (loss) (2) |
|
| 0.25 |
|
|
| 0.29 |
|
|
| 0.30 |
|
|
| 0.17 |
|
Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
|
| 9.54 |
|
|
| 2.47 |
|
|
| 2.13 |
|
|
| 1.55 |
|
Total from investment operations |
|
| 9.79 |
|
|
| 2.76 |
|
|
| 2.43 |
|
|
| 1.72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions from: net investment income |
|
| (0.17 | ) |
|
| (0.20 | ) |
|
| (0.21 | ) |
|
| (0.06 | ) |
Total distributions |
|
| (0.17 | ) |
|
| (0.20 | ) |
|
| (0.21 | ) |
|
| (0.06 | ) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value, end of year/period |
| $ | 34.06 |
|
| $ | 24.44 |
|
| $ | 21.88 |
|
| $ | 19.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total return |
|
| 40.19 | % |
|
| 12.69 | % |
|
| 12.63 | % |
|
| 9.53 | %(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets, end of year/period (000’s) |
| $ | 80,042 |
|
| $ | 19,551 |
|
| $ | 8,750 |
|
| $ | 3,932 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios to average net asset: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses to average net assets |
|
| 0.49 | %6 |
|
| 0.49 | % |
|
| 0.49 | % |
|
| 0.64 | %(4)(5) |
Net investment income (loss) to average net assets |
|
| 0.82 | %6 |
|
| 1.33 | % |
|
| 1.48 | % |
|
| 1.14 | %(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio turnover rate (6) |
|
| 85 | % |
|
| 120 | % |
|
| 46 | % |
|
| 70 | %(3) |
(1) | Commencement of operations on October 9, 2017. |
(2) | Calculated based on average shares outstanding during the period. |
(3) | Not annualized. |
(4) | Annualized. |
(5) | Effective April 13, 2018, the adviser reduced its management fee from 0.75% to 0.49%. |
(6) | Excludes the impact of in-kind transactions. |
75
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
RELATING TO THE REORGANIZATION TRANSACTION INVOLVING
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (CHGX),
a series of
ETF Series Solutions
AND
AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (CHGX),
a series of
Investment Managers Series Trust II
235 W. Galena Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
1-866-984-2510
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus but should be read in conjunction with the Proxy Statement/Prospectus dated February 1, 2022 that is being furnished to shareholders of Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF (the “Target Fund”), an exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of ETF Series Solutions, an open-end management investment company (the “Target Trust”), and AXS Change Finance ESG ETF (the “Fund”), a newly formed exchange-traded fund organized as a separate series of Investment Managers Series Trust II, an open-end management investment company (the “Trust”), in connection with a Special Meeting of Shareholders (the “Meeting”) called by the Board of Trustees of the Target Fund to be held at the offices of ESS, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee Wisconsin 53202 on March 4, 2022, at 11:00 a.m. Central time. At the Meeting, shareholders of the Target Fund will be asked to approve an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization between the Target Fund and the Fund, pursuant to which the Target Fund would reorganize into the Fund, and shareholders of the Target Fund would become shareholders of the Fund (the “Reorganization”). Copies of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus may be obtained at no charge by writing the Target Fund at the address shown above or by writing the Fund c/o IMST Distributors, LLC, Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101, or by calling the Fund at 1-866-984-2510.
Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the same meanings as are given to them in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The term “Fund” as used in this SAI, refers to the Acquiring Fund.
This SAI incorporates by reference the following documents, which have each been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and will be sent to any shareholder requesting this SAI:
| (i) |
| (ii) |
The Acquiring Fund currently has no assets or liabilities. The Acquiring Fund will commence operations upon the completion of the Reorganization and will continue the operations of the Target Fund.
The date of this SAI is February 1, 2022.
B-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE TRUST AND THE FUND | B-3 |
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS | B-4 |
Other Investment Strategies, Policies and Risks | B-9 |
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS | B-15 |
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND | B-16 |
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE | B-28 |
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER | B-30 |
PROXY VOTING POLICY | B-30 |
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION | B-31 |
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE | B-32 |
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM | B-33 |
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES IN CREATION UNITS | B-34 |
FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS | b-43 |
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS | B-50 |
GENERAL INFORMATION | B-51 |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS | B-53 |
THE TRUST AND THE FUND
The Trust is an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 20, 2013. The Trust currently consists of several other series of shares of beneficial interest. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates only to the Fund and not to the other series of the Trust.
The Fund will acquire all the assets and liabilities of the Target Fund, a series of the Target Trust, on March 11, 2022. The Fund will adopt the prior performance and financial history of the Target Fund.
The Trust is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company. Such a registration does not involve supervision of the management or policies of the Fund. The Proxy Statement/Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC. Copies of such information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee.
The Fund is a diversified fund, which means it is subject to the diversification requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of one issuer (and in not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer), excluding cash, Government securities, and securities of other investment companies. In addition, the Fund intends to diversify its assets to the extent necessary to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
B-2
The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”). The Fund generally offers and issues shares in exchange for a basket of securities designated by the Fund (“Deposit Securities”) together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (“Cash Component”). The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. The shares of the Fund are listed on the NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Exchange”) and trade on the Exchange at market prices. These prices may differ from the shares’ NAV per share. The shares of the Fund are also redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, and generally in exchange for portfolio securities designated by the Fund and a specified cash payment.
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS
The discussion below supplements information contained in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus pertaining to the investment policies of the Fund.
PRINCIAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS
Market Conditions
Events in certain sectors historically have resulted, and may in the future result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. These events have included, but are not limited to: bankruptcies, corporate restructurings, and other events related to the sub-prime mortgage crisis in 2008; governmental efforts to limit short selling and high frequency trading; measures to address U.S. federal and state budget deficits; social, political, and economic instability in Europe; economic stimulus by the Japanese central bank; steep declines in oil prices; dramatic changes in currency exchange rates; China’s economic slowdown; and circumstances such as pandemics or epidemics in one or more countries or regions. Interconnected global economies and financial markets increase the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Such events may cause significant declines in the values and liquidity of many securities and other instruments. It is impossible to predict whether such conditions will recur. Because such situations may be widespread, it may be difficult to identify both risks and opportunities using past models of the interplay of market forces, or to predict the duration of such events.
An outbreak of an infectious respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus known as COVID-19 was first detected in China in December 2019 and has now been detected globally. This coronavirus has resulted in certain travel restrictions, closed international borders, enhanced health screenings at ports of entry and elsewhere, disruption of and delays in healthcare service preparation and delivery, prolonged quarantines, cancellations, supply chain disruptions, and lower consumer demand, as well as general concern and uncertainty. The impact of COVID-19, and other infectious illness outbreaks that may arise in the future, could adversely affect the economies of many nations or the entire global economy, individual issuers and capital markets in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen. In addition, the impact of infectious illnesses in emerging market countries may be greater due to generally less established healthcare systems. Public health crises caused by the COVID-19 outbreak may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in certain countries or globally. The duration of the COVID-19 outbreak and its effects cannot be determined with certainty.
B-3
Equity Securities
Common Stock
The Fund may invest in common stock. Common stock represents an equity (ownership) interest in a company, and usually possesses voting rights and earns dividends. Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer. Common stock generally represents the riskiest investment in a company. In addition, common stock generally has the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s stock price.
The fundamental risk of investing in common stock is that the value of the stock might decrease. Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions. While common stocks have historically provided greater long-term returns than preferred stocks, fixed-income and money market investments, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility than the returns from those other investments.
Preferred Stock
The Fund may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and a share of the proceeds resulting from the issuer’s liquidation although preferred stock is usually subordinate to the debt securities of the issuer. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as the holders of the issuer’s common stock. Preferred stock typically does not possess voting rights and its market value may change based on changes in interest rates. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. In addition, a fund may receive stocks or warrants as a result of an exchange or tender of fixed income securities. Preference stock, which is more common in emerging markets than in developed markets, is a special type of common stock that shares in the earnings of an issuer, has limited voting rights, may have a dividend preference, and may also have a liquidation preference. Depending on the features of the particular security, holders of preferred and preference stock may bear the risks regarding common stock or fixed income securities.
Preferred Stock
The Fund may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and a share of the proceeds resulting from the issuer’s liquidation although preferred stock is usually subordinate to the debt securities of the issuer. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as the holders of the issuer’s common stock. Preferred stock typically does not possess voting rights and its market value may change based on changes in interest rates. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline. In addition, a fund may receive stocks or warrants as a result of an exchange or tender of fixed income securities. Preference stock, which is more common in emerging markets than in developed markets, is a special type of common stock that shares in the earnings of an issuer, has limited voting rights, may have a dividend preference, and may also have a liquidation preference. Depending on the features of the particular security, holders of preferred and preference stock may bear the risks regarding common stock or fixed income securities.
Small- and Mid-Cap Stocks
The Fund may invest in stock of companies with market capitalizations that are small compared to other publicly traded companies. Investments in larger companies present certain advantages in that such companies generally have greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities, and more stability and greater depth of management and personnel. Investments in smaller, less seasoned companies may present greater opportunities for growth but also may involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. Their securities may be traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. As a result of owning large positions in this type of security, the Fund is subject to the additional risk of possibly having to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous times and prices if redemptions require the Fund to liquidate its securities positions. In addition, it may be prudent for the Fund, as its asset size grows, to limit the number of relatively small positions it holds in securities having limited liquidity in order to minimize its exposure to such risks, to minimize transaction costs, and to maximize the benefits of research. As a consequence, as the Fund’s asset size increases, the Fund may reduce its exposure to illiquid small capitalization securities, which could adversely affect performance.
B-4
The Fund may also invest in stocks of companies with medium market capitalizations (i.e., mid-cap companies). Such investments share some of the risk characteristics of investments in stocks of companies with small market capitalizations described above, although mid cap companies tend to have longer operating histories, broader product lines and greater financial resources and their stocks tend to be more liquid and less volatile than those of smaller capitalization issuers.
Tracking Stocks
A tracking stock is a separate class of common stock whose value is linked to a specific business unit or operating division within a larger company and which is designed to “track” the performance of such business unit or division. The tracking stock may pay dividends to shareholders independent of the parent company. The parent company, rather than the business unit or division, generally is the issuer of tracking stock. However, holders of the tracking stock may not have the same rights as holders of the company’s common stock.
Warrants and Rights
The Fund may invest in warrants or rights (including those acquired in units or attached to other securities) that entitle (but do not obligate) the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time but will do so only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Sub-Advisor. Rights are similar to warrants but typically have a shorter duration and are issued by a company to existing stockholders to provide those holders the right to purchase additional shares of stock at a later date. Warrants and rights do not have voting rights, do not earn dividends, and do not entitle the holder to any rights with respect to the assets of the company that has issued them. They do not represent ownership of the underlying companies but only the right to purchase shares of those companies at a specified price on or before a specified exercise date. Warrants and rights tend to be more volatile than the underlying stock, and if at a warrant’s expiration date the stock is trading at a price below the price set in the warrant, the warrant will expire worthless. Conversely, if at the expiration date the stock is trading at a price higher than the price set in the warrant or right, the Fund can acquire the stock at a price below its market value. The prices of warrants and rights do not necessarily parallel the prices of the underlying securities. An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative.
When-Issued Securities
A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which has not been issued. When the Fund engages in when-issued transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the Fund may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price or yield. When purchasing a security on a when-issued basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of settlement, the market value of the security may be more or less than the purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes place also may be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. Because the Fund does not pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other investments. Decisions to enter into “when-issued” transactions will be considered on a case-by-case basis when necessary to maintain continuity in a company’s index membership. The Fund will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to commitments for the when-issued transactions. The Fund will segregate additional liquid assets daily so that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of the commitments.
B-5
Depository Receipts
The Fund may invest in depository receipts. American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) are negotiable receipts issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that evidence ownership of securities in a foreign company which have been deposited with such bank or trust company’s office or agent in a foreign country. European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”) are negotiable certificates held in the bank of one country representing a specific number of shares of a stock traded on an exchange of another country. Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) are negotiable certificates held in the bank of one country representing a specific number of shares of a stock traded on an exchange of another country. Canadian Depository Receipts (“CDRs”) are negotiable receipts issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of securities in a foreign company which have been deposited with such bank or trust company’s office or agent in a foreign country.
Investing in ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs presents risks that may not be equal to the risk inherent in holding the equivalent shares of the same companies that are traded in the local markets even though the Fund will purchase, sell and be paid dividends on ADRs in U.S. Dollars. These risks include fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which are affected by international balances of payments and other economic and financial conditions; government intervention; speculation; and other factors. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, political and social upheaval, and economic instability. The Fund may be required to pay foreign withholding or other taxes on certain ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, or CDRs that it owns, but investors may or may not be able to deduct their pro-rata share of such taxes in computing their taxable income, or take such shares as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax. See “Federal Income Tax Matters.” ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs may be sponsored by the foreign issuer or may be unsponsored. Unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the foreign issuer of the underlying securities. Unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs are offered by companies which are not prepared to meet either the reporting or accounting standards of the United States. While readily exchangeable with stock in local markets, unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs may be less liquid than sponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs. Additionally, there generally is less publicly available information with respect to unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)
The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of principal and interest payments. Similar to regulated investment companies such as the Fund, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with certain requirements of the Code. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which the Fund invests in addition to the expenses incurred directly by the Fund.
Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation.
Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have had more price volatility than larger capitalization stocks.
REITs may fail to qualify for the favorable federal income tax treatment generally available to them under the Code and may fail to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) also are subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations.
Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”)
The Fund may invest in MLPs. An MLP is an entity eligible for partnership taxation treatment under the Code, the interests or “units” of which are traded on securities exchanges like shares of corporate stock. A typical MLP consists of a general partner and limited partners; however, some entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes are established as limited liability companies. The general partner manages the partnership; has an ownership stake in the partnership, typically a 2% general partner equity interest and usually additional common units and subordinated units; and is typically eligible to receive an incentive distribution. The limited partners provide capital to the partnership, have a limited (if any) role in the operation and management of the partnership, and receive cash distributions. An MLP typically pays an established minimum quarterly distribution to common unit holders, as provided under the terms of its partnership agreement. Common units have arrearage rights in distributions to the extent that the MLP fails to make minimum quarterly distributions. Once the MLP distributes the minimum quarterly distribution to common units, subordinated units then are entitled to receive distributions of up to the minimum quarterly distribution, but have no arrearage rights. At the discretion of the general partners’ board of directors, any distributable cash that exceeds the minimum quarterly distribution that the MLP distributed to the common and subordinated units is then distributed to both common and subordinated units, typically on a pro rata basis. Incentive distributions are often paid to the general partner such that as the distribution to limited partnership interests increases, the general partner may receive a proportionately larger share of the total distribution. Incentive distributions are designed to encourage the general partner, who controls and operates the partnership, to maximize the partnership’s cash flow and increase distributions to the limited partners.
B-6
Generally speaking, MLP investment returns are enhanced during periods of declining or low interest rates and tend to be negatively influenced when interest rates are rising. As an income vehicle, the unit price can be influenced by general interest rate trends independent of specific underlying fundamentals. In addition, most MLPs are leveraged and typically carry a portion of a “floating” rate debt, and a significant upward swing in interest rates would also drive interest expense higher. Furthermore, most MLPs grow by acquisitions partly financed by debt, and higher interest rates could make it more difficult to make acquisitions.
Investment Company Securities
The Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies (each, an “Underlying Fund”), including open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts (“UITs”) and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions set forth in this SAI.
Under Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, the Fund may acquire securities of an Underlying Fund in amounts which, as determined immediately after the acquisition is made, do not exceed (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of such Underlying Fund, (ii) 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, and (iii) 10% of the value of the Fund’s total assets when combined with all other Underlying Fund securities held by the Fund. The Fund may exceed these statutory limits when permitted by SEC order or other applicable law or regulatory guidance, such as is the case with many ETFs. In October 2020, the SEC adopted certain regulatory changes and took other actions related to the ability of an investment company to invest in the securities of another investment company. These changes include, in part, the rescission of certain SEC exemptive orders permitting investments in excess of the statutory limits and the withdrawal of certain related SEC staff no-action letters, and the adoption of Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which permits the Fund to invest in other investment companies beyond the statutory limits, subject to certain conditions. Rule 12d1-4, among other things, (1) applies to both “acquired funds” and “acquiring funds,” each as defined under the rule; (2) includes limits on control and voting of acquired funds’ shares; (3) requires that the investment advisers of an acquired fund and acquiring fund relying on the rule make certain specified findings based on their evaluation of the relevant fund of funds structure; (4) requires funds that are relying on the rule, and which do not have the same investment adviser, to enter into a fund of funds investment agreement, which must include specific terms; and (5) includes certain limits on complex fund of funds structures.
Generally, under Sections 12(d)(1)(F) and 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act and SEC rules adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may acquire the securities of affiliated and unaffiliated Underlying Funds subject to the following guidelines and restrictions:
| ● | The Fund may own an unlimited amount of the securities of any registered open-end fund or registered unit investment trust that is affiliated with the Fund, so long as any such Underlying Fund has a policy that prohibits it from acquiring any securities of registered open-end funds or registered UITs in reliance on certain sections of the 1940 Act. |
| ● | The Fund and its “affiliated persons” may own up to 3% of the outstanding stock of any fund, subject to the following restrictions: |
| i. | the Fund and each Underlying Fund, in the aggregate, may not charge a sales load greater than the limits set forth in Rule 2830(d)(3) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) applicable to funds of funds; |
| ii. | each Underlying Fund is not obligated to redeem more than 1% of its total outstanding securities during any period less than 30 days; and |
| iii. | the Fund is obligated either to (i) seek instructions from its shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to the Underlying Fund and to vote in accordance with such instructions, or (ii) to vote the shares of the Underlying Fund held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the Underlying Fund. |
Underlying Funds typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund. The Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses as Fund shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to certain leverage risks. The net asset value and market value of leveraged securities will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged securities. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund.
Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which the Fund invests may determine to make payment of a redemption by the Fund wholly or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash. As a result, the Fund may hold such securities until the Sub-Advisor determines it is appropriate to dispose of them. Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund.
Investment decisions by the investment advisors to the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests are made independently of the Fund. At any particular time, one Underlying Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Underlying Fund. As a result, under these circumstances the Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose.
B-7
Exchange-Traded Funds
The Fund may invest in ETFs. ETFs are pooled investment vehicles that generally seek to track the performance of specific indices. ETFs may be organized as open-end funds or as UITs. Their shares are listed on stock exchanges and can be traded throughout the day at market-determined prices.
An ETF generally issues index-based investments in large aggregations of shares known as “Creation Units” in exchange for a “Portfolio Deposit” consisting of (a) a portfolio of securities designated by the ETF, (b) a cash payment equal to a pro rata portion of the dividends accrued on the ETF’s portfolio securities since the last dividend payment by the ETF, net of expenses and liabilities, and (c) a cash payment or credit (“Balancing Amount”) designed to equalize the net asset value of the shares and the net asset value of a Portfolio Deposit.
Shares of ETFs are not individually redeemable, except upon the reorganization, merger, conversion or liquidation of the ETF. To redeem shares of an ETF, an investor must accumulate enough shares of the ETF to reconstitute a Creation Unit. The liquidity of small holdings of ETF shares, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market for such shares. Upon redemption of a Creation Unit, the investor will receive securities designated by the ETF (“Redemption Securities”) and a cash payment in an amount equal to the difference between the net asset value of the shares being redeemed and the net asset value of the Redemption Securities.
The price of ETF shares is based upon (but not necessarily identical to) the value of the securities held by the ETF. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of ETF shares is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for ETF shares is based on a basket of stocks. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying ETF shares purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on such shares. There is no assurance that the requirements of the national securities exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any ETF will continue to be met.
Tracking and Correlation Risk
The Fund seeks investment results that correspond to the price and yield performance of its Index, although several factors may affect their ability to achieve this correlation, including, but not limited to: (1) the Fund’s expenses, including brokerage (which may be increased by high portfolio turnover) and the cost of the investment techniques employed by the Fund; (2) the Fund’s holding of less than all of the securities included in its Index, including as part of a “representative sampling” strategy, and holding securities not included in the Index; (3) an imperfect correlation between the performance of the Fund’s investments and those of its Index; (4) bid-ask spreads (the effect of which may be increased by portfolio turnover); (5) holding instruments traded in a market that has become illiquid or disrupted; (6) Share prices being rounded to the nearest cent; (7) changes to an Index that are not disseminated in advance; (8) the need to conform the Fund’s portfolio holdings to comply with investment restrictions or policies, or regulatory or tax law requirements; (9) early and unanticipated closings of the markets on which the holdings of the Fund trades, resulting in the inability of the Fund to execute intended portfolio transactions; and (10) the Fund’s holdings of cash or cash equivalents, or otherwise not being fully invested in securities of its Index. While close tracking of the Fund to its Index may be achieved on any single trading day, over time the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the NAV of Shares may diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage decrease or increase in the benchmark due to a compounding effect.
B-8
Other Investment Strategies, Policies and Risks
U.S. Government Securities
The Fund may invest in U.S. Government obligations. Such obligations include Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds. U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis. U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.
Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself. In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.
Lending Portfolio Securities
Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.
A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice, or by the Fund on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice or fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
B-9
Borrowing
The Fund may engage in limited borrowing activities. Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. Furthermore, if the Fund were to engage in borrowing, an increase in interest rates could reduce the value of the Fund’s shares by increasing the Fund’s interest expense. Subject to the limitations described under “Investment Limitations” below, the Fund may be permitted to borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of the Fund’s assets and may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. Provisions of the 1940 Act require the Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets will count against this asset coverage requirement. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, the Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint if the Fund sells securities at that time. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolios. Money borrowed will be subject to interest charges which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased, if any. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.
Repurchase Agreements
The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio securities. Pursuant to such agreements, the Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers deemed to be creditworthy by the Advisor or a Sub-Advisor, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase and the Fund’s agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price. The repurchase price generally equals the price paid by the Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the underlying portfolio security). Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system. The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the underlying securities at not less than 102% of the repurchase price under the agreement. If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities are less than the repurchase price under the agreement. Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause the Fund’s rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans under the 1940 Act.
Temporary Investments
The Fund may take temporary defensive measures that are inconsistent with the Fund’s normal fundamental or non- fundamental investment policies and strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions as determined by the Advisor. Such measures could include, but are not limited to, investments in (1) highly liquid short- term fixed income securities issued by or on behalf of municipal or corporate issuers, obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, commercial paper, and bank certificates of deposit; (2) repurchase agreements involving any such securities; and (3) other money market instruments. The Fund also may invest in shares of money market mutual funds to the extent permitted under applicable law. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions. As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Advisor, with respect to assets so invested. The Fund may not achieve its investment objectives during temporary defensive periods.
B-10
Short-Term Investments
The Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:
Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits
The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits in U.S. Dollar or foreign currencies. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against monies deposited in a commercial bank, or savings and loan association for a definite period of time that earn a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. The Fund may only acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits issued by commercial banks or savings and loan associations that, at the time of the Fund’s investment, have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations are fully insured by the U.S. government. If the Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred if the Fund invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. Such risks include future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes by the particular country in which the issuer is located, the possible confiscation or nationalization of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which may adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities.
Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulations with respect to the amount and types of loans that may be made and interest rates that may be charged. In addition, the profitability of the banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds and the interest income generated from lending operations. General economic conditions and the quality of loan portfolios affect the banking industry.
As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic banks are required to maintain specified levels of reserves, limited in the amount that they can loan to a single borrower, and are subject to regulations designed to promote financial soundness. However, such laws and regulations may not necessarily apply to foreign banks, thereby affecting the risk involved in bank obligations that the Fund may acquire.
B-11
Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations
The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes. Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.
The Fund’s investment in commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality. These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.
Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations, i.e., credit risk. The Advisor may actively expose the Fund to credit risk. However, there can be no guarantee that the Advisor will be successful in making the right selections and thus fully mitigate the impact of credit risk changes on the Fund.
Illiquid and Restricted Securities
The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. Illiquid securities are securities that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the securities. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value, and the Fund may have difficulty or be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices.
The Fund may invest in restricted securities. Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold freely to the public absent registration under the 1933 Act, or an exemption from registration. While restricted securities are generally presumed to be illiquid, it may be determined that a particular restricted security is liquid. Rule 144A under the 1933 Act establishes a safe harbor from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers. Institutional markets for restricted securities sold pursuant to Rule 144A in many cases provide both readily ascertainable values for restricted securities and the ability to liquidate an investment to satisfy share redemption orders. Such markets might include automated systems for the trading, clearance and settlement of unregistered securities of domestic and foreign issuers, such as the PORTAL System sponsored by NASDAQ. An insufficient number of qualified buyers interested in purchasing Rule 144A eligible restricted securities, however, could adversely affect the marketability of such portfolio securities and result in the Fund’s inability to dispose of such securities promptly or at favorable prices.
The Fund may purchase commercial paper issued pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. 4(a)(2) commercial paper has substantially the same price and liquidity characteristics as commercial paper, except that the resale of 4(a)(2) commercial paper is limited to the institutional investor marketplace. Such a restriction on resale makes 4(a)(2) commercial paper technically a restricted security under the 1933 Act. In practice, however, 4(a)(2) commercial paper can be resold as easily as any other unrestricted security held by the Fund.
B-12
Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act requires, among other things, that the Fund establish a liquidity risk management program (“LRMP”) that is reasonably designed to assess and manage liquidity risk. Rule 22e-4 defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the fund. The Fund has implemented a LRMP to meet the relevant requirements. Additionally, the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees, approved the designation of the Advisor as the Fund’s LRMP administrator to administer such program, and will review no less frequently than annually a written report prepared by the Advisor that addresses the operation of the LRMP and assesses its adequacy and effectiveness of implementation. Among other things, the LRMP provides for the classification of the Fund investment as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The liquidity risk classifications of the Fund’s investments are determined after reasonable inquiry and taking into account relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations. To the extent that the Fund investment is deemed to be an “illiquid investment” or a “less liquid investment,” the Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk. There is no guarantee the LRMP will be effective in its operations, and complying with Rule 22e-4, including bearing related costs, could impact the Fund’s performance and its ability to seek its investment objective.
The Fund will not purchase illiquid securities if, as a result of the purchase, more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets are invested in such securities. If at any time a portfolio manager and/or the Advisor or Sub-Advisor determines that the value of illiquid securities held by the Fund exceeds 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Fund’s portfolio managers and the Advisor or Sub-Advisor will take such steps as they consider appropriate to reduce the percentage as soon as reasonably practicable.
Large Shareholder Redemption Risk
Certain account holders may from time to time own (beneficially or of record) or control a significant percentage of the Fund’s shares. Redemptions by these account holders of their shares in the Fund may impact the Fund’s liquidity and net asset value. Such redemptions may also force the Fund to sell securities at a time when it would not otherwise do so, which may increase the Fund’s broker costs and impact shareholder taxes.
LIBOR Risk
Many financial instruments, financings or other transactions to which the Fund may be a party use or may use a floating rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). LIBOR is the offered rate at which major international banks can obtain wholesale, unsecured funding, and LIBOR may be available for different durations (e.g., 1 month or 3 months) and for different currencies. LIBOR may be a significant factor in determining the Fund’s payment obligations under a derivative investment, the cost of financing to the Fund or an investment’s value or return to the Fund, and may be used in other ways that affect the Fund’s investment performance. In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, the United Kingdom’s financial regulatory body, announced that after 2021 it will cease its active encouragement of banks to provide the quotations needed to sustain LIBOR. In March 2021, the administrator of LIBOR announced a delay in the phase out of the majority of the USD LIBOR publications until June 30, 2023, although the remainder of LIBOR publications ended on December 31, 2021. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition, but there are obstacles to converting certain securities and transactions to a new benchmark. Transition planning is ongoing, and the effect of the transition process and its ultimate success cannot yet be determined. The transition process may lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for instruments the terms of which are based on LIBOR. It could also lead to a reduction in the value of some LIBOR-based investments and reduce the effectiveness of new hedges placed against existing LIBOR-based investments. While some LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario in which LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology and/or increased costs for certain LIBOR-related instruments or financing transactions, not all may have such provisions and there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies, resulting in prolonged adverse market conditions for the Fund. Since the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could deteriorate during the transition period, these effects could occur prior to the completion of the applicable phase out. The willingness and ability of issuers to include enhanced provisions in new and existing contracts or instruments also remains uncertain. Any of these factors may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.
Cybersecurity Risk
Investment companies, such as the Fund, and its service providers may be subject to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber attacks. Cyber attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cybersecurity breaches. Cyber attacks affecting the Fund, the Advisor or Sub-Advisor, the Fund’s custodian or transfer agent, or intermediaries or other third-party service providers may adversely impact the Fund. For instance, cyber attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential company information, impede trading, subject the Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses, and cause reputational damage. The Fund may also incur additional costs for cybersecurity risk management purposes. While the Fund and its service providers have established business continuity plans and risk management systems designed to prevent or reduce the impact of cybersecurity attacks, such plans and systems have inherent limitations due in part to the ever-changing nature of technology and cybersecurity attack tactics, and there is a possibility that certain risks have not been adequately identified or prepared for. Furthermore, the Fund cannot control any cybersecurity plans or systems implemented by its service providers.
B-13
Similar types of cybersecurity risks are also present for issuers of securities in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause the Fund’s investment in such portfolio companies to lose value.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Fund has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The Fund’s investment objective is a non-fundamental policy and may be changed without shareholder approval.
The Fund may not:
1. | Issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its net assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales or investing in financial futures, swaps, when-issued or delayed delivery securities, or reverse repurchase agreements; |
2. | Act as underwriter, except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio; |
3. | Invest 25% or more of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase in any one industry (other than securities issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that the Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry; |
4. | Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate or real estate limited partnerships (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate, such as REITs); |
5. | Make loans of money, except (a) for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund, (b) by engaging in repurchase agreements or, (c) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s net assets; or |
6. | Purchase or sell physical commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments. This limitation shall not prevent the Fund from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, or acquiring securities or other instruments and options thereon backed by, or related to, physical commodities. |
7. | With respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any one issuer if, immediately after and as a result of such purchase, (a) the value of the Fund’s holdings in the securities of such issuer exceeds 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets, or (b) the Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (with the exception that this restriction does not apply to the Fund’s investments in the securities of the U.S. government, or its agencies or instrumentalities, or other investment companies). |
The Fund observes the following restriction as a matter of operating but not fundamental policy, pursuant to positions taken by federal regulatory authorities:
B-14
The Fund may not invest, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the securities.
Except with respect to borrowing, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Trustees and Officers
The overall management of the business and affairs of the Trust is vested with its Board of Trustees. The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and persons or companies furnishing services to it, including the agreements with the Advisor, Sub-Advisor, co-administrators, distributor, custodian and transfer agent. The day-to-day operations of the Trust are delegated to its officers, except that the Advisor and Sub-Advisor are responsible for making day-to-day investment decisions in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives, strategies, and policies, all of which are subject to general supervision by the Board.
The Trustees and officers of the Trust, their years of birth and positions with the Trust, term of office with the Trust and length of time served, their business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held during the past five years are listed in the table below. Unless noted otherwise, each person has held the position listed for a minimum of five years. Thomas Knipper, Kathleen K. Shkuda, Larry D. Tashjian and John P. Zader are all of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (collectively, the “Independent Trustees”).
Name, Address, Year of Birth and Position(s) held with Trust | Term of Officec and Length of Time Served | Principal Occupation During the Past Five Years and Other Affiliations | Number of Portfolios in the Fund Complex Overseen by Trusteed | Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past Five Yearse |
“Independent” Trustees: |
|
|
| |
Thomas Knipper, CPA a | Since September 2013 | Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Ameritas Investment Partners, a registered investment advisor (1995 – present). | 13 | None. |
Kathleen K. Shkuda a | Since September 2013 | Zigzag Consulting, a financial services consulting firm (2008 – present); Director, Managed Accounts, Merrill Lynch (2007 – 2008). | 13 | None. |
B-15
Larry D. Tashjian a | Since September 2013 | Principal, CAM Capital Advisors, a family office (2001 – present). | 13 | General Finance Corporation. |
John P. Zader a | Since September 2013 | Retired (June 2014 – present); CEO, UMB Fund Services, Inc., a mutual fund and hedge fund service provider, and the transfer agent, fund accountant, and co-administrator for the Fund (December 2006 – June 2014); President, Investment Managers Series Trust (December 2007 – June 2014). | 13 | Investment Managers Series Trust, a registered investment company (includes 53 portfolios); 361 Social Infrastructure Fund, a closed-end investment company. |
Interested Trustees: |
|
|
| |
Eric M. Banhazl b† | Since September 2013
| Chairman, Foothill Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor (2018 – present); Chairman (2016 – present), and President (2006 – 2015), Mutual Fund Administration, LLC, co-administrator for the Fund. | 13 | Investment Managers Series Trust, a registered investment company (includes 53 portfolios); 361 Social Infrastructure Fund, a closed-end investment company. |
Terrance P. Gallagher a* | Since July 2019 | President, Investment Managers Series Trust II (September 2013 – present); Executive Vice President, UMB Fund Services, Inc. (2007 – present); and Director of Compliance, Unified Fund Services Inc. (now Huntington Fund Services), a mutual fund service provider (2004 – 2007). | 13 | Cliffwater Corporate Lending Fund, Agility Multi-Asset Income Fund, Corbin Multi-Strategy Fund, Aspiriant Risk-Managed Real Asset Fund, Aspiriant Risk-Managed Capital Appreciation Fund, Infinity Core Alternative Fund, Infinity Long/Short Equity Fund, LLC, Keystone Private Income Fund, Relative Value Fund and Variant Alternative Income Fund, each a closed-end investment company. |
B-16
Name, Address, Year of Birth and Position(s) held with Trust | Term of Officec and Length of Time Served | Principal Occupation During the Past Five Years and Other Affiliations | Number of Portfolios in the Fund Complex Overseen by Trusteed | Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past Five Yearse |
Officers of the Trust: |
|
| ||
Rita Dam b | Since September 2013 | Treasurer, 361 Social Infrastructure Fund (December 2019 – present); Co-President, Foothill Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor (2018 – present); Co-Chief Executive Officer (2016 – present), and Vice President (2006 – 2015), Mutual Fund Administration, LLC. | N/A | N/A |
Joy Ausili b | Since January 2016
| Vice President and Assistant Secretary, 361 Social Infrastructure Fund (December 2019 – present); Co-President, Foothill Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor (2018 – present); Co-Chief Executive Officer (2016 – present), and Vice President (2006 – 2015), Mutual Fund Administration, LLC; Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Investment Managers Series Trust (September 2013 – January 2016). | N/A | N/A |
Diane Drake b | Since January 2016 | Secretary, 361 Social Infrastructure Fund (December 2019 – present); Senior Counsel, Mutual Fund Administration, LLC (October 2015 – present); Chief Compliance Officer, Foothill Capital Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor (2018 – 2019). | N/A | N/A |
Martin Dziura b | Since September 2013 | Principal, Dziura Compliance Consulting, LLC (October 2014 – present); Managing Director, Cipperman Compliance Services (2010 – September 2014); Chief Compliance Officer, Hanlon Investment Management (2009 – 2010); Vice President – Compliance, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2000 – 2009). | N/A | N/A |
B-17
a | Address for certain Trustees and certain officers: 235 West Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212. |
B | Address for Mr. Banhazl, Ms. Ausili, Ms. Dam and Ms. Drake: 2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740. Address for Mr. Dziura: 309 Woodridge Lane, Media, Pennsylvania 19063. |
C | Trustees and officers serve until their successors have been duly elected. |
D | The Trust is comprised of 22 series managed by unaffiliated investment advisors. Each Trustee serves as Trustee of each series of the Trust. The term “Fund Complex” applies only to the series managed by the same investment advisor. The Fund’s investment advisor also serves as investment advisor to the AXS Alternative Growth Fund, AXS Chesapeake Strategy Fund, AXS Managed Futures Strategy Fund, AXS Multi-Strategy Alternatives Fund, AXS Sustainable Income Fund, AXS Thomson Reuters Private Equity Return Tracker Fund, AXS Thomson Reuters Venture Capital Return Tracker Fund, AXS All Terrain Opportunity Fund, AXS Merger Fund, AXS Alternative Value Fund, AXS Market Neutral Fund and AXS Astoria Inflation Sensitive ETF which are offered in separate prospectuses. The Fund does not hold itself out as related to any other series within the Trust, for purposes of investment and investor services. |
E | “Other Directorships Held” includes only directorships of companies required to register or file reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (that is, “public companies”) or other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act. |
† | Mr. Banhazl is an “interested person” of the Trust by virtue of his position with Mutual Fund Administration, LLC and Foothill Capital Management, LLC. |
* | Mr. Gallagher is an “interested person” of the Trust by virtue of his position with UMB Fund Services, Inc. |
Compensation
Each Independent Trustee receives a quarterly retainer of $14,500, $4,000 for each special in-person meeting attended and $1,500 for each special telephonic meeting attended. The Trust has no pension or retirement plan. No other entity affiliated with the Trust pays any compensation to the Trustees. Independent Trustee fees are paid by the Advisor and not by the Fund.
The Trustees may elect to defer payment of their compensation pursuant to the Trust’s non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Trustees which permits the Trustees to defer receipt of all or part of their compensation from the Trust. Amounts deferred are deemed invested in shares of one or more series of the Trust, as selected by the Trustee from time to time. A Trustee’s deferred compensation account will be paid in cash at such times as elected by the Trustee, subject to certain mandatory payment provisions in the Deferred Compensation Plan. Deferral and payment elections under the Deferred Compensation Plan are subject to strict requirements for modification.
B-18
| Independent Trustees | |||
| Thomas Knipper, Independent Trustee and Audit Committee Chair | Kathleen K. Shkuda, Independent Trustee and Valuation Committee Chair | Larry D. Tashjian, Independent Trustee, Chairman | John P Zader, Independent Trustee Nominating Committee Chair |
AXS Change Finance ESG ETF1 | $0 | $0 | $0 | $0 |
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Fund’s Expenses | None | None | None | None |
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement | None | None | None | None |
Total Compensation from Fund and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees1,2 | $27,000 | $27,000 | $27,000 | $27,000 |
1 | Independent Trustee fees are paid by the Advisor and not by the Fund. |
2 | There are currently numerous portfolios comprising the Trust. The term “Fund Complex” applies only to the series managed by the same investment advisor. The Fund’s investment advisor also serves as investment advisor to the AXS Alternative Growth Fund, AXS Chesapeake Strategy Fund, AXS Managed Futures Strategy Fund, AXS Multi-Strategy Alternatives Fund, AXS Sustainable Income Fund, AXS Thomson Reuters Private Equity Return Tracker Fund, AXS Thomson Reuters Venture Capital Return Tracker Fund, AXS All Terrain Opportunity Fund, AXS Merger Fund, AXS Alternative Value Fund, AXS Market Neutral Fund and AXS Astoria Inflation Sensitive ETF which are offered in separate prospectuses. The Fund does not hold itself out as related to any other series within the Trust, for purposes of investment and investor services. |
Messers. Banhazl and Gallagher are not compensated for their services as Trustees because of their affiliation with the Trust. Officers of the Trust are not compensated by the Fund for their services.
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, the Target Fund did not pay any compensation to the trustees of the Target Trust.
Additional Information Concerning the Board and the Trustees
The current Trustees were selected in September 2013 (July 2019 for Mr. Gallagher) with a view towards establishing a Board that would have the broad experience needed to oversee a registered investment company comprised of multiple series employing a variety of different investment strategies. As a group, the Board has extensive experience in many different aspects of the financial services and asset management industries.
The Trustees were selected to join the Board based upon the following factors, among others: character and integrity; willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; as to each Trustee other than Mr. Banhazl, Mr. Gallagher and Mr. Zader (at that time), satisfying the criteria for not being classified as an “interested person” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act; as to Mr. Banhazl and Mr. Gallagher, their positions with Mutual Fund Administration, LLC, and UMB Fund Services, Inc., respectively, the Trust’s co-administrators. In addition, the Trustees have the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills relevant to the operations of the Trust:
B-19
| ● | Mr. Knipper has substantial experience with respect to the operation, administration and compliance programs of mutual funds and as a senior executive with a registered investment advisor. |
| ● | Ms. Shkuda has substantial experience in the investment management industry, including as a consultant with respect to operations and marketing of investment managers and distribution of mutual funds and other investment products. |
| ● | Mr. Tashjian has extensive leadership experience in the investment management industry, including as a principal and a chief executive officer of a registered investment advisor. |
| ● | Mr. Banhazl has significant experience serving in senior executive and board positions for mutual funds and with respect to the organization and operation of mutual funds and multiple series trusts similar to the Trust. |
| ● | Mr. Zader has substantial experience serving in senior executive positions at mutual fund administrative service providers. |
| ● | Mr. Gallagher has substantial experience serving in senior executive positions at mutual fund administrative service providers. |
In its periodic self-assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Fund. The summaries set forth above as to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the Trustees are required by the registration form adopted by the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and do not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board as a whole than would otherwise be the case.
The Board of Trustees has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Nominating, Governance and Regulatory Review Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), and the Valuation Committee.
● | The function of the Audit Committee, with respect to each series of the Trust, is to review the scope and results of the series’ annual audit and any matters bearing on the audit or the series’ financial statements and to assist the Board’s oversight of the integrity of the series’ pricing and financial reporting. The Audit Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees and is chaired by Mr. Knipper. It does not include any Interested Trustees. The Audit Committee is expected to meet at least twice a year with respect to each series of the Trust. |
The Audit Committee also serves as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”) for the Trust for the purpose of compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys retained or employed by an issuer who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the issuer.
B-20
● | The Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing matters pertaining to composition, committees, and operations of the Board, as well as assisting the Board in overseeing matters related to certain regulatory issues. The Nominating Committee meets from time to time as needed. The Nominating Committee will consider trustee nominees properly recommended by the Trust’s shareholders. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations that include, among other things, biographical data and the qualifications of the proposed nominee to the Trust’s Secretary. The Independent Trustees comprise the Nominating Committee, and the Committee is chaired by Mr. Zader. |
● | The function of the Valuation Committee is to recommend to the Board for its approval methodologies for valuing securities held by any series of the Trust for which current and reliable market quotations are not readily available; monitor prices determined by officers of the Trust pursuant to such methodologies; and approve fair valued security prices that are not determined pursuant to an approved methodology. The actions of the Valuation Committee are subsequently reviewed by the Board. The Valuation Committee is comprised of all the Trustees and is chaired by Ms. Shkuda, but action may be taken by any one of the Trustees. The Valuation Committee meets as needed. |
Independent Trustees comprise 67% of the Board and Larry Tashjian, an Independent Trustee, serves as Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson serves as a key point person for dealings between the Trust’s management and the other Independent Trustees. As noted above, through the committees of the Board the Independent Trustees consider and address important matters involving each series of the Trust, including those presenting conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that its organization and leadership structure are appropriate in light of its fiduciary and oversight obligations, the special obligations of the Independent Trustees, and the relationship between the Interested Trustees and the Trust’s co-administrators. The Board also believes that its structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from management.
Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Fund in the interests of shareholders, the Board among other things oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs directly and through the Audit Committee. The Board has emphasized to the Advisor the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management programs and procedures.
The Fund faces a number of risks, such as investment risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Fund. Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Advisor, Sub-Advisor and other service providers to the Fund employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. Various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (the “CCO”), the Advisor’s management, and other service providers (such as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm) make periodic reports to the Board or to the Audit Committee with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s investment objective, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.
B-21
Fund Shares Beneficially Owned by Trustees
Certain information regarding ownership by the Trustees of the Fund and other series of the Trust, as of December 31, 2021, is set forth in the following table.
Name of Trustee | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in AXS Change Finance ESG ETF ($) | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies ($) |
Larry Tashjian, Independent Trustee | None | None |
Kathy Shkuda, Independent Trustee | None | None |
Thomas Knipper, Independent Trustee | None | None |
John P. Zader, Independent Trustee | None | $10,001 - $50,000 |
Eric M. Banhazl, Interested Trustee | None | Over $100,000 |
Terrance P. Gallagher, Interested Trustee | None | None |
Control Persons, Principal Shareholders, and Management Ownership
A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control. Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of voting or the direction of management of the applicable Fund.
The principal shareholders are holders of record of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the indicated classes of the Funds, including the listed shareholders that are financial intermediaries. As of the date of this SAI, the Fund is under the control of the Advisor, which had voting authority with respect to 100% of the outstanding shares in the Fund on such date.
As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group did not own more than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. Furthermore, neither the Independent Trustees, nor members of their immediate families, own securities beneficially or of record in the Advisor, the Fund’s distributor, IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), or any of their respective affiliates.
As of the date of this SAI, the Trustees and executive officers of the Target Fund did not own any shares of the Target Fund.
The principal holders information contained in the Target Fund’s SAI is incorporated by reference herein.
The Advisor
AXS Investments LLC (the “Advisor” or “AXS”), located at 181 Westchester Avenue, Suite 402, Port Chester, New York 10573, acts as investment advisor to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor provides the Fund with investment advice, makes recommendations with respect to the selection and continued employment of the Sub-Advisor to manage the Fund’s assets, performs diligence on and monitors the Sub-Advisor, investment performance and adherence to compliance procedures, and oversees the investments made by the Sub-Advisor. The Advisor also continuously monitors the Sub-Advisor’s compliance with the Fund’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions. Subject to such policies as the Board of Trustees may determine, the Advisor is ultimately responsible for investment decisions for the Fund. AXS Investments LLC is wholly owned by AXS Holdings LLC. AXS Holdings LLC is ultimately controlled by Gregory Bassuk.
B-22
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, AXS oversees the investment of Fund assets and is responsible for paying all expenses of the Fund, excluding fee payments under the Investment Advisory Agreement, interest, dividends and other expenses on securities sold short, taxes, brokerage commissions and other expenses incurred in placing or settlement of orders for the purchase and sale of securities and other investment instruments, acquired fund fees and expenses, accrued deferred tax liability, extraordinary expenses, distribution fees and expenses payable by the Acquiring Fund under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act.
The Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two-year period. After the initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect with respect to the Fund from year to year only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust on behalf of the Fund, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by a vote of a majority of the Board, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Advisory Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the Advisory Agreement, except for a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, or for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard by the Advisor of its duties under the Advisory Agreement.
In consideration of the services to be provided by the Advisor pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is entitled to receive from the Fund an investment advisory fee computed daily and paid twice a month based on an annual rate equal to a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets specified in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus. The Target Fund paid Change Finance, PBC (“Change Finance”) an annual unitary management fee equal to 0.49% of its average daily net assets.
The following table sets forth the unitary management fees paid by the Target Fund to Change Finance, in its capacity as investment advisor to the Target Fund for the fiscal years ended July 31.
| 2021 | 2020 | 2019 |
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF | $211,019 | $66,412 | $26,145 |
Sub-Advisor
The Advisor has entered into a sub-advisory agreement with Change Finance with respect to the Fund (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Change Finance serves as the investment sub-advisor and index provider for the Fund. The Sub-Advisor is a registered investment adviser with offices located at 705 Grand View Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22305, and provides investment advisory services to ETFs. Change Finance is controlled by Andrew Rodriquez and Donna Morton, by virtue of a voting agreement; however, no individual owns more than 25% of the Sub-Advisor.
B-23
The Advisor compensates the Sub-Advisor out of the investment advisory fees the Advisor receives from the Fund. The Sub-Advisor makes investment decisions for the assets it has been allocated to manage, subject to the overall supervision of the Advisor.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two-year period. After the initial two-year period, the Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year only as long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the Fund, and (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Sub-Advisory Agreement or interested persons of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or the Trust. The Sub-Advisory Agreement may be terminated at any time without the payment of any penalty by the Board of Trustees of the Trust or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting shares of the relevant Fund, or by the Sub-Advisor or the Advisor, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. Additionally, the Sub-Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment. The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Sub-Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the Sub-Advisory Agreement, except for a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, or for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard by the Sub-Advisor of its duties under the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Portfolio Manager
Set forth below is the following information as of the date of this SAI with respect to the portfolio manager who is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio, as identified in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus: (i) other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, (ii) a description of the portfolio manager’s compensation structure and (iii) the dollar range of the portfolio manager’s investments in the Fund.
| Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | |||
Portfolio Managers | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) |
Andrew Rodriguez | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
| Number of Accounts with Advisory Fee Based on Performance | |||||
| Registered Investment Companies | Other Pooled Investment Vehicles | Other Accounts | |||
Portfolio Managers | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) | Number of Accounts | Total Assets (in millions) |
Andrew Rodriguez | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 | 0 | $0 |
Material Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account.
B-24
Material Conflicts of Interest. Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. Where conflicts of interest arise between the Fund and other accounts managed by a portfolio manager, the Advisor and/or Sub-Advisor will proceed in a manner that ensures that the Fund will not be treated less favorably than the other accounts. There may be instances where similar portfolio transactions may be executed for the same security for numerous accounts managed by the portfolio manager. In such instances, securities will be allocated in accordance with the Advisor’s and/or Sub-Advisor’s trade allocation policy.
Compensation. Mr. Rodriguez receives a fixed salary and participates in the overall profitability of the Sub-Advisor.
Ownership of the Fund by Portfolio Manager. As of the date of this SAI, the portfolio manager does not own any shares of the Fund.
Manager of Managers Structure
AXS and the Trust have received an exemptive order from the SEC which allows AXS to operate the Fund under a “manager of managers” structure (the “Order”). The Order permits AXS, subject to the approval of the Board, to hire or replace sub-advisors and modify any existing or future agreement with such sub-advisors without obtaining shareholder approval.
Service Providers
Pursuant to a Co-Administration Agreement (the “Co-Administration Agreement”), UMB Fund Services, Inc. (“UMBFS”), 235 West Galena Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, and Mutual Fund Administration, LLC (“MFAC”), 2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740 (collectively the “Co-Administrators”), act as co-administrators for the Fund. The Co-Administrators provide certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparing for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance with applicable laws and regulations including those of the securities laws of various states; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value and yield; arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund; and providing, at their own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out their duties. In this capacity, the Co-Administrators do not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares. The Co-Administration Agreement provides that neither Co-Administrator shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or its series, except for losses resulting from a Co-Administrator’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Agreement.
The Advisor pays the Co-Administrators a fee for administration services. The fee is payable monthly based on the Fund’s average daily net assets.
Transfer Agent. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., located at 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent. The transfer agent provides record keeping and shareholder services.
Custodian. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., located at 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as the Fund’s custodian. The custodian holds the securities, cash and other assets of the Fund.
B-25
Fund Accounting Agent. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., located at 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as the fund accounting agent for the Fund. The fund accounting agent calculates the Fund’s daily NAV.
Legal Counsel. Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, 600 Anton Boulevard, Suite 1800, Costa Mesa, California 92626, serves as legal counsel to the Trust and the Independent Trustees.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. Tait, Weller & Baker LLP (“Tait Weller”), Two Liberty Place, 50 South 16th Street, Suite 2900, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19102-2529, is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. Its services include auditing the Fund’s financial statements and the performance of related tax services.
Distributor and the Distribution Agreement
IMST Distributors, LLC is the distributor (also known as the principal underwriter) of the shares of the Fund and is located at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101. The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Distributor is not affiliated with the Trust, the Advisor, or any other service provider for the Fund.
Under a Distribution Agreement with the Trust dated September 30, 2021 (the “Distribution Agreement”), the Distributor acts as the agent of the Trust in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Fund. The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Fund on a best efforts basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares. The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust.
The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Fund. With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Fund and/or the Advisor, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements. These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor. These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Fund.
Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein. Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares. Investors purchasing shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Fund’s prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary. The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary. The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Fund for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective. The Advisor pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.
The Distribution Agreement will continue in effect with respect to the Fund only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust on behalf of the Fund on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.
B-26
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, should any amounts be retained by the Distributor, such amounts would not be held for profit by the Distributor, but instead would be used solely for distribution-related expenditures.
Rule 12b-1 Plan
The Trust has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plan”) that provides for Fund assets to be used for the payment for distribution services. The Fund may reimburse the Distributor up to a maximum annual rate of 0.25% of its average daily net assets. The Fund does not currently pay, and the Fund has no current intention to pay, 12b-1 fees.
In the event 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, under the 12b-1 Plan, and as required by Rule 12b-1, the Trustees will receive and review after the end of each calendar quarter a written report provided by the Distributor of the amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purpose for which such expenditures were made. With the exception of the Distributor and its affiliates, no “interested person” of the Trust (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) and no Trustee of the Trust has a direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or any related agreement.
Marketing and Support Payments
The Advisor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide cash payments or other compensation to certain financial intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund. These payments are in addition to other fees described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus and this SAI, and are generally provided for shareholder services or marketing support. Payments for marketing support are typically for inclusion of the Fund on sales lists, including electronic sales platforms. Investors may wish to take these payments into account when considering and evaluating recommendations to purchase shares of the Fund.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Advisor or Sub-Advisor determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Fund and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions. The purchases and sales of securities in the over-the-counter market will generally be executed by using a broker for the transaction.
Purchases of portfolio securities for the Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters. Where possible, purchase and sale transactions will be effected through dealers (including banks) that specialize in the types of securities which the Fund will be holding unless better executions are available elsewhere. Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own accounts. Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price. If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter that has provided research or other services as discussed below.
B-27
In placing portfolio transactions, the Advisor or Sub-Advisor will use reasonable efforts to choose broker-dealers capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable price and execution available. The full range and quality of services available will be considered in making these determinations, such as the size of the order, the difficulty of execution, the operational facilities of the broker-dealer involved, the risk in positioning the block of securities, and other factors. In those instances where it is reasonably determined that more than one broker-dealer can offer the services needed to obtain the most favorable price and execution available, consideration may be given to those broker-dealers which furnish or supply research and statistical information to the Advisor or Sub-Advisor that they may lawfully and appropriately use in their investment advisory capacities, as well as provide other services in addition to execution services. The Advisor or Sub-Advisor considers such information, which is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by it under its Advisory Agreement or Sub-Advisory Agreement with the Fund, to be useful in varying degrees, but of indeterminable value.
While it is the Fund’s general policy to seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available in selecting a broker-dealer to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, weight is also given to the ability of a broker-dealer to furnish brokerage and research services as defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to the Fund or to the Advisor or Sub-Advisor, even if the specific services are not directly useful to the Fund and may be useful to the Advisor or Sub-Advisor in advising other clients. In negotiating commissions with a broker or evaluating the spread to be paid to a dealer, the Fund may therefore pay a higher commission or spread than would be the case if no weight were given to the furnishing of these supplemental services, provided that the amount of such commission or spread has been determined in good faith by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor to be reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such broker-dealer. The standard of reasonableness is to be measured in light of the Advisor’s or Sub-Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the Fund.
Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other client accounts that may be managed or advised by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor. Nevertheless, it is possible that at times, identical securities will be acceptable for both the Fund and one or more of such client accounts. In such event, the position of the Fund and such client accounts in the same issuer may vary and the holding period may likewise vary. However, to the extent any of these client accounts seek to acquire the same security as a Fund at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security. Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time as the Advisor’s or Sub-Advisor’s other client accounts.
The Fund does not effect securities transactions through brokers in accordance with any formula, nor do they effect securities transactions through brokers for selling shares of the Fund. However, broker-dealers who execute brokerage transactions may effect purchase of shares of the Fund for their customers. The brokers may also supply the Fund with research, statistical and other services.
The Target Fund paid the following brokerage commissions for the fiscal years ended July 31:
2021 | 2020 | 2019 |
$17,581 | $9,200 |
B-28
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021, the Target Fund did not pay any commissions on brokerage transactions directed to brokers pursuant to an agreement or understanding whereby the broker provides research or other brokerage services to Change Finance.
Holdings of Securities of the Fund’s Regular Brokers and Dealers
From time to time, the Fund may acquire and hold securities issued by its “regular brokers or dealers” or the parents of those brokers or dealers. “Regular brokers or dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund are the ten brokers or dealers that, during the most recent fiscal year, (i) received the greatest dollar amounts of brokerage commissions from the Fund’s portfolio transactions, (ii) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amounts of the portfolio transactions of the Fund, or (iii) sold the largest dollar amounts of the Fund’s shares. The Target Fund did not hold any securities of its “regular broker-dealers” during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
Although the Fund generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Advisor, as applicable, investment considerations warrant such action. Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year. A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions. To the extent net short-term capital gains are realized, any distributions resulting from such gains will generally be taxed at ordinary income tax rates for federal income tax purposes. Because the Fund has not yet commenced investment operations, no portfolio turnover information is available at this time.
The Target Fund’s portfolio turnover rates for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2021 and July 31, 2020 were 85% and 120%, respectively.
PROXY VOTING POLICY
The Board has adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (the “Trust Policies”) on behalf of the Trust, which delegates the responsibility for voting the Fund’s proxies to the Sub-Advisor, as applicable, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight. The Trust Policies require that the Sub-Advisor vote proxies received in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Fund. The Trust Policies also require the Sub-Advisor to present to the Board, at least annually, the Sub-Advisor’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Sub-Advisor’s Policies”) and a record of each proxy voted by the Sub-Advisor on behalf of the Fund, including a report on the resolution of all proxies identified by the Sub-Advisor as involving a conflict of interest. See Appendix B for the Sub-Advisor’s Proxy Policies and Procedures and the Trust Policies. The Trust Policies and Sub-Advisor’s Policies are intended to serve as guidelines and to further the economic value of each security held by the Fund. The Trust’s CCO will review the Trust Policies and the Sub-Advisor Policies annually. Each proxy will be considered individually, taking into account the relevant circumstances at the time of each vote.
B-29
The Sub-Advisor’s environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) process extends to its proxy voting practices in that it will utilize recommendations from Glass Lewis and data available from ISS ESG and other sources to assess the likely impact of proposals on the ESG indicators that underpin the Index, and will vote against proposals that are likely to lower scores on any of those indicators, while supporting proposals that are likely to increase scores. In addition to considering the effects of a proposal on the indicators that make up the Fund’s Index, the Sub-Advisor may also consider effects that are in keeping with the principles of the index, even if they are not specifically measured. For example, the Sub-Advisor will likely vote in favor of proposals that increase diversity on the Board of Directors or in senior leadership and against proposals that would allow the gap between executive pay and pay for low-level employees to grow too large.
If a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between the Sub-Advisor’s interests and the Fund’s interests, the Sub-Advisor will resolve the conflict by following the policy guidelines or the recommendation of an independent third party.
The Fund is required to annually file Form N-PX, which lists the Fund’s complete proxy voting record for the 12-month period ended June 30 of each year. Once filed, the Fund’s proxy voting record will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-866-984-2510 and on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
The Trust’s Board has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about the Fund’s security holdings. The Fund’s entire portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day the Fund is open for business through financial reporting and news services including publicly available internet web sites. In addition, the composition of the in-kind creation basket and the in-kind redemption basket is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the NSCC.
Greater than daily access to information concerning the Fund’s portfolio holdings will be permitted (i) to certain personnel of service providers to the Fund involved in portfolio management and providing administrative, operational, risk management, or other support to portfolio management, and (ii) to other personnel of the Fund’s service providers who deal directly with, or assist in, functions related to investment management, administration, custody and fund accounting, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course, agreements with the Fund, and the terms of the Trust’s current registration statement. From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, such information may also be disclosed (i) to other entities that provide services to the Fund, including pricing information vendors, and third parties that deliver analytical, statistical or consulting services to the Fund and (ii) generally after it has been disseminated to the NSCC.
The Fund will disclose its complete portfolio holdings in public filings with the SEC on a quarterly basis, based on the Fund’s fiscal year-end, within 60 days of the end of the quarter, and will provide that information to shareholders, as required by federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
B-30
No person is authorized to disclose any of the Fund’s portfolio holdings or other investment positions (whether in writing, by fax, by e-mail, orally, or by other means) except in accordance with this policy. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer may authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings. The Board reviews the implementation of this policy on a periodic basis.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The NAVs of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and are determined as of 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the normal close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) on each day the NYSE is open for trading. The NAVs may be calculated earlier if permitted by the SEC. The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading. The most recent announcement indicates that the NYSE will not be open for the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.
The NAV of each class of the Fund is computed by dividing (a) the difference between the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets and the amount of the Fund’s expenses and liabilities attributable to the class by (b) the number of shares outstanding in that class (assets – liabilities / # of shares = NAV). Each NAV takes into account all of the expenses and fees of that class of the Fund, including management fees and administration fees, which are accrued daily.
Net Assets | = | NAV |
Shares Outstanding |
Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued at market value or, in the absence of a market value, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Advisor, Sub-Advisor and the Trust’s Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board. Pursuant to those procedures, the Board considers, among other things: 1) the last sale price on the securities exchange, if any, on which a security is primarily traded; 2) the mean between the bid and ask prices; 3) price quotations from an approved pricing service (which use information provided by market makers or estimates of market value based on similar securities), and 4) other factors as necessary to determine a fair value under certain circumstances.
The Fund’s securities which are traded on securities exchanges are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which such securities are traded, as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued or, lacking any reported sales, at the mean between the last available bid and ask prices.
Pricing services generally value debt securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but such securities may be held or transactions may be conducted in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots often trade at lower prices than institutional round lots.
Securities that are traded on more than one exchange are valued on the exchange determined by the Sub-Advisor to be the primary market. Securities primarily traded in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”), National Market System for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has not been any sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and ask prices. Over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities which are not traded in the NASDAQ National Market System shall be valued at the most recent trade price.
B-31
Stocks that are “thinly traded” or events occurring when a foreign market is closed but the NYSE is open (for example, the value of a security held by the Fund has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded) may create a situation in which a market quote would not be readily available. When a market quote is not readily available, the security’s value is based on “fair value” as determined by procedures adopted by the Board. The Board will periodically review the reliability of the Fund’s fair value methodology. The Fund may hold portfolio securities such as those traded on foreign securities exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund’s shares are not priced. Therefore, the value of the Fund’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.
Short-term debt obligations with remaining maturities in excess of 60 days are valued at current market prices, as discussed above. Short-term securities with 60 days or less remaining to maturity are, unless conditions indicate otherwise, are amortized to maturity based on their cost to the Fund if acquired within 60 days of maturity or, if already held by the Fund on the 60th day, based on the value determined on the 61st day.
All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board in good faith deems appropriate to reflect as their fair value.
BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM
Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for the Fund’s shares. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in limited circumstances set forth below, certificates will not be issued for shares.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities of its participants (the "DTC Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the NYSE and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the "Indirect Participants").
Beneficial ownership of shares of the Fund is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants, and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares of the Fund (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares of the Fund. The Trust recognizes DTC or its nominee as the record owner of all shares of the Fund for all purposes. Beneficial Owners of shares of the Fund are not entitled to have such shares registered in their names, and will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of share certificates. Each Beneficial Owner must rely on the procedures of DTC and any DTC Participant and/or Indirect Participant through which such Beneficial Owner holds its interests, to exercise any rights of a holder of shares of the Fund.
Conveyance of all notices, statements, and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. DTC will make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee a listing of shares of the Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall obtain from each such DTC Participant the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares of the Fund, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement, or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
B-32
Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Fund. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares of the Fund held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a "street name," and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.
The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Fund’s shares, or for maintaining, supervising, or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.
DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to the Fund at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Fund shall take action either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of shares of the Fund, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES IN CREATION UNITS
The Fund issues and redeems its shares on a continuous basis, at NAV, only in a large specified number of shares called a “Creation Unit,” either principally in-kind for securities designated by the Fund together with the deposit of a specified cash payment or in cash for the value of such securities. The NAV of the Fund’s shares is determined once each Business Day (defined below), as described below under “Determination of Net Asset Value.” The Creation Unit size may change. A Creation Unit is an aggregation of 25,000 Shares. Authorized Participants will be notified of such change.
Purchase (Creation)
The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only: (i) in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees), at their NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day, in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”); or (ii) pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Service (defined below). The Fund will not issue fractional Creation Units. A Business Day is, generally, any day on which the Exchange is open for business.
B-33
Fund Deposit
The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of the Fund generally consists of either (i) the in-kind deposit of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below, or (ii) the cash value of the Deposit Cash and the Cash Component. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for cash, the Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser. These additional costs may be recoverable from the purchaser of Creation Units.
Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares of the Fund (per Creation Unit) and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the market value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).
The Fund, through NSCC, makes available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the list of the names and the required number of shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current standard Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for the Fund. Such standard Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, in order to effect purchases of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.
The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for the Fund Deposit for the Fund may be changed from time to time with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to corporate action events and adjustments to the weighting or composition of the Fund’s portfolio.
The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Cash to replace any Deposit Security, which shall be added to the Cash Component, including, without limitation, in situations where the Deposit Security: (i) may not be available in sufficient quantity for delivery; (ii) may not be eligible for transfer through the systems of DTC for corporate securities and municipal securities or the Federal Reserve System for U.S. Treasury securities; (iii) may not be eligible for trading by an Authorized Participant (as defined below) or the investor for which it is acting; (iv) would be restricted under the securities laws or where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the securities laws; or (v) in certain other situations (collectively, “custom orders”). The Trust also reserves the right to (i) permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of Deposit Cash; and (ii) include or remove Deposit Securities from the basket in anticipation of or implementation of changes to the Fund’s portfolio.
B-34
Cash Purchase Method
The Trust may at its discretion permit full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units of the Fund. When full or partial cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a full or partial cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser together with a creation transaction fee and non-standard charges, as may be applicable.
Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units
To be eligible to place orders with the Transfer Agent to purchase a Creation Unit of the Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party”, i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”). In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant”) must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor, and that has been accepted by the Transfer Agent and the Trust, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Trust, an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the creation transaction fee (defined below) and any other applicable fees, taxes, and additional variable charge. The Advisor may retain all or a portion of the creation transaction fee to the extent the Advisor bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Trust in connection with the purchase of a Creation Unit, which the creation transaction fee is designed to cover.
All orders to purchase shares of the Fund directly from the Fund, including custom orders, must be placed for one or more Creation Units in the manner and by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement and/or applicable order form. The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”
An Authorized Participant may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order, (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase shares directly from the Fund in Creation Units have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.
On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which the Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed, the Fund will also generally not accept orders on such day(s). Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the AP Handbook or applicable order form. The Transfer Agent will notify the Custodian of such order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate local sub-custodian(s). Those placing orders through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Transfer Agent by the applicable cut-off time on such Business Day. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Participant.
B-35
Fund Deposits must be delivered by an Authorized Participant through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities) or through DTC (for corporate securities), through a sub-custody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Trust or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian shall cause the sub-custodian of the Fund to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities (or Deposit Cash for all or a part of such securities, as permitted or required), with any appropriate adjustments as advised by the Trust. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local sub-custodian. The Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of the Fund or its agents by no later than the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for the Fund is generally the second Business Day after the Order Placement Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received by the Custodian in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund.
The order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the applicable cut-off time and the federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is considered to be in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, AP Handbook, order form, and this SAI are properly followed.
Issuance of a Creation Unit
Except as provided herein, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the Custodian that the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Adviser shall be notified of such delivery, and the Trust will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent. However, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent in order to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances. The Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting from unsettled orders.
B-36
Creation Units may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the shares of the Fund on the date the order is placed in proper form since in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the market value as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which shall be maintained in a separate non-interest bearing collateral account. The Authorized Participant must deposit with the Custodian the Additional Cash Deposit, as applicable, by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement on the Settlement Date. If the Fund or its agents do not receive the Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount, by such time, then the order may be deemed rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Trust may use such Additional Cash Deposit to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will be liable to the Trust for all costs, expenses, dividends, income, and taxes associated with missing Deposit Securities, including the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Transfer Agent plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. In addition, a creation transaction fee as set forth below under “Creation Transaction Fee” may be charged and an additional variable charge may also apply. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.
Acceptance of Orders of Creation Units
The Trust reserves the right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted to it by the Transfer Agent in respect of the Fund including, without limitation, if (a) the order is not in proper form or the Deposit Securities delivered do not consist of the securities that the Custodian specified; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (d) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (e) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Trust, be unlawful; or (f) circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent, the Distributor and/or the Advisor make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units.
Examples of such circumstances include acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, the Distributor, the Custodian, a sub-custodian, the Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC, Federal Reserve System, or any other participant in the creation process, and other extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of the order of such person. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian, any sub-custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall either of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Distributor shall not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.
B-37
All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.
Creation Transaction Fee
A fixed purchase (i.e., creation) transaction fee may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase of Creation Units (“Creation Order Costs”). The standard creation transaction fee for the Fund is currently $100, regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction. The Fund may adjust the creation transaction fee from time to time. The creation transaction fee may be waived on certain orders if the Custodian has determined to waive some or all of the Creation Order Costs associated with the order or another party, such as the Advisor, has agreed to pay such fee.
In addition, a variable fee may be imposed for cash purchases, non-standard orders, or partial cash purchases of Creation Units. The variable fee is primarily designed to cover non-standard charges, e.g., brokerage, taxes, foreign exchange, execution, market impact, and other costs and expenses, related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction. In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. The Fund may determine not to charge a variable fee on certain orders when the Adviser has determined that doing so is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, e.g., for creation orders that facilitate the rebalance of the Fund’s portfolio in a more efficient manner than could have been achieved without such order.
Investors who use the services of an Authorized Participant, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services which may include an amount for the creation transaction fee and non-standard charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Deposit Securities to the account of the Trust. The Advisor may retain all or a portion of the Transaction Fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Trust in connection with the issuance of a Creation Unit, which the Transaction Fee is designed to cover.
Risks of Purchasing Creation Units
There are certain legal risks unique to investors purchasing Creation Units directly from the Fund. Because the Fund’s shares may be issued on an ongoing basis, a “distribution” of shares could be occurring at any time. Certain activities that a shareholder performs as a dealer could, depending on the circumstances, result in the shareholder being deemed a participant in the distribution in a manner that could render the shareholder a statutory underwriter and subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act of 1933. For example, a shareholder could be deemed a statutory underwriter if it purchases Creation Units from the Fund, breaks them down into the constituent shares, and sells those shares directly to customers, or if a shareholder chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary-market demand for shares. Whether a person is an underwriter depends upon all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to that person’s activities, and the examples mentioned here should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could cause you to be deemed an underwriter.
Dealers who are not "underwriters" but are participating in a distribution (as opposed to engaging in ordinary secondary-market transactions), and thus dealing with the Fund’s shares as part of an "unsold allotment" within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C) of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act.
B-38
Redemption
Shares of the Fund may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON REORGANIZATION, MERGER, CONVERSION OR LIQUIDATION OF THE FUND, THE TRUST WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough shares of the Fund in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit in order to have such shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.
With respect to the Fund, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m. Eastern time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and share quantities of securities designated by the Fund that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Redemption Securities”). Redemption Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities. The identity and number of shares of the Redemption Securities or the Cash Redemption Amount (defined below) may be changed from time to time with a view to the investment objective of the Fund.
Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash, or combination thereof, as determined by the Trust. With respect to in-kind redemptions of the Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Redemption Securities plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares of the Fund being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Redemption Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less any fixed redemption transaction fee as set forth below and any applicable additional variable charge as set forth below. In the event that the Redemption Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares of the Fund, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Trust’s discretion, an Authorized Participant may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Redemption Securities.
Cash Redemption Method
Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit full or partial cash redemptions of Creation Units of the Fund, when full or partial cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of full or partial cash redemptions, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Redemption Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Redemption Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.
Redemption Transaction Fee
A fixed redemption transaction fee may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units (“Redemption Order Costs”). Currently, there is no transaction fee for the redemption of Creation Units. The Fund may adjust the redemption transaction fee from time to time. The redemption transaction fee may be waived on certain orders if the Custodian has determined to waive some or all of the Redemption Order Costs associated with the order or another party, such as the Advisor, has agreed to pay such fee.
B-39
In addition, a variable fee, payable to the Fund, may be imposed for cash redemptions, non-standard orders, or partial cash redemptions for the Fund. The variable fee is primarily designed to cover non-standard charges, e.g., brokerage, taxes, foreign exchange, execution, market impact, and other costs and expenses, related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction. In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. The Fund may determine not to charge a variable fee on certain orders when the Adviser has determined that doing so is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, e.g., for redemption orders that facilitate the rebalance of the Fund’s portfolio in a more tax efficient manner than could be achieved without such order.
Investors who use the services of an Authorized Participant, broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services, which may include an amount for the redemption transaction fees and non-standard charges. Investors are responsible for the costs of transferring the securities constituting the Redemption Securities to the account of the Trust. The non-standard charges are payable to the Fund as it incurs costs in connection with the redemption of Creation Units, the receipt of Redemption Securities and the Cash Redemption Amount and other transactions costs. The Advisor may retain all or a portion of the redemption transaction fee to the extent the Adviser bears the expenses that otherwise would be borne by the Trust in connection with the redemption of a Creation Unit, which the redemption transaction fee is designed to cover.
Procedures for Redemption of Creation Units
Orders to redeem Creation Units must be submitted in proper form to the Transfer Agent prior to the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement. A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if (i) an Authorized Participant has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Trust’s Transfer Agent the Creation Unit(s) being redeemed through the book-entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement and (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the Trust is received by the Transfer Agent from the Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified in the Participant Agreement. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the investor’s shares of the Fund through DTC’s facilities by the times and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Participant Agreement, the redemption request shall be rejected, unless, to the extent contemplated by the Participant Agreement, collateral is posted in an amount equal to a percentage of the value of the missing shares of the Fund as specified in the Participant Agreement (and marked to market daily).
The Authorized Participant must transmit the request for redemption, in the form required by the Trust, to the Transfer Agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed a Participant Agreement. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares of the Fund to the Trust’s Transfer Agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.
Additional Redemption Procedures
In connection with taking delivery of shares of Redemption Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Redemption Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Redemption Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds generally will be made within two Business Days of the trade date. However, due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries, the different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (that is the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances, the delivery of in-kind redemption proceeds may take longer than two Business Days after the day on which the redemption request is received in proper form. If neither the redeeming shareholder nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Redemption Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Redemption Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholders will be required to receive redemption proceeds in cash.
B-40
If it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Redemption Securities, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that the Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Redemption Securities). The Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Redemption Securities but does not differ in NAV.
Pursuant to the Participant Agreement, an Authorized Participant submitting a redemption request is deemed to make certain representations to the Trust regarding the Authorized Participant’s ability to tender for redemption the requisite number of shares of the Fund. The Trust reserves the right to verify these representations at its discretion, but will typically require verification with respect to a redemption request from the Fund in connection with higher levels of redemption activity and/or short interest in the Fund. If the Authorized Participant, upon receipt of a verification request, does not provide sufficient verification of its representations as determined by the Trust, the redemption request will not be considered to have been received in proper form and may be rejected by the Trust.
Redemptions of shares for Redemption Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Redemption Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Redemption Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Redemption Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming investor of the shares of the Fund to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Redemption Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An Authorized Participant may be required by the Trust to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status in order to receive Redemption Securities.
Because the portfolio securities of the Fund may trade on the relevant exchange(s) on days that the Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares, or to purchase or sell shares on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant foreign markets.
B-41
The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to the Fund (1) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the New York Stock Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the securities owned by the Fund or determination of the NAV of the shares of the Fund is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The discussion is very general. Current and prospective shareholders are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
The Fund is treated as a separate entity from other series of the Trust for federal income tax purposes. The Fund has elected to be, and intends to qualify each year for treatment as, a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code by complying with all applicable requirements of the Code, including, among other things, requirements as to the sources of the Fund’s income, diversification of the Fund’s assets and timing of Fund distributions. To so qualify, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income) (collectively, “qualifying income”); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested, including through corporations in which the Fund owns a 20% or more voting stock interest, in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships”; and (c) distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the dividends-paid deduction) and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Fund after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).
As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. In order to also avoid liability for a non-deductible federal excise tax, the Fund must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) 98.2% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period generally ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax. The Fund will be subject to income tax at the applicable corporate tax rate on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders all investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and any net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes.
B-42
If, for any taxable year, the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company or were to fail to meet certain minimum distribution requirements under the Code, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net capital gain, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes. However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may be able to cure a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, but in order to do so the Fund might incur significant Fund-level taxes and might be forced to dispose of certain assets. If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within five years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.
Shareholders generally will be subject to federal income taxes on distributions made by the Fund whether paid in cash or additional shares. Distributions of net investment income (including interest, dividend income and net short-term capital gain in excess of any net long-term capital loss, less certain expenses), other than qualified dividend income, will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Distributions of qualified dividend income, generally will be taxed to non-corporate shareholders at the federal income tax rates applicable to net capital gain, provided the Fund reports the amount distributed as qualified dividend income.
In general, dividends may be reported by the Fund as qualified dividend income if they are attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund. Qualified dividend income generally means dividend income received from the Fund’s investments in common and preferred stock of U.S. companies and stock of certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met by both the Fund and its shareholders. If 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (calculated without taking into account net capital gain derived from sales or other dispositions of stock or securities) consists of qualified dividend income, the Fund may report all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income.
A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose if it is incorporated in a possession of the United States or it is eligible for the benefits of certain income tax treaties with the United States and meets certain additional requirements. Certain foreign corporations that are not otherwise qualified foreign corporations will be treated as qualified foreign corporations with respect to dividends paid by them if the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Passive foreign investment companies are not qualified foreign corporations for this purpose. Dividends received by the Fund from REITs generally do not qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income.
B-43
Dividends paid by the Fund may qualify in part for the dividends-received deduction available to corporate shareholders, provided the Fund reports the amount distributed as a qualifying dividend and certain holding period and other requirements under the Code are satisfied. The reported amount, however, cannot exceed the aggregate amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year. Eligibility for qualified dividend income treatment and the dividends-received deduction may be reduced or eliminated if, among other things, (i) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property or (ii) certain holding period requirements are not satisfied at both the Fund and shareholder levels. In addition, qualified dividend income treatment is not available if a shareholder elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.
If the Fund receives a dividend (other than a capital gain dividend) in respect of any share of REIT stock with a tax holding period of at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend, then Fund dividends attributable to that REIT dividend income (as reduced by certain Fund expenses) may be reported by the Fund as eligible for the 20% deduction for “qualified REIT dividends” generally available to noncorporate shareholders under the Code. In order to qualify for this deduction, noncorporate shareholders must meet minimum holding period requirements with respect to their Fund shares.
Under Section 163(j) of the Code, a taxpayer’s business interest expense is generally deductible to the extent of the taxpayer’s business interest income plus certain other amounts. If the Fund earns business interest income, it may report a portion of its dividends as “Section163(j) interest dividends,” which its shareholders may be able to treat as business interest income for purposes of Section 163(j)of the Code. The Fund’s “Section 163(j) interest dividend” for a tax year will be limited to the excess of its business interest income over the sum of its business interest expense and other deductions properly allocable to its business interest income. In general, the Fund’s shareholders may treat a distribution reported as a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income only to the extent the distribution exceeds the sum of the portions of the distribution reported as other types of tax-favored income. To be eligible to treat a Section 163(j) interest dividend as interest income, a shareholder may need to meet certain holding period requirements in respect of the Fund shares and must not have hedged its position in the Fund shares in certain ways.
Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gain dividends will be taxable to non-corporate shareholders as long-term capital gain without regard to how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. The Fund may retain certain amounts of capital gains and designate them as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amounts so designated, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the Fund on those undistributed amounts against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their federal income tax basis in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amounts of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Fund is permitted to carry forward indefinitely a net capital loss from any taxable year to offset its capital gains, if any, in years following the year of the loss. To the extent subsequent capital gains are offset by such losses, they will not result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the Fund and may not be distributed as capital gains to shareholders. Generally, the Fund may not carry forward any losses other than net capital losses. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to treat certain losses as though they were incurred on the first day of the taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which they were actually incurred.
As of July 31, 2021, the Target Fund had net capital losses for federal income tax purposes shown in the table below.
B-44
Total Non-Expiring Capital Loss Available
Fund | Short-Term | Long-Term |
Change Finance U.S. Large Cap Fossil Fuel Free ETF | $1,028,347 | $261,553 |
Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in his or her Fund shares. A distribution treated as a return of capital will reduce the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, which will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or a decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on a later sale of such shares. After the shareholder’s basis is reduced to zero, any distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be treated as a capital gain, assuming the shareholder holds his or her shares as capital assets.
A 3.8% Medicare contribution tax generally applies to all or a portion of the net investment income of a shareholder who is an individual and not a nonresident alien for federal income tax purposes and who has adjusted gross income (subject to certain adjustments) that exceeds a threshold amount ($250,000 if married filing jointly or if considered a “surviving spouse” for federal income tax purposes, $125,000 if married filing separately, and $200,000 in other cases). This 3.8% tax also applies to all or a portion of the undistributed net investment income of certain shareholders that are estates and trusts. For these purposes, interest, dividends and certain capital gains (among other categories of income) are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
Certain tax-exempt educational institutions are subject to a 1.4% tax on net investment income. For these purposes, certain dividends and capital gain distributions, and certain gains from the disposition of Fund shares (among other categories of income), are generally taken into account in computing a shareholder’s net investment income.
Distributions are generally taxable when received. However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable for federal income tax purposes as if received on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared. In addition, certain distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated for certain purposes as paid by the Fund during such taxable year. In such case, shareholders generally will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made. For purposes of calculating the amount of a regulated investment company’s undistributed income and gain subject to the 4% excise tax described above, such “spilled back” dividends are treated as paid by the regulated investment company when they are actually paid.
A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss. The gain or loss will generally be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year, and as a short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized upon a redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains during such six-month period. Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the same Fund or substantially identical stock or securities are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.
B-45
If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted. The fact that a loss is so reportable does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.
The Fund’s entry into a short sale transaction could be treated as the constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.
If the Fund invests in certain pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments. However, the Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), including such accrued income to shareholders to avoid federal income and excise taxes. Therefore, the Fund may have to sell portfolio securities (potentially under disadvantageous circumstances) to generate cash, or may have to undertake leverage by borrowing cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements. Dispositions of portfolio securities may result in additional gains and additional distribution requirements.
If the Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund elects to include the market discount in income as it accrues as discussed above. A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond).
The Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries, which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. So long as the Fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company and incurs “qualified foreign taxes,” if more than 50% of its net assets at the close of its taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, which for this purpose may include obligations of foreign governmental issuers, the Fund may elect to "pass through" to its shareholders the amount of such foreign taxes paid. If this election is made, information with respect to the amount of the foreign income taxes that are allocated to the Fund’s shareholders will be provided to them and any shareholder subject to tax on dividends will be required (i) to include in ordinary gross income (in addition to the amount of the taxable dividends actually received) his/her proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid that are attributable to such dividends; and (ii) either to deduct his/her proportionate share of such foreign taxes in computing his/her taxable income or to claim that amount as a foreign tax credit (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. income taxes.
Shareholders who do not itemize deductions for U.S. federal income tax purposes will not be able to deduct their pro rata portion of qualified foreign taxes paid by the Fund, although such shareholders will be required to include their shares of such taxes in gross income if the Fund makes the election described above. Qualified foreign taxes generally include taxes that would be treated as income taxes under U.S. tax regulations but do not include most other taxes, such as stamp taxes, securities transaction taxes, and similar taxes. No deduction for such taxes will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability.
B-46
If the Fund makes the election to pass through qualified foreign taxes and a shareholder chooses to take a credit for the foreign taxes deemed paid by such shareholder, the amount of the credit that may be claimed in any year may not exceed the same proportion of the U.S. tax against which such credit is taken that the shareholder’s taxable income from foreign sources (but not in excess of the shareholder’s entire taxable income) bears to his entire taxable income. For this purpose, long-term and short-term capital gains the Fund realizes and distributes to shareholders will generally not be treated as income from foreign sources in their hands, nor will distributions of certain foreign currency gains subject to Section 988 of the Code or of any other income realized by the Fund that is deemed, under the Code, to be U.S. source income in the hands of the Fund. This foreign tax credit limitation may also be applied separately to certain specific categories of foreign-source income and the related foreign taxes. As a result of these rules, which may have different effects depending upon each shareholder’s particular tax situation, certain shareholders may not be able to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund. Shareholders who are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, including tax-exempt shareholders, will ordinarily not benefit from this election. If the Fund does make the election, it will provide required tax information to shareholders. The Fund generally may deduct any foreign taxes that are not passed through to its shareholders in computing its income available for distribution to shareholders to satisfy applicable tax distribution requirements. Under certain circumstances, if the Fund receives a refund of foreign taxes paid in respect of a prior year, the value of the Fund’s shares could be affected, or any foreign tax credits or deductions passed through to shareholders in respect of the Fund’s foreign taxes for the current year could be reduced.
Foreign exchange gains or losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains or losses to be treated as ordinary gain or loss and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
The Fund may purchase the securities of certain foreign companies treated as passive foreign investment companies for federal income tax purposes (“PFICs”). PFICs may be the only or primary means by which the Fund may invest in some countries. If the Fund invests in equity securities of PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any "excess distribution" or gain from the disposition of such securities even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund with respect to deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. Capital gains on the sale of such holdings will be deemed to be ordinary income regardless of how long such PFICs are held. A “qualified electing fund” election or a “mark to market” election may generally be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies, as described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash. In order to satisfy the distribution requirements and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Fund. In order for the Fund to make a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC, the PFIC would have to agree to provide certain tax information to the Fund on an annual basis, which it might not agree to do. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.
If a sufficient percentage of the equity interests in a foreign issuer that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes are held by the Fund, independently or together with certain other U.S. persons, that issuer may be treated as a “controlled foreign corporation” (a “CFC”) with respect to the Fund, in which case the Fund will be required to take into account each year, as ordinary income, its share of certain portions of that issuer’s income, whether or not such amounts are distributed. The Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities (potentially resulting in the recognition of taxable gain or loss, and potentially under disadvantageous circumstances) to generate cash, or may have to borrow the cash, to meet its distribution requirements and avoid Fund-level taxes. In addition, some Fund gains on the disposition of interests in such an issuer may be treated as ordinary income. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in issuers that could be treated as CFCs in order to limit its tax liability or maximize its after-tax return from these investments.
B-47
In addition, if the Fund owned 10% or more of the voting power of a foreign entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the last tax year of the foreign entity beginning before January 1, 2018, the Fund may have been required to include in its income its share of certain deferred foreign income of that foreign entity. Under those circumstances, the Fund may be able to make an election for such amounts to be included in income over eight years. Any income included under this rule may have to be distributed to satisfy the distribution requirements referred to above even though the Fund may receive no corresponding cash amounts, and even though shareholders derived no economic benefit from the foreign entity’s deferred income.
Non-U.S. persons are subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a “United States real property interest” (a “USRPI”). Gain on such a disposition is sometimes referred to as “FIRPTA gain.” The Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of “FIRPTA gain” if certain requirements are met. If the look-through rule applies, certain distributions attributable to income received by the Fund, e.g., from REITs, may be treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing distributions to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at rates of up to 21%, and require non-U.S. shareholders to file nonresident U.S. income tax returns.
The Fund is required to withhold (as “backup withholding”) a portion of reportable payments, including dividends, capital gain distributions and the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges or repurchases of Fund shares, paid to shareholders who have not complied with certain IRS regulations. The backup withholding rate is currently 24%. In order to avoid this withholding requirement, shareholders, other than certain exempt entities, must certify on IRS Forms W-9 or on certain other documents, that the Social Security Numbers or other Taxpayer Identification Numbers they provide are their correct numbers and that they are not currently subject to backup withholding, or that they are exempt from backup withholding. The Fund may nevertheless be required to backup withhold if it receives notice from the IRS or a broker that a number provided is incorrect or that backup withholding is applicable as a result of previous underreporting of interest or dividend income.
Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or similar form certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).
The 30% withholding tax described in the preceding paragraph generally will not apply to distributions of net capital gain, to redemption proceeds, or to dividends that the Fund reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified short-term gain.” “Qualified net interest income” is the Fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations. “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the net short-term capital gain of the Fund for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any. In order to qualify for an exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form). Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that are subject to this 30% withholding tax.
B-48
Unless certain non-U.S. entities that hold Fund shares comply with IRS requirements that will generally require them to report information regarding U.S. persons investing in, or holding accounts with, such entities, a 30% withholding tax may apply to the Fund’s dividends payable to such entities. A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.
This discussion and the related discussion in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus have been prepared by management of the Fund, and counsel to the Trust has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.
Shareholders and prospective shareholders of the Fund should consult their own tax advisors concerning the effect of owning shares of the Fund in light of their particular tax situations.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities. This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be declared as dividends to the Fund’s shareholders.
The amount of income dividend payments by the Fund is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed and is subject to the discretion of the Board. The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.
The Fund also may derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held for less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any available carryover of capital losses), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the income dividends paid by the Fund and will generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for more than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain. After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses available to be carried over) generally will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders. For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax advisor.
Any dividend or distribution paid by the Fund reduces the Fund’s NAV on the date paid by the amount of the dividend or distribution per share. Accordingly, a dividend or distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder will generally be taxable, even if it effectively represents a partial return of the shareholder’s capital.
Dividends and other distributions will be made in the form of additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has otherwise indicated. Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of dividends and distributions by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing, but any such change will be effective only as to dividends and other distributions for which the record date is seven or more business days after the Transfer Agent has received the written request.
B-49
The Fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in that Fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Investment Managers Series Trust II is an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 20, 2013. The Trust has a number of outstanding series of shares of beneficial interest, each of which represents interests in a separate portfolio of securities.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to create additional series of shares, to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of each series, including the Fund, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the series. The assets belonging to a series are charged with the liabilities in respect of that series and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that series only. Therefore, any creditor of any series may look only to the assets belonging to that series to satisfy the creditor’s debt. Any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the Trust which are not readily identifiable as pertaining to any particular series are allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among the existing series in the sole discretion of the Trustees. Each share of the Fund represents an interest in the Fund proportionately equal to the interest of each other share. Upon the Fund’s liquidation, all shareholders would share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders.
The Trust may offer more than one class of shares of any series. Each share of a series or class represents an equal proportionate interest in that series or class with each other share of that series or class.
The shares of each series or class participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series or class. Expenses of the Trust which are not attributable to a specific series or class are allocated among all the series in a manner believed by management of the Trust to be fair and equitable. Shares issued do not have pre-emptive or conversion rights. Shares when issued are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth below. Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share held. Shares of each series or class generally vote together, except when required under federal securities laws to vote separately on matters that only affect a particular series or class, such as the approval of distribution plans for a particular class.
The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders but will hold special meetings of shareholders of a series or class when, in the judgment of the Board, it is necessary or desirable to submit matters for a shareholder vote. Shareholders have, under certain circumstances, the right to communicate with other shareholders in connection with requesting a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of removing one or more trustees. Shareholders also have, in certain circumstances, the right to remove one or more trustees without a meeting. No material amendment may be made to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each portfolio affected by the amendment.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that, at any meeting of shareholders of the Trust or of any series or class, a shareholder servicing agent may vote any shares as to which such shareholder servicing agent is the agent of record for shareholders who are not represented in person or by proxy at the meeting, proportionately in accordance with the votes cast by holders of all shares of that portfolio otherwise represented at the meeting in person or by proxy as to which such shareholder servicing agent is the agent of record. Any shares so voted by a shareholder servicing agent will be deemed represented at the meeting for purposes of quorum requirements. Any series or class may be terminated (i) upon the merger or consolidation with, or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity, if approved by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of its outstanding shares, except that if the Board recommends such merger, consolidation or sale or disposition of assets, the approval by vote of the holders of a majority of the series’ or class’ outstanding shares will be sufficient, or (ii) by the vote of the holders of a majority of its outstanding shares, or (iii) by the Board by written notice to the series’ or class’ shareholders. Unless each series and class is so terminated, the Trust will continue indefinitely.
B-50
Shareholders may send communications to the Board. Shareholders should send communications intended for the Board by addressing the communications to the Board, in care of the Secretary of the Trust and sending the communication to 2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740. A shareholder communication must (i) be in writing and be signed by the shareholder, (ii) provide contact information for the shareholder, (iii) identify the Fund to which it relates, and (iv) identify the class and number of shares held by the shareholder. The Secretary of the Trust may, in good faith, determine that a shareholder communication should not be provided to the Board because it does not reasonably relate to the Trust or its operations, management, activities, policies, service providers, Board, officers, shareholders or other matters relating to an investment in the Fund or is otherwise immaterial in nature. Other shareholder communications received by the Fund not directly addressed and sent to the Board will be reviewed and generally responded to by management, and will be forwarded to the Board only at management’s discretion based on the matters contained therein.
The Declaration of Trust provides that no Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability in connection with the assets or affairs of the Trust or any of its series except for losses in connection with his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties. The Trust has also entered into an indemnification agreement with each Trustee which provides that the Trust shall advance expenses and indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee in certain circumstances against any expenses incurred by the Trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the Trustee’s service to the Trust, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, and which provides for certain procedures in connection with such advancement of expenses and indemnification.
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall maintain appropriate insurance (for example, fidelity bonding and errors and omissions insurance) for the protection of the Trust, its shareholders, trustees, officers, employees and agents covering possible tort and other liabilities.
The Declaration of Trust does not require the issuance of stock certificates. If stock certificates are issued, they must be returned by the registered owners prior to the transfer or redemption of shares represented by such certificates.
Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides that as to any investment company which has two or more series outstanding and as to any matter required to be submitted to shareholder vote, such matter is not deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the rule) of the voting securities of each series affected by the matter. Such separate voting requirements do not apply to the election of Trustees or the ratification of the selection of accountants. The Rule contains special provisions for cases in which an advisory contract is approved by one or more, but not all, series. A change in investment policy may go into effect as to one or more series whose holders so approve the change even though the required vote is not obtained as to the holders of other affected series.
B-51
The Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor each have adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of each of those entities to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm, Tait Weller, will audit and report on the Fund’s annual financial statements. The audited financial statements and notes thereto in the Target Fund’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this SAI. The financial statements include the “Schedule of Investments”, “Statement of Assets and Liabilities”, “Statement of Operations”, “Statements of Changes in Net Assets”, “Financial Highlights” and “Notes to Financial Statements”. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein. The financial statements included in the Annual Report have been audited by Cohen & Company, Ltd., the Target Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon also appears in the Annual Report and is incorporated by reference into this SAI. A copy of the Target Fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal period ended July 31, 2021 may be obtained upon request and without charge by calling 1-800-617-0004 or by visiting the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. The Fund has adopted the financial statements of the Target Fund.
B-52
EXHIBIT A
Description of Securities Ratings
Corporate Bonds (Including Convertible Bonds)
Moody’s
Aaa Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery.
C Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
S&P
AAA An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
A An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
BBB An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B-53
Note Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
BB An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CCC An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
CC An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.
D An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Note Plus (+) or minus (-). The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories. The “r” symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected returns, which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include: obligations linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk-such as interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.
Preferred Stock
Moody’s
Aaa An issue that is rated “Aaa” is considered to be a top-quality preferred stock. This rating indicates good asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stocks.
Aa An issue that is rated “Aa” is considered a high-grade preferred stock. This rating indicates that there is a reasonable assurance the earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.
B-54
A An issue that is rated “A” is considered to be an upper-medium grade preferred stock. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater than in the “Aaa” and “Aa” classification, earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.
Baa An issue that is rated “Baa” is considered to be a medium-grade preferred stock, neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over any great length of time.
Ba An issue that is rated “Ba” is considered to have speculative elements and its future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.
B An issue that is rated “B” generally lacks the characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of dividend payments and maintenance of other terms of the issue over any long period of time may be small.
Caa An issue that is rated “Caa” is likely to be in arrears on dividend payments. This rating designation does not purport to indicate the future status of payments.
Ca An issue that is rated “Ca” is speculative in a high degree and is likely to be in arrears on dividends with little likelihood of eventual payments.
C This is the lowest rated class of preferred or preference stock. Issues so rated can thus be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.
Note Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each rating classification: the modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.
S&P
AAA This is the highest rating that may be assigned by Standard & Poor’s to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.
AA A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high-quality, fixed-income security. The capacity to pay preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.
A An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.
BBB An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for a preferred stock in this category than for issues in the A category.
BB, B, CCC Preferred stock rated BB, B, and CCC is regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and CCC the highest. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.
CC The rating CC is reserved for a preferred stock issue that is in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.
B-55
C A preferred stock rated C is a nonpaying issue.
D A preferred stock rated D is a nonpaying issue with the issuer in default on debt instruments.
N.R. This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.
Note Plus (+) or minus (-). To provide more detailed indications of preferred stock quality, ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
Short Term Ratings
Moody’s
Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
Prime-1 Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:
| ● | Leading market positions in well-established industries. |
| ● | High rates of return on funds employed. |
| ● | Conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection. |
| ● | Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation. |
| ● | Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity. |
Prime-2 Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.
Prime-3 Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
Not Prime Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
S&P
A-1 A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
B-56
A-2 A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3 A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
B A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
C A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
D A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
B-57
APPENDIX B
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Investment Managers Series Trust II (the “Trust”) is registered as an open-end investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). The Trust offers multiple series (each, a “Fund” and, collectively, the “Funds”). Consistent with its fiduciary duties and pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Proxy Rule”), the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) has adopted this proxy voting policy on behalf of the Trust (the “Policy”) to reflect its commitment to ensure that proxies are voted in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders.
Delegation of Proxy Voting Authority to Fund Advisors
The Board believes that the investment advisor of each Fund (each, an “Advisor” and, collectively, the “Advisors”), as the entity that selects the individual securities that comprise its Fund’s portfolio, is the most knowledgeable and best-suited to make decisions on how to vote proxies of portfolio companies held by that Fund. The Trust will therefore defer to, and rely on, the Advisor of each Fund to make decisions on how to cast proxy votes on behalf of such Fund. An Advisor may delegate this responsibility to a Fund’s sub-advisor.
The Trust hereby designates the Advisor of each Fund as the entity responsible for exercising proxy voting authority with regard to securities held in the Fund’s investment portfolio. Consistent with its duties under this Policy, each Advisor shall monitor and review corporate transactions of corporations in which the Fund has invested, obtain all information sufficient to allow an informed vote on all proxy solicitations, ensure that all proxy votes are cast in a timely fashion, and maintain all records required to be maintained by the Fund under the Proxy Rule and the 1940 Act. Each Advisor will perform these duties in accordance with the Advisor’s proxy voting policy, a copy of which will be presented to the Board for its review. Each Advisor will promptly provide to the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) updates to its proxy voting policy as they are adopted and implemented, and the Trust’s CCO will then report such updates to the Board.
Availability of Proxy Voting Policy and Records Available to Fund Shareholders
If a Fund or an Advisor has a website, a copy of the Advisor’s proxy voting policy and this Policy may be posted on such website. A copy of such policies and of each Fund’s proxy voting record shall also be made available, without charge, upon request of any shareholder of the Fund, by calling the applicable Fund’s toll-free telephone number as printed in the Fund’s prospectus. The Trust’s transfer agent will notify the Advisor of any such request of proxy voting procedures. The Advisor shall reply to any Fund shareholder request within three (3) business days of receipt of the request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
Each Advisor will provide a complete annual voting record, as required by the Proxy Rule, for each series of the Trust for which it acts as advisor, to the Trust’s co-administrator no later than July 31st of each year. The Trust’s co-administrator, MFAC, will file a report based on such record on Form N-PX on an annual basis with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than August 31st of each year.
Each Advisor is responsible for providing its current proxy voting policies and procedures and any subsequent amendments to the Trust’s CCO. SEC Form N-PX is filed with respect to each Fund by MFAC (acting as filing agent), by no later than August 31st of each year. Each such filing details all proxies voted on behalf of the Fund for the prior twelve months ended June 30th. In connection with each filing on behalf of the Fund, the Advisor’s CCO must sign and return to MFAC no later than July 30th a Form N-PX Certification stating that the advisor has adopted proxy voting policies and procedures in compliance with the SEC’s Proxy Voting Rule.
B-58
AXS INVESTMENTS LLC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
A. | PURPOSE AND GENERAL STATEMENT |
The purpose of these proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Policy”) is to set forth the principles and procedures by which AXS votes with respect to securities held in Fund portfolios for which AXS exercises voting authority (generally where AXS has not delegated proxy voting discretion to a Fund’s subadviser). For purposes of this Policy, a “Vote” includes any proxy and any shareholder vote or consent for any security held by a client account for which AXS exercises voting authority.
This Policy been designed to help ensure that Votes are voted in the best interests of the applicable Fund in accordance with AXS’s fiduciary duties and Rule 206(4)-6 under the Act.
B. | POLICY |
Votes must be cast in the best interests of each Fund. AXS’s guiding principle in this regard is that it is generally in the best interest of the client to cast Votes in a manner designed to maximize the economic value of the Fund’s holdings, taking into account the Fund’s investment goals and objectives (as set forth in its current registration statement) and all other relevant circumstances at the time of the vote. AXS does not permit voting decisions to be influenced in any manner that is contrary to this principle. AXS recognizes that, in rare instances, the interest of one Fund with respect to a Vote may conflict with the interests of AXS or another Fund. Any conflicts of interest relating to the casting of Votes, regardless of whether actual or perceived, will be addressed in accordance with this Policy.
It is AXS’s general policy to vote or give consent on all matters presented to shareholders in any Vote, and these policies and procedures have been designed with this in mind. However, AXS reserves the right to abstain from any particular Vote or otherwise withhold its Vote or consent on any matter if, in the judgement of AXS’s CCO or the relevant AXS investment professional, the costs associated with voting such Vote outweigh the benefits to the applicable Fund, or if the circumstances make such an abstention or withholding otherwise advisable and in the best interests of the Fund.
C. | GUIDELINES |
The voting guidelines below summarize AXS’s general positions on various common issues, and provides a general indication of how Fund portfolio securities for which AXS has voting discretion will be voted on proposals dealing with particular issues.
These voting guidelines are just that – guidelines. The guidelines are not exhaustive and do not address all potential voting issues. Because the circumstances of individual companies are so varied, there may be instances when AXS does not cast Fund Votes in strict adherence to these guidelines.
1. | Management Proposals |
The majority of matters presented to shareholders are proposals made by an issuer’s management, which have usually been approved and recommended by the issuer’s board of directors. For routine matters (which generally means that such matter will not measurably change the structure, management, control or operation of the company and are consistent with customary industry standards and practices), AXS will typically vote in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s management; unless, in AXS’s opinion, such recommendation is not in the best interests of the Fund.
B-59
Generally, in the absence of any unusual or non-routine circumstances, the AXS supports the following items:
| ☐ | Ratification of appointment of independent auditors; |
| ☐ | General updating/corrective amendments to charter; |
| ☐ | Increase in common share authorization for a stock split or share dividend; |
| ☐ | Stock option plans that are incentive based and not excessive; and |
| ☐ | Regular, uncontested elections of directors and payment of fees (unless such fees exceed market standards). |
Non-routine matters may involve a variety of issues. Therefore, AXS will typically cast Votes on non-routine matters on a case-by-case basis, in each case casting Votes in a manner that AXS believes is in the best interests of the applicable client based on the considerations described above. The following will typically be considered “non-routine” matters requiring case-by-case analysis:
| ☐ | Directors’ liability and indemnity proposals; |
| ☐ | Executive compensation plans; |
| ☐ | Contested elections of directors; |
| ☐ | Mergers, acquisitions, and other restructurings submitted to a shareholder vote; |
| ☐ | Anti-takeover and related provisions. |
AXS will generally Vote against proposals to classify a board, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by this structure.
2. | Shareholder Proposals |
In general, AXS casts Votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals. However, AXS will support shareholder proposals that it believes are in the best interests of the Fund based on the considerations described above. In addition:
Generally, shareholder proposals related to the following items are supported:
| ☐ | Confidential voting; |
| ☐ | Declassifying a board, absent special circumstances indicating that shareholder interests would be better served by a classified board structure; |
| ☐ | Requiring director nominees to receive support from holders of a majority of votes cast or a majority of shares outstanding in order to be (re)elected. |
| ☐ | Bylaw and charter amendments only with shareholder approval; |
| ☐ | Eliminating supermajority vote requirements in the company’s bylaws and charter documents; and |
| ☐ | Requiring a majority of independent directors on a board. |
Generally, shareholder proposals related to the following items are not supported:
| ☐ | Limitations on the tenure of directors; |
| ☐ | Cumulative voting; |
| ☐ | Restrictions related to social, political, or special interest issues that impact the ability of the company to do business or be competitive and that have a significant financial or vested interest impact; and |
| ☐ | Reports that are costly to provide or expenditures that are of a non-business in nature or would provide no pertinent information from a shareholder perspective. |
B-60
D. | CONFLICTS OF INTEREST |
Due to the nature of AXS’s business and its ownership, AXS believes it is unlikely that conflicts of interest will arise when casting Votes. Each Fund’s investment team, however, is responsible for monitoring Votes for any actual or perceived conflicts of interest. If at any time any Supervised Person becomes aware of any potential, actual, or perceived conflict of interest regarding any particular Vote(s) to be case, he or she is required to contact AXS’s CCO immediately, who will review the Vote(s) in advance to ensure that AXS proposed Vote(s) is consistent with this Policy and AXS’s duties to the applicable Fund.
If a conflict of interest is evident, the CCO will:
| ☐ | advise IMST II’s Chief Compliance Officer (or other relevant IMST II officer) of the conflict in advance of casting the Vote; |
| ☐ | use his or her best judgement to address the conflict and ensure that it is resolved in accordance with his or her independent assessment of the best interests of the Fund. |
Where the CCO deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion, unaffiliated third parties (such as prosy voting services) may be used to help resolve conflicts. In this regard, the CCO shall have the power to retain independent fiduciaries, consultants, or professionals to assist with Voting decisions and/or to delegate voting or consent powers to such fiduciaries, consultants, or professionals.
| E. | VOTING PROCEDURES |
All AXS personnel are responsible for promptly forwarding all proxy materials, consents or voting requests or notices, or materials related thereto, to the CCO and to the applicable investment professional(s) primarily responsible for managing the applicable Fund’s portfolio. The CCO shall be responsible for ensuring that each Vote is voted in a timely manner and as otherwise required by the terms of such Vote.
All Voting decisions initially are to be referred to the appropriate investment professional for determination. In most cases, the most senior Portfolio Manager of the applicable Fund, or his or her designee, will make the decision as to the appropriate vote for any particular Vote.
The Portfolio Manager will inform the CCO of any such Voting decision, and if the CCO does not object to such decision as a result of his or her conflict of interest review, the Vote will be voted in such manner. If the Portfolio Manager and the CCO are unable to arrive at an agreement as to how to vote, then the CCO may consult with independent third-parties (including a proxy voting service) as to the appropriate vote.
F. | RECORDKEEPING |
In accordance with Rule 204-2 under the Act, AXS must retain (i) its proxy voting policies and procedures; (ii) proxy statements received regarding Fund/client securities; (iii) records of its votes on behalf of the Fund; (iv) records of Fund requests for proxy voting information; and (v) any documents prepared by AXS that were material to making a decision how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision. AXS may rely on proxy statements filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system (instead of keeping its own copies), and may rely on proxy statements and records of its votes cast that are maintained by a proxy voting service provider.
B-61
CHANGE FINANCE, PBC
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
As an ETF issuer, we serve as advocates for the interests of our shareholders, and it is our responsibility to make investment decisions that are in our shareholders’ best interests, and that are consistent with the environmental, social, and governance standards laid forth in our funds’ prospectuses. Proxy voting is integral to carrying out this responsibility, and we take seriously our obligation to vote our proxies in a timely fashion and in a manner consistent with the principles outlined in this policy.
While we believe that Boards of Directors and senior management know their businesses best and should hold authority for setting corporate strategy, policy, and goals, we also believe that it is essential to have strong shareholder advocates to hold them accountable not only for the fiscal best interests of shareholders, but also, more broadly, for the best interests of people and planet. Accordingly, we assess each proposal for its likely environmental, social, and governance impacts. We generally will support proposals which are technical or administrative in nature and have no discernible impact either on shareholder value or on environmental, social, or governance issues. We will generally vote against proposals which weaken the ability of shareholders to hold the Board of Directors and/or senior management accountable for their decisions.
We will utilize data available from ISS ESG and other sources to assess the likely impact of proposals on the environmental, social, and governance indicators that underpin our index, and will vote against proposals that are likely to lower scores on any of those indicators, while supporting proposals that are likely to increase scores. We will decide on a case-by-case basis for any proposal which may simultaneously raise some scores and lower others. In addition to considering the effects of a proposal on the indicators that make up our index, we may also consider effects that are in keeping with the principles of the index, even if they are not specifically measured. For example, we will likely vote in favor of proposals that increase diversity on the Board of Directors or in senior leadership and against proposals that would allow the gap between executive pay and pay for low-level employees to grow too large.
We reserve the right to utilize additional data sources as necessary to analyze proposals and may outsource some or all proxy voting responsibilities to a Proxy Manager. We will preserve sufficient oversight to ensure that proxies are voted in a manner consistent with the ESG principles to which we adhere.
Because we believe that transparency is essential to good governance and helps ensure accountability, we intend to make our proxy record publicly available on our website.
Glass Lewis Proxy Voting Guidelines follow.
B-62
2020
PROXY PAPER™
GUIDELINES
AN OVERVIEW OF THE GLASS LEWIS APPROACH TO PROXY ADVICE
UNITED STATES
Table of Contents
GUIDELINES INTRODUCTION | 1 |
Summary of Changes for the 2020 United States Policy Guidelines | 1 |
A BOARD OF DIRECTORS THAT SERVES THE INTERESTS OF SHAREHOLDERS | 3 |
Election of Directors | 3 |
Independence | 3 |
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence | 5 |
Committee Independence | 5 |
Independent Chair | 6 |
Performance | 7 |
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance | 7 |
Board Responsiveness | 8 |
The Role of a Committee Chair | 8 |
Audit Committees and Performance | 9 |
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee | 9 |
Compensation Committee Performance | 12 |
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance | 14 |
Board-Level Risk Management Oversight | 16 |
Environmental and Social Risk Oversight | 17 |
Director Commitments | 17 |
Other Considerations | 18 |
Controlled Companies | 19 |
Significant Shareholders | 20 |
Governance Following an IPO or Spin-Off | 20 |
Dual-Listed or Foreign Incorporated Companies | 21 |
OTC-Listed Companies | 21 |
Mutual Fund Boards | 22 |
Declassified Boards | 23 |
Board Composition and Refreshment | 23 |
Board Diversity | 24 |
Proxy Access | 24 |
Majority Vote for the Election of Directors | 25 |
The Plurality Vote Standard | 25 |
I
Advantages of a Majority Vote Standard | 25 |
Conflicting and Excluded Proposals | 26 |
TRANSPARENCY AND INTEGRITY IN FINANCIAL REPORTING | 28 |
Auditor Ratification | 28 |
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification | 29 |
Pension Accounting Issues | 29 |
THE LINK BETWEEN COMPENSATION AND PERFORMANCE | 30 |
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (“Say-on-Pay”) | 30 |
Say-on-Pay Voting Recommendations | 31 |
Company Responsiveness | 32 |
Pay for Performance | 32 |
Short-Term Incentives | 33 |
Long-Term Incentives | 34 |
Grants of Front-Loaded Awards | 35 |
One-Time Awards | 35 |
Contractual Payments and Awards | 36 |
Sign-on Awards and Severance Benefits | 36 |
Change in Control | 36 |
Excise Tax Gross-Ups | 37 |
Amended Employment Agreements | 37 |
Recoupment Provisions (“Clawbacks”) | 37 |
Hedging of Stock | 37 |
Pledging of Stock | 37 |
Compensation Consultant Independence | 38 |
CEO Pay Ratio | 39 |
Frequency of Say-on-Pay | 39 |
Vote on Golden Parachute Arrangements | 39 |
Equity-Based Compensation Plan Proposals | 39 |
Option Exchanges and Repricing | 41 |
Option Backdating, Spring-Loading and Bullet-Dodging | 41 |
Director Compensation Plans | 42 |
Employee Stock Purchase Plans | 43 |
Executive Compensation Tax Deductibility — Amendment to IRS 162(m) | 43 |
GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE AND THE SHAREHOLDER FRANCHISE | 44 |
Anti-Takeover Measures | 44 |
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans) | 44 |
II
NOL Poison Pills | 44 |
Fair Price Provisions | 45 |
Quorum Requirements | 46 |
Director and Officer Indemnification | 46 |
Reincorporation | 46 |
Exclusive Forum and Fee-Shifting Bylaw Provisions | 47 |
Authorized Shares | 47 |
Advance Notice Requirements | 48 |
Virtual Shareholder Meetings | 48 |
Voting Structure | 49 |
Dual-Class Share Structures | 49 |
Cumulative Voting | 49 |
Supermajority Vote Requirements | 50 |
Transaction of Other Business | 50 |
Anti-Greenmail Proposals | 50 |
Mutual Funds: Investment Policies and Advisory Agreements | 50 |
Real Estate Investment Trusts | 51 |
Preferred Stock Issuances at REITs | 51 |
Business Development Companies | 52 |
Authorization to Sell Shares at a Price Below Net Asset Value | 52 |
Auditor Ratification and Below-NAV Issuances | 52 |
SHAREHOLDER INITIATIVES | 53 |
Environmental, Social & Governance Initiatives | 53 |
II
Guidelines Introduction
SUMMARY OF CHANGES FOR THE 2020 UNITED STATES POLICY GUIDELINES
Glass Lewis evaluates these guidelines on an ongoing basis and formally updates them on an annual basis. This year we’ve made noteworthy revisions in the following areas, which are summarized below but discussed in greater detail in the relevant section of this document:
STANDARDS FOR ASSESSING THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
We have codified additional factors we will consider when evaluating the performance of audit committee members. Specifically, Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting against the audit committee chair when fees paid to the company’s external auditor are not disclosed. Glass Lewis believes that when considering a proposal to ratify the board’s choice of auditor, the balance of fees paid to the auditor for audit-related and non-audit services is crucial information. Without this basic disclosure, we do not believe shareholders are able to make an informed judgement on the independence of the company’s external auditor and we believe it is the duty of the audit committee to provide this information to shareholders.
NOMINATING AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE
We have codified additional factors we will consider when evaluating the performance of governance committee members. Specifically, Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting against the governance committee chair when: (i) directors’ records for board and committee meeting attendance are not disclosed; or (ii) when it is indicated that a director attended less than 75% of board and committee meetings but disclosure is sufficiently vague that it is not possible to determine which specific director’s attendance was lacking.
We believe that attendance at board and committee meetings is one of the most basic ways for directors to fulfill their responsibilities to shareholders and that disclosure of attendance records is a critical element in evaluating the performance of directors more generally.
Additionally, in September 2019, the SEC announced guidance stating that in cases where a company seeks to exclude a shareholder proposal, the staff will inform the proponent and the company of its position, which may be that the staff concurs, disagrees or declines to state a view, with respect to the company’s asserted basis for exclusion. We believe that companies should only omit proposals in instances where the SEC has explicitly concurred with a company’s argument that a proposal should be excluded. In instances where the SEC has declined to state a view on whether a shareholder resolution should be excluded, we believe that such proposals should be included in a company’s proxy filings. A failure to do so will likely lead Glass Lewis to recommend that shareholders vote against the members of the governance committee.
The SEC also stated that beginning with the 2019-2020 shareholder proposal season, the staff may respond orally, instead of in writing, to some no-action requests. In instances where the SEC has verbally permitted a company to exclude a shareholder proposal and there is no written record provided by the SEC about such determination, we expect the company to provide some disclosure concerning this no-action relief. In cases where a company has failed to include a proposal on its ballot without such disclosure, we will generally recommend shareholders vote against the members of the governance committee of the board.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE
We have codified additional factors we will consider when evaluating the performance of compensation committee members. Specifically, Glass Lewis will generally recommend against all members of the compensation committee when the board adopts a frequency for its advisory vote on executive compensation other than the frequency approved by a plurality of shareholders. Although frequency proposals are advisory in nature, we generally believe such cases are an example of the board ignoring the clear will of shareholders, for which all members of the compensation committee should be held responsible.
1
CONTRACTUAL PAYMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS
We have clarified our approach to analyzing both ongoing and new contractual payments and executive entitlements. In general, we disfavor contractual agreements that are excessively restrictive in favor of the executive, including excessive severance payments, new or renewed single-trigger change-in-control arrangements, excise tax gross ups and multi-year guaranteed awards. Further, we believe that the extension of such entitlements through renewed or revised employment agreements represent a missed opportunity to remedy shareholder un-friendly provisions.
COMPANY RESPONSIVENESS
We have expanded our discussion of what we consider to be an appropriate response following low shareholder support for the say-on-pay proposal at the previous annual meeting, including differing levels of responsiveness depending on the severity and persistence of shareholder opposition. We expect a robust disclosure of engagement activities and specific changes made in response to shareholder feedback. Absent such disclosure, we may consider recommending against the upcoming say-on-pay proposal.
CLARIFYING AMENDMENTS
In addition to the above, we have clarified and formalized certain aspects of our current approach, including our assessment of situations where the board adopts an exclusive forum provision without shareholder approval. While Glass Lewis ordinarily recommends against the governance committee chair in such cases, we believe additional factors merit consideration. Specifically, we have added a footnote (p. 15) clarifying that we may make exceptions to this policy where it can be reasonably determined that the provisions of a forum selection clause are narrowly crafted to suit the unique circumstances facing the company.
With respect to compensation, these clarifications include defining situations where we report on post-fiscal year end compensation decisions (p. 31), setting expectations for disclosure of mid-year adjustments to STI plans (p. 33-34) and enhancing our discussion of excessively broad definitions of “change in control” in employment agreements (p. 36).
Lastly, we have made several minor edits of a housekeeping nature, including the removal of several outdated references, in order to enhance clarity and readability.
2
A Board of Directors that Serves the Interests of Shareholders
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
The purpose of Glass Lewis’ proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in favor of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a proper tone at the top. Glass Lewis looks for talented boards with a record of protecting shareholders and delivering value over the medium- and long-term. We believe that a board can best protect and enhance the interests of shareholders if it is sufficiently independent, has a record of positive performance, and consists of individuals with diverse backgrounds and a breadth and depth of relevant experience.
INDEPENDENCE
The independence of directors, or lack thereof, is ultimately demonstrated through the decisions they make. In assessing the independence of directors, we will take into consideration, when appropriate, whether a director has a track record indicative of making objective decisions. Likewise, when assessing the independence of directors we will also examine when a director’s track record on multiple boards indicates a lack of objective decision-making. Ultimately, we believe the determination of whether a director is independent or not must take into consideration both compliance with the applicable independence listing requirements as well as judgments made by the director.
We look at each director nominee to examine the director’s relationships with the company, the company’s executives, and other directors. We do this to evaluate whether personal, familial, or financial relationships (not including director compensation) may impact the director’s decisions. We believe that such relationships make it difficult for a director to put shareholders’ interests above the director’s or the related party’s interests. We also believe that a director who owns more than 20% of a company can exert disproportionate influence on the board, and therefore believe such a director’s independence may be hampered, in particular when serving on the audit committee.
Thus, we put directors into three categories based on an examination of the type of relationship they have with the company:
Independent Director — An independent director has no material financial, familial or other current relationships with the company, its executives, or other board members, except for board service and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that existed within three to five years1 before the inquiry are usually considered “current” for purposes of this test.
Affiliated Director — An affiliated director has, (or within the past three years, had) a material financial, familial or other relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the company.2 This includes directors whose employers have a material financial relationship with the company.3 In addition, we view a director who either owns or controls 20% or more of the company’s voting stock, or is an employee or affiliate of an entity that controls such amount, as an affiliate.4
1 | NASDAQ originally proposed a five-year look-back period but both it and the NYSE ultimately settled on a three-year look-back prior to finalizing their rules. A five-year standard is more appropriate, in our view, because we believe that the unwinding of conflicting relationships between former management and board members is more likely to be complete and final after five years. However, Glass Lewis does not apply the five-year look-back period to directors who have previously served as executives of the company on an interim basis for less than one year. |
2 | If a company does not consider a non-employee director to be independent, Glass Lewis will classify that director as an affiliate. |
3
We view 20% shareholders as affiliates because they typically have access to and involvement with the management of a company that is fundamentally different from that of ordinary shareholders. More importantly, 20% holders may have interests that diverge from those of ordinary holders, for reasons such as the liquidity (or lack thereof) of their holdings, personal tax issues, etc.
Glass Lewis applies a three-year look back period to all directors who have an affiliation with the company other than former employment, for which we apply a five-year look back.
Definition of “Material”: A material relationship is one in which the dollar value exceeds:
| ● | $50,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for directors who are paid for a service they have agreed to perform for the company, outside of their service as a director, including professional or other services; or |
| ● | $120,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for those directors employed by a professional services firm such as a law firm, investment bank, or consulting firm and the company pays the firm, not the individual, for services.5 This dollar limit would also apply to charitable contributions to schools where a board member is a professor; or charities where a director serves on the board or is an executive;6 and any aircraft and real estate dealings between the company and the director’s firm; or |
| ● | 1% of either company’s consolidated gross revenue for other business relationships (e.g., where the director is an executive officer of a company that provides services or products to or receives services or products from the company).7 |
Definition of “Familial” — Familial relationships include a person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins, nieces, nephews, in-laws, and anyone (other than domestic employees) who shares such person’s home. A director is an affiliate if: i) he or she has a family member who is employed by the company and receives more than $120,000 in annual compensation; or, ii) he or she has a family member who is employed by the company and the company does not disclose this individual’s compensation.
Definition of “Company” — A company includes any parent or subsidiary in a group with the company or any entity that merged with, was acquired by, or acquired the company.
Inside Director — An inside director simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of the company. This category may include a board chair who acts as an employee of the company or is paid as an employee of the company. In our view, an inside director who derives a greater amount of income as a result of affiliated transactions with the company rather than through compensation paid by the company (i.e., salary, bonus, etc. as a company employee) faces a conflict between making decisions that are in the best interests of the company versus those in the director’s own best interests. Therefore, we will recommend voting against such a director.
3 | We allow a five-year grace period for former executives of the company or merged companies who have consulting agreements with the surviving company. (We do not automatically recommend voting against directors in such cases for the first five years.) If the consulting agreement persists after this five-year grace period, we apply the materiality thresholds outlined in the definition of “material.” |
4 | This includes a director who serves on a board as a representative (as part of his or her basic responsibilities) of an investment firm with greater than 20% ownership. However, while we will generally consider him/her to be affiliated, we will not recommend voting against unless (i) the investment firm has disproportionate board representation or (ii) the director serves on the audit committee. |
5 | We may deem such a transaction to be immaterial where the amount represents less than 1% of the firm’s annual revenues and the board provides a compelling rationale as to why the director’s independence is not affected by the relationship. |
6 | We will generally take into consideration the size and nature of such charitable entities in relation to the company’s size and industry along with any other relevant factors such as the director’s role at the charity. However, unlike for other types of related party transactions, Glass Lewis generally does not apply a look-back period to affiliated relationships involving charitable contributions; if the relationship between the director and the school or charity ceases, or if the company discontinues its donations to the entity, we will consider the director to be independent. |
7 | This includes cases where a director is employed by, or closely affiliated with, a private equity firm that profits from an acquisition made by the company. Unless disclosure suggests otherwise, we presume the director is affiliated. |
4
Additionally, we believe a director who is currently serving in an interim management position should be considered an insider, while a director who previously served in an interim management position for less than one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered independent. Moreover, a director who previously served in an interim management position for over one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered an affiliate for five years following the date of his/her resignation or departure from the interim management position.
VOTING RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE BASIS OF BOARD INDEPENDENCE
Glass Lewis believes a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders’ interests if it is at least two-thirds independent. We note that each of the Business Roundtable, the Conference Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the board be independent. Where more than one-third of the members are affiliated or inside directors, we typically8 recommend voting against some of the inside and/or affiliated directors in order to satisfy the two-thirds threshold.
In the case of a less than two-thirds independent board, Glass Lewis strongly supports the existence of a presiding or lead director with authority to set the meeting agendas and to lead sessions outside the insider chair’s presence.
In addition, we scrutinize avowedly “independent” chairs and lead directors. We believe that they should be unquestionably independent or the company should not tout them as such.
COMMITTEE INDEPENDENCE
We believe that only independent directors should serve on a company’s audit, compensation, nominating, and governance committees.9 We typically recommend that shareholders vote against any affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation, nominating, or governance committee, or who has served in that capacity in the past year.
Pursuant to Section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Act, as of January 11, 2013, the SEC approved new listing requirements for both the NYSE and NASDAQ which require that boards apply enhanced standards of independence when making an affirmative determination of the independence of compensation committee members. Specifically, when making this determination, in addition to the factors considered when assessing general director independence, the board’s considerations must include: (i) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the listed company to the director (the “Fees Factor”); and (ii) whether the director is affiliated with the listing company, its subsidiaries, or affiliates of its subsidiaries (the “Affiliation Factor”).
Glass Lewis believes it is important for boards to consider these enhanced independence factors when assessing compensation committee members. However, as discussed above in the section titled Independence, we apply our own standards when assessing the independence of directors, and these standards also take into account consulting and advisory fees paid to the director, as well as the director’s affiliations with the company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. We may recommend voting against compensation committee members who are not independent based on our standards.
8 | With a staggered board, if the affiliates or insiders that we believe should not be on the board are not up for election, we will express our concern regarding those directors, but we will not recommend voting against the other affiliates or insiders who are up for election just to achieve two-thirds independence. However, we will consider recommending voting against the directors subject to our concern at their next election if the issue giving rise to the concern is not resolved. |
9 | We will recommend voting against an audit committee member who owns 20% or more of the company’s stock, and we believe that there should be a maximum of one director (or no directors if the committee is comprised of less than three directors) who owns 20% or more of the company’s stock on the compensation, nominating, and governance committees. |
5
INDEPENDENT CHAIR
Glass Lewis believes that separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive position) and chair creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chair position. An executive manages the business according to a course the board charts. Executives should report to the board regarding their performance in achieving goals set by the board. This is needlessly complicated when a CEO chairs the board, since a CEO/chair presumably will have a significant influence over the board.
While many companies have an independent lead or presiding director who performs many of the same functions of an independent chair (e.g., setting the board meeting agenda), we do not believe this alternate form of independent board leadership provides as robust protection for shareholders as an independent chair.
It can become difficult for a board to fulfill its role of overseer and policy setter when a CEO/chair controls the agenda and the boardroom discussion. Such control can allow a CEO to have an entrenched position, leading to longer-than-optimal terms, fewer checks on management, less scrutiny of the business operation, and limitations on independent, shareholder-focused goal-setting by the board.
A CEO should set the strategic course for the company, with the board’s approval, and the board should enable the CEO to carry out the CEO’s vision for accomplishing the board’s objectives. Failure to achieve the board’s objectives should lead the board to replace that CEO with someone in whom the board has confidence.
Likewise, an independent chair can better oversee executives and set a pro-shareholder agenda without the management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face. Such oversight and concern for shareholders allows for a more proactive and effective board of directors that is better able to look out for the interests of shareholders.
Further, it is the board’s responsibility to select a chief executive who can best serve a company and its shareholders and to replace this person when his or her duties have not been appropriately fulfilled. Such a replacement becomes more difficult and happens less frequently when the chief executive is also in the position of overseeing the board.
Glass Lewis believes that the installation of an independent chair is almost always a positive step from a corporate governance perspective and promotes the best interests of shareholders. Further, the presence of an independent chair fosters the creation of a thoughtful and dynamic board, not dominated by the views of senior management. Encouragingly, many companies appear to be moving in this direction — one study indicates that only 10 percent of incoming CEOs in 2014 were awarded the chair title, versus 48 percent in 2002.10 Another study finds that 50 percent of S&P 500 boards now separate the CEO and chair roles, up from 37 percent in 2009, although the same study found that only 30 percent of S&P 500 boards have truly independent chairs.11
We do not recommend that shareholders vote against CEOs who chair the board. However, we typically recommend that our clients support separating the roles of chair and CEO whenever that question is posed in a proxy (typically in the form of a shareholder proposal), as we believe that it is in the long-term best interests of the company and its shareholders.
Further, where the company has neither an independent chair nor independent lead director, we will recommend voting against the chair of the governance committee.
10 | Ken Favaro, Per-Ola Karlsson and Gary L. Nelson. “The $112 Billion CEO Succession Problem.” (Strategy+Business, Issue 79, Summer 2015). |
11 | Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2018, p. 21. |
6
PERFORMANCE
The most crucial test of a board’s commitment to the company and its shareholders lies in the actions of the board and its members. We look at the performance of these individuals as directors and executives of the company and of other companies where they have served.
We find that a director’s past conduct is often indicative of future conduct and performance. We often find directors with a history of overpaying executives or of serving on boards where avoidable disasters have occurred serving on the boards of companies with similar problems. Glass Lewis has a proprietary database of directors serving at over 8,000 of the most widely held U.S. companies. We use this database to track the performance of directors across companies.
VOTING RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE BASIS OF PERFORMANCE
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against directors who have served on boards or as executives of companies with records of poor performance, inadequate risk oversight, excessive compensation, auditor accounting-related issues, and/or other indicators of mismanagement or actions against the interests of shareholders. We will reevaluate such directors based on, among other factors, the length of time passed since the incident giving rise to the concern, shareholder support for the director, the severity of the issue, the director’s role (e.g., committee membership), director tenure at the subject company, whether ethical lapses accompanied the oversight lapse, and evidence of strong oversight at other companies.
Likewise, we examine the backgrounds of those who serve on key board committees to ensure that they have the required skills and diverse backgrounds to make informed judgments about the subject matter for which the committee is responsible.
We believe shareholders should avoid electing directors who have a record of not fulfilling their responsibilities to shareholders at any company where they have held a board or executive position. We typically recommend voting against:
| 1. | A director who fails to attend a minimum of 75% of board and applicable committee meetings, calculated in the aggregate.12 |
| 2. | A director who belatedly filed a significant form(s) 4 or 5, or who has a pattern of late filings if the late filing was the director’s fault (we look at these late filing situations on a case-by-case basis). |
| 3. | A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious and material restatement has occurred after the CEO had previously certified the pre-restatement financial statements. |
| 4. | A director who has received two against recommendations from Glass Lewis for identical reasons within the prior year at different companies (the same situation must also apply at the company being analyzed). |
Furthermore, with consideration given to the company’s overall corporate governance, pay-for-performance alignment and board responsiveness to shareholders, we may recommend voting against directors who served throughout a period in which the company performed significantly worse than peers and the directors have not taken reasonable steps to address the poor performance.
12 | However, where a director has served for less than one full year, we will typically not recommend voting against for failure to attend 75% of meetings. Rather, we will note the poor attendance with a recommendation to track this issue going forward. We will also refrain from recommending to vote against directors when the proxy discloses that the director missed the meetings due to serious illness or other extenuating circumstances. |
7
BOARD RESPONSIVENESS
Glass Lewis believes that any time 20% or more of shareholders vote contrary to the recommendation of management, the board should, depending on the issue, demonstrate some level of responsiveness to address the concerns of shareholders. These include instances when 20% or more of shareholders (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes): WITHHOLD votes from (or vote AGAINST) a director nominee, vote AGAINST a management-sponsored proposal, or vote FOR a shareholder proposal. In our view, a 20% threshold is significant enough to warrant a close examination of the underlying issues and an evaluation of whether or not a board response was warranted and, if so, whether the board responded appropriately following the vote, particularly in the case of a compensation or director election proposal. While the 20% threshold alone will not automatically generate a negative vote recommendation from Glass Lewis on a future proposal (e.g., to recommend against a director nominee, against a say-on-pay proposal, etc.), it may be a contributing factor to our recommendation to vote against management’s recommendation in the event we determine that the board did not respond appropriately.
With regards to companies where voting control is held through a dual-class share structure with disproportionate voting and economic rights, we will carefully examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders when determining whether board responsiveness is warranted. Where vote results indicate that a majority of unaffiliated shareholders supported a shareholder proposal or opposed a management proposal, we believe the board should demonstrate an appropriate level of responsiveness.
As a general framework, our evaluation of board responsiveness involves a review of publicly available disclosures (e.g., the proxy statement, annual report, 8-Ks, company website, etc.) released following the date of the company’s last annual meeting up through the publication date of our most current Proxy Paper. Depending on the specific issue, our focus typically includes, but is not limited to, the following:
| ● | At the board level, any changes in directorships, committee memberships, disclosure of related party transactions, meeting attendance, or other responsibilities; |
| ● | Any revisions made to the company’s articles of incorporation, bylaws or other governance documents; |
| ● | Any press or news releases indicating changes in, or the adoption of, new company policies, business practices or special reports; and |
| ● | Any modifications made to the design and structure of the company’s compensation program, as well as an assessment of the company’s engagement with shareholders on compensation issues as discussed in the CD&A, particularly following a material vote against a company’s say-on-pay. |
Our Proxy Paper analysis will include a case-by-case assessment of the specific elements of board responsiveness that we examined along with an explanation of how that assessment impacts our current voting recommendations.
THE ROLE OF A COMMITTEE CHAIR
Glass Lewis believes that a designated committee chair maintains primary responsibility for the actions of his or her respective committee. As such, many of our committee-specific voting recommendations are against the applicable committee chair rather than the entire committee (depending on the seriousness of the issue). However, in cases where we would ordinarily recommend voting against a committee chair but the chair is not specified, we apply the following general rules, which apply throughout our guidelines:
| ● | If there is no committee chair, we recommend voting against the longest-serving committee member or, if the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, the longest-serving board member serving on the committee (i.e., in either case, the “senior director”); and |
8
| ● | If there is no committee chair, but multiple senior directors serving on the committee, we recommend voting against both (or all) such senior directors. |
In our view, companies should provide clear disclosure of which director is charged with overseeing each committee. In cases where that simple framework is ignored and a reasonable analysis cannot determine which committee member is the designated leader, we believe shareholder action against the longest serving committee member(s) is warranted. Again, this only applies if we would ordinarily recommend voting against the committee chair but there is either no such position or no designated director in such role.
On the contrary, in cases where there is a designated committee chair and the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair, but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will note the concern with regard to the committee chair.
AUDIT COMMITTEES AND PERFORMANCE
Audit committees play an integral role in overseeing the financial reporting process because stable capital markets depend on reliable, transparent, and objective financial information to support an efficient and effective capital market process. Audit committees play a vital role in providing this disclosure to shareholders.
When assessing an audit committee’s performance, we are aware that an audit committee does not prepare financial statements, is not responsible for making the key judgments and assumptions that affect the financial statements, and does not audit the numbers or the disclosures provided to investors. Rather, an audit committee member monitors and oversees the process and procedures that management and auditors perform. The 1999 Report and Recommendations of the Blue Ribbon Committee on Improving the Effectiveness of Corporate Audit Committees stated it best:
A proper and well-functioning system exists, therefore, when the three main groups responsible for financial reporting — the full board including the audit committee, financial management including the internal auditors, and the outside auditors — form a ‘three legged stool’ that supports responsible financial disclosure and active participatory oversight. However, in the view of the Committee, the audit committee must be ‘first among equals’ in this process, since the audit committee is an extension of the full board and hence the ultimate monitor of the process.
STANDARDS FOR ASSESSING THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
For an audit committee to function effectively on investors’ behalf, it must include members with sufficient knowledge to diligently carry out their responsibilities. In its audit and accounting recommendations, the Conference Board Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise said “members of the audit committee must be independent and have both knowledge and experience in auditing financial matters.”13
We are skeptical of audit committees where there are members that lack expertise as a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or corporate controller, or similar experience. While we will not necessarily recommend voting against members of an audit committee when such expertise is lacking, we are more likely to recommend voting against committee members when a problem such as a restatement occurs and such expertise is lacking.
Glass Lewis generally assesses audit committees against the decisions they make with respect to their oversight and monitoring role. The quality and integrity of the financial statements and earnings reports, the completeness of disclosures necessary for investors to make informed decisions, and the effectiveness of the internal controls should provide reasonable assurance that the financial statements are materially free from errors. The independence of the external auditors and the results of their work all provide useful information by which to assess the audit committee.
13 | Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise. The Conference Board. 2003. |
9
When assessing the decisions and actions of the audit committee, we typically defer to its judgment and generally recommend voting in favor of its members. However, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the following:14
| 1. | All members of the audit committee when options were backdated, there is a lack of adequate controls in place, there was a resulting restatement, and disclosures indicate there was a lack of documentation with respect to the option grants. |
| 2. | The audit committee chair, if the audit committee does not have a financial expert or the committee’s financial expert does not have a demonstrable financial background sufficient to understand the financial issues unique to public companies. |
| 3. | The audit committee chair, if the audit committee did not meet at least four times during the year. |
| 4. | The audit committee chair, if the committee has less than three members. |
| 5. | Any audit committee member who sits on more than three public company audit committees, unless the audit committee member is a retired CPA, CFO, controller or has similar experience, in which case the limit shall be four committees, taking time and availability into consideration including a review of the audit committee member’s attendance at all board and committee meetings.15 |
| 6. | All members of an audit committee who are up for election and who served on the committee at the time of the audit, if audit and audit-related fees total one-third or less of the total fees billed by the auditor. |
| 7. | The audit committee chair when tax and/or other fees are greater than audit and audit-related fees paid to the auditor for more than one year in a row (in which case we also recommend against ratification of the auditor). |
| 8. | The audit committee chair when fees paid to the auditor are not disclosed. |
| 9. | All members of an audit committee where non-audit fees include fees for tax services (including, but not limited to, such things as tax avoidance or shelter schemes) for senior executives of the company. Such services are prohibited by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”). |
| 10. | All members of an audit committee that reappointed an auditor that we no longer consider to be independent for reasons unrelated to fee proportions. |
| 11. | All members of an audit committee when audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the same industry. |
| 12. | The audit committee chair16 if the committee failed to put auditor ratification on the ballot for shareholder approval. However, if the non-audit fees or tax fees exceed audit plus audit-related fees in either the current or the prior year, then Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the entire audit committee. |
14 | As discussed under the section labeled “Committee Chair,” where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against the members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will note the concern with regard to the committee chair. |
15 | Glass Lewis may exempt certain audit committee members from the above threshold if, upon further analysis of relevant factors such as the director’s experience, the size, industry-mix and location of the companies involved and the director’s attendance at all the companies, we can reasonably determine that the audit committee member is likely not hindered by multiple audit committee commitments. |
16 | As discussed under the section labeled “Committee Chair,” in all cases, if the chair of the committee is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest. |
10
| 13. | All members of an audit committee where the auditor has resigned and reported that a section 10A17 letter has been issued. |
| 14. | All members of an audit committee at a time when material accounting fraud occurred at the company.18 |
| 15. | All members of an audit committee at a time when annual and/or multiple quarterly financial statements had to be restated, and any of the following factors apply: |
| ● | The restatement involves fraud or manipulation by insiders; |
| ● | The restatement is accompanied by an SEC inquiry or investigation; |
| ● | The restatement involves revenue recognition; |
| ● | The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to costs of goods sold, operating expense, or operating cash flows; or |
| ● | The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to net income, 10% adjustment to assets or shareholders equity, or cash flows from financing or investing activities. |
| 16. | All members of an audit committee if the company repeatedly fails to file its financial reports in a timely fashion. For example, the company has filed two or more quarterly or annual financial statements late within the last five quarters. |
| 17. | All members of an audit committee when it has been disclosed that a law enforcement agency has charged the company and/or its employees with a violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA). |
| 18. | All members of an audit committee when the company has aggressive accounting policies and/or poor disclosure or lack of sufficient transparency in its financial statements. |
| 19. | All members of the audit committee when there is a disagreement with the auditor and the auditor resigns or is dismissed (e.g., the company receives an adverse opinion on its financial statements from the auditor). |
| 20. | All members of the audit committee if the contract with the auditor specifically limits the auditor’s liability to the company for damages.19 |
| 21. | All members of the audit committee who served since the date of the company’s last annual meeting, and when, since the last annual meeting, the company has reported a material weakness that has not yet been corrected, or, when the company has an ongoing material weakness from a prior year that has not yet been corrected. |
We also take a dim view of audit committee reports that are boilerplate, and which provide little or no information or transparency to investors. When a problem such as a material weakness, restatement or late filings occurs, we take into consideration, in forming our judgment with respect to the audit committee, the transparency of the audit committee report.
17 | Auditors are required to report all potential illegal acts to management and the audit committee unless they are clearly inconsequential in nature. If the audit committee or the board fails to take appropriate action on an act that has been determined to be a violation of the law, the independent auditor is required to send a section 10A letter to the SEC. Such letters are rare and therefore we believe should be taken seriously. |
18 | Research indicates that revenue fraud now accounts for over 60% of SEC fraud cases, and that companies that engage in fraud experience significant negative abnormal stock price declines—facing bankruptcy, delisting, and material asset sales at much higher rates than do non-fraud firms (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. “Fraudulent Financial Reporting: 1998-2007.” May 2010). |
19 | The Council of Institutional Investors. “Corporate Governance Policies,” p. 4, April 5, 2006; and “Letter from Council of Institutional Investors to the AICPA,” November 8, 2006. |
11
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE
Compensation committees have a critical role in determining the compensation of executives. This includes deciding the basis on which compensation is determined, as well as the amounts and types of compensation to be paid. This process begins with the hiring and initial establishment of employment agreements, including the terms for such items as pay, pensions and severance arrangements. It is important in establishing compensation arrangements that compensation be consistent with, and based on the long-term economic performance of, the business’s long-term shareholders returns.
Compensation committees are also responsible for the oversight of the transparency of compensation. This oversight includes disclosure of compensation arrangements, the matrix used in assessing pay for performance, and the use of compensation consultants. In order to ensure the independence of the board’s compensation consultant, we believe the compensation committee should only engage a compensation consultant that is not also providing any services to the company or management apart from their contract with the compensation committee. It is important to investors that they have clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms of compensation arrangements in order to make informed decisions with respect to the oversight and decisions of the compensation committee.
Finally, compensation committees are responsible for oversight of internal controls over the executive compensation process. This includes controls over gathering information used to determine compensation, establishment of equity award plans, and granting of equity awards. For example, the use of a compensation consultant who maintains a business relationship with company management may cause the committee to make decisions based on information that is compromised by the consultant’s conflict of interests. Lax controls can also contribute to improper awards of compensation such as through granting of backdated or spring-loaded options, or granting of bonuses when triggers for bonus payments have not been met.
Central to understanding the actions of a compensation committee is a careful review of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) report included in each company’s proxy. We review the CD&A in our evaluation of the overall compensation practices of a company, as overseen by the compensation committee. The CD&A is also integral to the evaluation of compensation proposals at companies, such as advisory votes on executive compensation, which allow shareholders to vote on the compensation paid to a company’s top executives.
When assessing the performance of compensation committees, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the following:20
| 1. | All members of a compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to address shareholder concerns following majority shareholder rejection of the say-on-pay proposal in the previous year. Where the proposal was approved but there was a significant shareholder vote (i.e., greater than 20% of votes cast) against the say-on-pay proposal in the prior year, if the board did not respond sufficiently to the vote including actively engaging shareholders on this issue, we will also consider recommending voting against the chair of the compensation committee or all members of the compensation committee, depending on the severity and history of the compensation problems and the level of shareholder opposition. |
| 2. | All members of the compensation committee who are up for election and served when the company failed to align pay with performance if shareholders are not provided with an advisory vote on executive compensation at the annual meeting.21 |
20 | As discussed under the section labeled “Committee Chair,” where the recommendation is to vote against the committee chair and the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will note the concern with regard to the committee chair. |
12
| 3. | Any member of the compensation committee who has served on the compensation committee of at least two other public companies that have consistently failed to align pay with performance and whose oversight of compensation at the company in question is suspect. |
| 4. | All members of the compensation committee (during the relevant time period) if the company entered into excessive employment agreements and/or severance agreements. |
| 5. | All members of the compensation committee when performance goals were changed (i.e., lowered) when employees failed or were unlikely to meet original goals, or performance-based compensation was paid despite goals not being attained. |
| 6. | All members of the compensation committee if excessive employee perquisites and benefits were allowed. |
| 7. | The compensation committee chair if the compensation committee did not meet during the year. |
| 8. | All members of the compensation committee when the company repriced options or completed a “self tender offer” without shareholder approval within the past two years. |
| 9. | All members of the compensation committee when vesting of in-the-money options is accelerated. |
| 10. | All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were backdated. Glass Lewis will recommend voting against an executive director who played a role in and participated in option backdating. |
| 11. | All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were spring-loaded or otherwise timed around the release of material information. |
| 12. | All members of the compensation committee when a new employment contract is given to an executive that does not include a clawback provision and the company had a material restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud. |
| 13. | The chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear information about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not tied to performance, or where the compensation committee or management has excessive discretion to alter performance terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of previously defined targets. |
| 14. | All members of the compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to implement a shareholder proposal regarding a compensation-related issue, where the proposal received the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting shares at a shareholder meeting, and when a reasonable analysis suggests that the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) should have taken steps to implement the request.22 |
| 15. | All members of the compensation committee when the board has materially decreased proxy statement disclosure regarding executive compensation policies and procedures in a manner which sub-stantially impacts shareholders’ ability to make an informed assessment of the company’s executive pay practices. |
21 | If a company provides shareholders with a say-on-pay proposal, we will initially only recommend voting against the company’s say-on-pay proposal and will not recommend voting against the members of the compensation committee unless there is a pattern of failing to align pay and performance and/or the company exhibits egregious compensation practices. However, if the company repeatedly fails to align pay and performance, we will then recommend against the members of the compensation committee in addition to recommending voting against the say-on-pay proposal. For cases in which the disconnect between pay and performance is marginal and the company has outperformed its peers, we will consider not recommending against compensation committee members. In addition, if a company provides shareholders with a say-on-pay proposal, we will initially only recommend voting against the company’s say-on-pay proposal and will not recommend voting against the members of the compensation committee unless there is a pattern of failing to align pay and performance and/or the company exhibits egregious compensation practices. However, if the company repeatedly fails to align pay and performance, we will then recommend against the members of the compensation committee in addition to recommending voting against the say-on-pay proposal. |
22 | In all other instances (i.e., a non-compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented) we recommend that shareholders vote against the members of the governance committee. |
13
| 16. | All members of the compensation committee when new excise tax gross-up provisions are adopted in employment agreements with executives, particularly in cases where the company previously committed not to provide any such entitlements in the future. |
| 17. | All members of the compensation committee when the board adopts a frequency for future advisory votes on executive compensation that differs from the frequency approved by shareholders. |
NOMINATING AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE PERFORMANCE
The nominating and governance committee, as an agent for the shareholders, is responsible for the governance by the board of the company and its executives. In performing this role, the committee is responsible and accountable for selection of objective and competent board members. It is also responsible for providing leadership on governance policies adopted by the company, such as decisions to implement shareholder proposals that have received a majority vote. (At most companies, a single committee is charged with these oversight functions; at others, the governance and nominating responsibilities are apportioned among two separate committees.)
Consistent with Glass Lewis’ philosophy that boards should have diverse backgrounds and members with a breadth and depth of relevant experience, we believe that nominating and governance committees should consider diversity when making director nominations within the context of each specific company and its industry. In our view, shareholders are best served when boards make an effort to ensure a constituency that is not only reasonably diverse on the basis of age, race, gender and ethnicity, but also on the basis of geographic knowledge, industry experience, board tenure and culture.
Regarding the committee responsible for governance, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the following:23
| 1. | All members of the governance committee24 during whose tenure a shareholder proposal relating to important shareholder rights received support from a majority of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) and the board has not begun to implement or enact the proposal’s subject matter.25 Examples of such shareholder proposals include those seeking a declassified board structure, a majority vote standard for director elections, or a right to call a special meeting. In determining whether a board has sufficiently implemented such a proposal, we will examine the quality of the right enacted or proffered by the board for any conditions that may unreasonably interfere with the shareholders’ ability to exercise the right (e.g., overly restrictive procedural requirements for calling a special meeting). |
| 2. | All members of the governance committee when a shareholder resolution is excluded from the meeting agenda but the SEC has declined to state a view on whether such resolution should be excluded, or when the SEC has verbally permitted a company to exclude a shareholder proposal but there is no written record provided by the SEC about such determination and the Company has not provided any disclosure concerning this no-action relief. |
| 3. | The governance committee chair,26 when the chair is not independent and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.27 |
23 | As discussed in the guidelines section labeled “Committee Chair,” where we would recommend to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will note the concern with regard to the committee chair. |
24 | If the board does not have a committee responsible for governance oversight and the board did not implement a shareholder proposal that received the requisite support, we will recommend voting against the entire board. If the shareholder proposal at issue requested that the board adopt a declassified structure, we will recommend voting against all director nominees up for election. |
25 | Where a compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented, and when a reasonable analysis suggests that the members of the compensation committee (rather than the governance committee) bear the responsibility for failing to implement the request, we recommend that shareholders only vote against members of the compensation committee. |
26 | As discussed in the guidelines section labeled “Committee Chair,” if the committee chair is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member serving on the committee. |
14
| 4. | In the absence of a nominating committee, the governance committee chair when there are less than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on the boardThe governance committee chair, when the committee fails to meet at all during the year. |
| 5. | The governance committee chair, when for two consecutive years the company provides what we consider to be “inadequate” related party transaction disclosure (i.e., the nature of such transactions and/or the monetary amounts involved are unclear or excessively vague, thereby preventing a shareholder from being able to reasonably interpret the independence status of multiple directors above and beyond what the company maintains is compliant with SEC or applicable stock exchange listing requirements). |
| 6. | The governance committee chair, when during the past year the board adopted a forum selection clause (i.e., an exclusive forum provision)28 without shareholder approval29, or if the board is currently seeking shareholder approval of a forum selection clause pursuant to a bundled bylaw amendment rather than as a separate proposal. |
| 7. | All members of the governance committee during whose tenure the board adopted, without shareholder approval, provisions in its charter or bylaws that, through rules on director compensation, may inhibit the ability of shareholders to nominate directors. |
| 8. | The governance committee chair when the board takes actions to limit shareholders’ ability to vote on matters material to shareholder rights (e.g., through the practice of excluding a shareholder proposal by means of ratifying a management proposal that is materially different from the shareholder proposal). |
| 9. | The governance committee chair when directors’ records for board and committee meeting attendance are not disclosed, or when it is indicated that a director attended less than 75% of board and committee meetings but disclosure is sufficiently vague that it is not possible to determine which specific director’s attendance was lacking. |
In addition, we may recommend that shareholders vote against the chair of the governance committee, or the entire committee, where the board has amended the company’s governing documents to reduce or remove important shareholder rights, or to otherwise impede the ability of shareholders to exercise such right, and has done so without seeking shareholder approval. Examples of board actions that may cause such a recommendation include: the elimination of the ability of shareholders to call a special meeting or to act by written consent; an increase to the ownership threshold required for shareholders to call a special meeting; an increase to vote requirements for charter or bylaw amendments; the adoption of provisions that limit the ability of shareholders to pursue full legal recourse — such as bylaws that require arbitration of shareholder claims or that require shareholder plaintiffs to pay the company’s legal expenses in the absence of a court victory (i.e., “fee-shifting” or “loser pays” bylaws); the adoption of a classified board structure; and the elimination of the ability of shareholders to remove a director without cause.
Regarding the nominating committee, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the following:30
27 | We believe that one independent individual should be appointed to serve as the lead or presiding director. When such a position is rotated among directors from meeting to meeting, we will recommend voting against the governance committee chair as we believe the lack of fixed lead or presiding director means that, effectively, the board does not have an independent board leader. |
28 | A forum selection clause is a bylaw provision stipulating that a certain state, typically where the company is incorporated, which is most often Delaware, shall be the exclusive forum for all intra-corporate disputes (e.g., shareholder derivative actions, assertions of claims of a breach of fiduciary duty, etc.). Such a clause effectively limits a shareholder’s legal remedy regarding appropriate choice of venue and related relief offered under that state’s laws and rulings. |
29 | Glass Lewis will evaluate the circumstances surrounding the adoption of any forum selection clause as well as the general provisions contained therein. Where it can be reasonably determined that a forum selection clause is narrowly crafted to suit the particular circumstances facing the company and/or a reasonable sunset provision is included, we may make an exception to this policy. |
30 | As discussed in the guidelines section labeled “Committee Chair,” where we would recommend to vote against the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who are up for election; rather, we will note the concern with regard to the committee chair. |
15
| 1. | All members of the nominating committee, when the committee nominated or renominated an individual who had a significant conflict of interest or whose past actions demonstrated a lack of integrity or inability to represent shareholder interests. |
| 2. | The nominating committee chair, if the nominating committee did not meet during the year. |
| 3. | In the absence of a governance committee, the nominating committee chair31 when the chair is not independent, and an independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.32 |
| 4. | The nominating committee chair, when there are less than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.33 |
| 5. | The nominating committee chair, when a director received a greater than 50% against vote the prior year and not only was the director not removed, but the issues that raised shareholder concern were not corrected.34 |
| 6. | The nominating committee chair when the board has no female directors and has not provided sufficient rationale or disclosed a plan to address the lack of diversity on the board. |
In addition, we may consider recommending shareholders vote against the chair of the nominating committee where the board’s failure to ensure the board has directors with relevant experience, either through periodic director assessment or board refreshment, has contributed to a company’s poor performance.
BOARD-LEVEL RISK MANAGEMENT OVERSIGHT
Glass Lewis evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly case-by-case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly important at financial firms which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial risk. We believe such financial firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to the board and a dedicated risk committee or a committee of the board charged with risk oversight. Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies which involve a high level of exposure to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firms have complex hedging or trading strategies, those firms should also have a chief risk officer and a risk committee.
Our views on risk oversight are consistent with those expressed by various regulatory bodies. In its December 2009 Final Rule release on Proxy Disclosure Enhancements, the SEC noted that risk oversight is a key competence of the board and that additional disclosures would improve investor and shareholder understanding of the role of the board in the organization’s risk management practices. The final rules, which became effective on February 28, 2010, now explicitly require companies and mutual funds to describe (while allowing for some degree of flexibility) the board’s role in the oversight of risk.
When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, we take note of any significant losses or writedowns on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases where a company has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where we find that the company’s board-level risk committee’s poor oversight contributed to the loss, we will recommend that shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition, in cases where a company maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (committee or otherwise)35, we will consider recommending to vote against the board chair on that basis. However, we generally would not recommend voting against a combined chair/CEO, except in egregious cases.
31 | As discussed under the section labeled “Committee Chair,” if the committee chair is not specified, we will recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will recommend voting against the longest-serving board member on the committee. |
32 | In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the board chair on this basis, unless if the chair also serves as the CEO, in which case we will recommend voting against the longest-serving director. |
33 | In the absence of both a governance and a nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the board chair on this basis, unless if the chair also serves as the CEO, in which case we will recommend voting against the the longest-serving director. |
34 | Considering that shareholder discontent clearly relates to the director who received a greater than 50% against vote rather than the nominating chair, we review the severity of the issue(s) that initially raised shareholder concern as well as company responsiveness to such matters, and will only recommend voting against the nominating chair if a reasonable analysis suggests that it would be most appropriate. In rare cases, we will consider recommending against the nominating chair when a director receives a substantial (i.e., 20% or more) vote against based on the same analysis. |
16
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL RISK OVERSIGHT
Glass Lewis understands the importance of ensuring the sustainability of companies’ operations. We believe that an inattention to material environmental and social issues can present direct legal, financial, regulatory and reputational risks that could serve to harm shareholder interests. Therefore, we believe that these issues should be carefully monitored and managed by companies, and that companies should have an appropriate oversight structure in place to ensure that they are mitigating attendant risks and capitalizing on related opportunities to the best extent possible.
Glass Lewis believes that companies should ensure appropriate board-level oversight of material risks to their operations, including those that are environmental and social in nature. Accordingly, for large cap companies and in instances where we identify material oversight issues, Glass Lewis will review a company’s overall governance practices and identify which directors or board-level committees have been charged with oversight of environmental and/or social issues. Glass Lewis will also note instances where such oversight has not been clearly defined by companies in their governance documents.
Where it is clear that a company has not properly managed or mitigated environmental or social risks to the detriment of shareholder value, or when such mismanagement has threatened shareholder value, Glass Lewis may consider recommending that shareholders vote against members of the board who are responsible for oversight of environmental and social risks. In the absence of explicit board oversight of environmental and social issues, Glass Lewis may recommend that shareholders vote against members of the audit committee. In making these determinations, Glass Lewis will carefully review the situation, its effect on shareholder value, as well as any corrective action or other response made by the company.
DIRECTOR COMMITMENTS
We believe that directors should have the necessary time to fulfill their duties to shareholders. In our view, an overcommitted director can pose a material risk to a company’s shareholders, particularly during periods of crisis. In addition, recent research indicates that the time commitment associated with being a director has been on a significant upward trend in the past decade.36 As a result, we generally recommend that shareholders vote against a director who serves as an executive officer of any public company while serving on more than two public company boards and any other director who serves on more than five public company boards.
Because we believe that executives will primarily devote their attention to executive duties, we generally will not recommend that shareholders vote against overcommitted directors at the companies where they serve as an executive.
When determining whether a director’s service on an excessive number of boards may limit the ability of the director to devote sufficient time to board duties, we may consider relevant factors such as the size and location of the other companies where the director serves on the board, the director’s board roles at the companies in question, whether the director serves on the board of any large privately-held companies, the director’s tenure on the boards in question, and the director’s attendance record at all companies. In the case of directors who serve in executive roles other than CEO (e.g., executive chair), we will evaluate the specific duties and responsibilities of that role in determining whether an exception is warranted.
We may also refrain from recommending against certain directors if the company provides sufficient rationale for their continued board service. The rationale should allow shareholders to evaluate the scope of the directors’ other commitments, as well as their contributions to the board including specialized knowledge of the company’s industry, strategy or key markets, the diversity of skills, perspective and background they provide, and other relevant factors. We will also generally refrain from recommending to vote against a director who serves on an excessive number of boards within a consolidated group of companies or a director that represents a firm whose sole purpose is to manage a portfolio of investments which include the company.
35 | A committee responsible for risk management could be a dedicated risk committee, the audit committee, or the finance committee, depending on a given company’s board structure and method of disclosure. At some companies, the entire board is charged with risk management. |
36 | For example, the 2015-2016 NACD Public Company Governance Survey states that, on average, directors spent a total of 248.2 hours annual on board-related matters during the past year, which it describes as a “historically high level” that is significantly above the average hours recorded in 2006. Additionally, the 2015 Spencer Stuart Board Index indicates that the average number of outside board seats held by CEOs of S&P 500 companies is 0.6, down from 0.7 in 2009 and 0.9 in 2004. |
17
OTHER CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to the three key characteristics — independence, performance, experience — that we use to evaluate board members, we consider conflict-of-interest issues as well as the size of the board of directors when making voting recommendations.
Conflicts of Interest
We believe board members should be wholly free of identifiable and substantial conflicts of interest, regardless of the overall level of independent directors on the board. Accordingly, we recommend that shareholders vote against the following types of directors:
| 1. | A CFO who is on the board: In our view, the CFO holds a unique position relative to financial reporting and disclosure to shareholders. Due to the critical importance of financial disclosure and reporting, we believe the CFO should report to the board and not be a member of it. |
| 2. | A director who provides — or a director who has an immediate family member who provides — material consulting or other material professional services to the company. These services may include legal, consulting,37 or financial services. We question the need for the company to have consulting relationships with its directors. We view such relationships as creating conflicts for directors, since they may be forced to weigh their own interests against shareholder interests when making board decisions. In addition, a company’s decisions regarding where to turn for the best professional services may be compromised when doing business with the professional services firm of one of the company’s directors. |
| 3. | A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, engaging in airplane, real estate, or similar deals, including perquisite-type grants from the company, amounting to more than $50,000. Directors who receive these sorts of payments from the company will have to make unnecessarily complicated decisions that may pit their interests against shareholder interests. |
| 4. | Interlocking directorships: CEOs or other top executives who serve on each other’s boards create an interlock that poses conflicts that should be avoided to ensure the promotion of shareholder interests above all else.38 |
| 5. | All board members who served at a time when a poison pill with a term of longer than one year was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.39 In the event a board is classified and shareholders are therefore unable to vote against all directors, we will recommend voting against the remaining directors the next year they are up for a shareholder vote. If a poison pill with a term of one year or less was adopted without shareholder approval, and without adequate justification, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against all members of the governance committee. If the board has, without seeking shareholder approval, and without adequate justification, extended the term of a poison pill by one year or less in two consecutive years, we will consider recommending that shareholders vote against the entire board. |
37 | We will generally refrain from recommending against a director who provides consulting services for the company if the director is excluded from membership on the board’s key committees and we have not identified significant governance concerns with the board. |
38 | We do not apply a look-back period for this situation. The interlock policy applies to both public and private companies. We will also evaluate multiple board interlocks among non-insiders (i.e., multiple directors serving on the same boards at other companies), for evidence of a pattern of poor oversight. |
39 | Refer to Section V. Governance Structure and the Shareholder Franchise for further discussion of our policies regarding anti-takeover measures, including poison pills. |
18
Size of the Board of Directors
While we do not believe there is a universally applicable optimum board size, we do believe boards should have at least five directors to ensure sufficient diversity in decision-making and to enable the formation of key board committees with independent directors. Conversely, we believe that boards with more than 20 members will typically suffer under the weight of “too many cooks in the kitchen” and have difficulty reaching consensus and making timely decisions. Sometimes the presence of too many voices can make it difficult to draw on the wisdom and experience in the room by virtue of the need to limit the discussion so that each voice may be heard.
To that end, we typically recommend voting against the chair of the nominating committee (or the governance committee, in the absence of a nominating committee) at a board with fewer than five directors or more than 20 directors.
CONTROLLED COMPANIES
We believe controlled companies warrant certain exceptions to our independence standards. The board’s function is to protect shareholder interests; however, when an individual, entity (or group of shareholders party to a formal agreement) owns more than 50% of the voting shares, the interests of the majority of shareholders are the interests of that entity or individual. Consequently, Glass Lewis does not apply our usual two-thirds board independence rule and therefore we will not recommend voting against boards whose composition reflects the makeup of the shareholder population.
Independence Exceptions
The independence exceptions that we make for controlled companies are as follows:
| 1. | We do not require that controlled companies have boards that are at least two-thirds independent. So long as the insiders and/or affiliates are connected with the controlling entity, we accept the presence of non-independent board members. |
| 2. | The compensation committee and nominating and governance committees do not need to consist solely of independent directors. |
| ● | We believe that standing nominating and corporate governance committees at controlled companies are unnecessary. Although having a committee charged with the duties of searching for, selecting, and nominating independent directors can be beneficial, the unique composition of a controlled company’s shareholder base makes such committees weak and irrelevant. |
| ● | Likewise, we believe that independent compensation committees at controlled companies are unnecessary. Although independent directors are the best choice for approving and monitoring senior executives’ pay, controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests. As such, we believe that having affiliated directors on a controlled company’s compensation committee is acceptable. However, given that a controlled company has certain obligations to minority shareholders we feel that an insider should not serve on the compensation committee. Therefore, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against any insider (the CEO or otherwise) serving on the compensation committee. |
| 3. | Controlled companies do not need an independent chair or an independent lead or presiding director. Although an independent director in a position of authority on the board — such as chair or presiding director — can best carry out the board’s duties, controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests. |
19
Size of the Board of Directors
We have no board size requirements for controlled companies.
Audit Committee Independence
Despite a controlled company’s status, unlike for the other key committees, we nevertheless believe that audit committees should consist solely of independent directors. Regardless of a company’s controlled status, the interests of all shareholders must be protected by ensuring the integrity and accuracy of the company’s financial statements. Allowing affiliated directors to oversee the preparation of financial reports could create an insurmountable conflict of interest.
Board Responsiveness at Dual-Class Companies
With regards to companies where voting control is held through a dual-class share structure with disproportionate voting and economic rights, we will carefully examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders when determining whether board responsiveness is warranted. Where vote results indicate that a majority of unaffiliated shareholders supported a shareholder proposal or opposed a management proposal, we believe the board should demonstrate an appropriate level of responsiveness.
SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS
Where an individual or entity holds between 20-50% of a company’s voting power, we believe it is reasonable to allow proportional representation on the board and committees (excluding the audit committee) based on the individual or entity’s percentage of ownership.
GOVERNANCE FOLLOWING AN IPO OR SPIN-OFF
We believe companies that have recently completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) or spin-off should be allowed adequate time to fully comply with marketplace listing requirements and meet basic corporate governance standards. Generally speaking, Glass Lewis refrains from making recommendations on the basis of governance standards (e.g., board independence, committee membership and structure, meeting attendance, etc.) during the one-year period following an IPO.
However, some cases warrant shareholder action against the board of a company that have completed an IPO or spin-off within the past year. When evaluating companies that have recently gone public, Glass Lewis will review the terms of the applicable governing documents in order to determine whether shareholder rights are being severely restricted indefinitely. We believe boards that approve highly restrictive governing documents have demonstrated that they may subvert shareholder interests following the IPO. In conducting this evaluation, Glass Lewis will consider:
| 1. | The adoption of anti-takeover provisions such as a poison pill or classified board |
| 2. | Supermajority vote requirements to amend governing documents |
| 3. | The presence of exclusive forum or fee-shifting provisions |
| 4. | Whether shareholders can call special meetings or act by written consent |
| 5. | The voting standard provided for the election of directors |
| 6. | The ability of shareholders to remove directors without cause |
20
| 7. | The presence of evergreen provisions in the Company’s equity compensation arrangements |
| 8. | The presence of a dual-class share structure which does not afford common shareholders voting power that is aligned with their economic interest |
In cases where a board adopts an anti-takeover provision preceding an IPO, we will consider recommending to vote against the members of the board who served when it was adopted if the board: (i) did not also commit to submit the anti-takeover provision to a shareholder vote at the company’s first shareholder meeting following the IPO; or (ii) did not provide a sound rationale or sunset provision for adopting the anti-takeover provision in question.
In our view, adopting an anti-takeover device unfairly penalizes future shareholders who (except for electing to buy or sell the stock) are unable to weigh in on a matter that could potentially negatively impact their ownership interest. This notion is strengthened when a board adopts a classified board with an infinite duration or a poison pill with a five- to ten-year term immediately prior to going public, thereby insulated management for a substantial amount of time.
In addition, shareholders should also be wary of companies that adopt supermajority voting requirements before their IPO. Absent explicit provisions in the articles or bylaws stipulating that certain policies will be phased out over a certain period of time, long-term shareholders could find themselves in the predicament of having to attain a supermajority vote to approve future proposals seeking to eliminate such policies.
DUAL-LISTED OR FOREIGN-INCORPORATED COMPANIES
For companies that trade on multiple exchanges or are incorporated in foreign jurisdictions but trade only in the U.S., we will apply the governance standard most relevant in each situation. We will consider a number of factors in determining which Glass Lewis country-specific policy to apply, including but not limited to: (i) the corporate governance structure and features of the company including whether the board structure is unique to a particular market; (ii) the nature of the proposals; (iii) the location of the company’s primary listing, if one can be determined; (iv) the regulatory/governance regime that the board is reporting against; and (v) the availability and completeness of the company’s SEC filings.
OTC-LISTED COMPANIES
Companies trading on the OTC Bulletin Board are not considered “listed companies” under SEC rules and therefore not subject to the same governance standards as listed companies. However, we believe that more stringent corporate governance standards should be applied to these companies given that their shares are still publicly traded.
When reviewing OTC companies, Glass Lewis will review the available disclosure relating to the shareholder meeting to determine whether shareholders are able to evaluate several key pieces of information, including:
(i) the composition of the board’s key committees, if any; (ii) the level of share ownership of company insiders or directors; (iii) the board meeting attendance record of directors; (iv) executive and non-employee director compensation; (v) related-party transactions conducted during the past year; and (vi) the board’s leadership structure and determinations regarding director independence.
We are particularly concerned when company disclosure lacks any information regarding the board’s key committees. We believe that committees of the board are an essential tool for clarifying how the responsibilities of the board are being delegated, and specifically for indicating which directors are accountable for ensuring: (i) the independence and quality of directors, and the transparency and integrity of the nominating process; (ii) compensation programs that are fair and appropriate; (iii) proper oversight of the company’s accounting, financial reporting, and internal and external audits; and (iv) general adherence to principles of good corporate governance.
21
In cases where shareholders are unable to identify which board members are responsible for ensuring oversight of the above-mentioned responsibilities, we may consider recommending against certain members of the board. Ordinarily, we believe it is the responsibility of the corporate governance committee to provide thorough disclosure of the board’s governance practices. In the absence of such a committee, we believe it is appropriate to hold the board’s chair or, if such individual is an executive of the company, the longest-serving non-executive board member accountable.
MUTUAL FUND BOARDS
Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently from regular public companies (i.e., operating companies). Typically, members of a fund’s advisor are on the board and management takes on a different role from that of regular public companies. Thus, we focus on a short list of requirements, although many of our guidelines remain the same.
The following mutual fund policies are similar to the policies for regular public companies:
| 1. | Size of the board of directors — The board should be made up of between five and twenty directors. |
| 2. | The CFO on the board — Neither the CFO of the fund nor the CFO of the fund’s registered investment advisor should serve on the board. |
| 3. | Independence of the audit committee — The audit committee should consist solely of independent directors. |
| 4. | Audit committee financial expert — At least one member of the audit committee should be designated as the audit committee financial expert. |
The following differences from regular public companies apply at mutual funds:
| 1. | Independence of the board — We believe that three-fourths of an investment company’s board should be made up of independent directors. This is consistent with a proposed SEC rule on investment company boards. The Investment Company Act requires 40% of the board to be independent, but in 2001, the SEC amended the Exemptive Rules to require that a majority of a mutual fund board be independent. In 2005, the SEC proposed increasing the independence threshold to 75%. In 2006, a federal appeals court ordered that this rule amendment be put back out for public comment, putting it back into “proposed rule” status. Since mutual fund boards play a vital role in overseeing the relationship between the fund and its investment manager, there is greater need for independent oversight than there is for an operating company board. |
| 2. | When the auditor is not up for ratification — We do not recommend voting against the audit committee if the auditor is not up for ratification. Due to the different legal structure of an investment company compared to an operating company, the auditor for the investment company (i.e., mutual fund) does not conduct the same level of financial review for each investment company as for an operating company. |
| 3. | Non-independent chair — The SEC has proposed that the chair of the fund board be independent. We agree that the roles of a mutual fund’s chair and CEO should be separate. Although we believe this would be best at all companies, we recommend voting against the chair of an investment company’s nominating committee as well as the board chair if the chair and CEO of a mutual fund are the same person and the fund does not have an independent lead or presiding director. Seven former SEC commissioners support the appointment of an independent chair and we agree with them that “an independent board chair would be better able to create conditions favoring the long-term interests of fund shareholders than would a chair who is an executive of the advisor.” (See the comment letter sent to the SEC in support of the proposed rule at http://www.sec.gov/news/studies/indchair.pdf.) |
22
| 4. | Multiple funds overseen by the same director — Unlike service on a public company board, mutual fund boards require much less of a time commitment. Mutual fund directors typically serve on dozens of other mutual fund boards, often within the same fund complex. The Investment Company Institute’s (“ICI”) Overview of Fund Governance Practices, 1994-2012, indicates that the average number of funds served by an independent director in 2012 was 53. Absent evidence that a specific director is hindered from being an effective board member at a fund due to service on other funds’ boards, we refrain from maintaining a cap on the number of outside mutual fund boards that we believe a director can serve on. |
DECLASSIFIED BOARDS
Glass Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards and the annual election of directors. We believe staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected annually. Furthermore, we feel the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on shareholder interests.
Empirical studies have shown: (i) staggered boards are associated with a reduction in a firm’s valuation; and (ii) in the context of hostile takeovers, staggered boards operate as a takeover defense, which entrenches management, discourages potential acquirers, and delivers a lower return to target shareholders.
In our view, there is no evidence to demonstrate that staggered boards improve shareholder returns in a takeover context. Some research has indicated that shareholders are worse off when a staggered board blocks a transaction; further, when a staggered board negotiates a friendly transaction, no statistically significant difference in premium occurs.40 Additional research found that charter-based staggered boards “reduce the market value of a firm by 4% to 6% of its market capitalization” and that “staggered boards bring about and not merely reflect this reduction in market value.”41 A subsequent study reaffirmed that classified boards reduce shareholder value, finding “that the ongoing process of dismantling staggered boards, encouraged by institutional investors, could well contribute to increasing shareholder wealth.”42
Shareholders have increasingly come to agree with this view. In 2016, 92% of S&P 500 companies had declassified boards, up from approximately 40% a decade ago.43 Management proposals to declassify boards are approved with near unanimity and shareholder proposals on the topic also receive strong shareholder support; in 2014, shareholder proposals requesting that companies declassify their boards received average support of 84% (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes), whereas in 1987, only 16.4% of votes cast favored board declassification.44 Further, a growing number of companies, nearly half of all those targeted by shareholder proposals requesting that all directors stand for election annually, either recommended shareholders support the proposal or made no recommendation, a departure from the more traditional management recommendation to vote against shareholder proposals.
Given our belief that declassified boards promote director accountability, the empirical evidence suggesting staggered boards reduce a company’s value and the established shareholder opposition to such a structure, Glass Lewis supports the declassification of boards and the annual election of directors.
BOARD COMPOSITION AND REFRESHMENT
Glass Lewis strongly supports routine director evaluation, including independent external reviews, and periodic board refreshment to foster the sharing of diverse perspectives in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and business strategies. Further, we believe the board should evaluate the need for changes to board composition based on an analysis of skills and experience necessary for the company, as well as the results of the director evaluations, as opposed to relying solely on age or tenure limits. When necessary, shareholders can address concerns regarding proper board composition through director elections.
40 | Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates IV, Guhan Subramanian, “The Powerful Antitakeover Force of Staggered Boards: Further Findings and a Reply to Symposium Participants,” 55 Stanford Law Review 885-917 (2002). |
41 | Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen, “The Costs of Entrenched Boards” (2004). |
42 | Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen and Charles C.Y. Wang, “Staggered Boards and the Wealth of Shareholders: Evidence from a Natural Experiment,” SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1706806 (2010), p. 26. |
43 | Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2016, p. 14. |
44 | Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates IV and Guhan Subramanian, “The Powerful Antitakeover Force of Staggered Boards: Theory, Evidence, and Policy”. |
23
In our view, a director’s experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the complex, critical issues that boards face. This said, we recognize that in rare circumstances, a lack of refreshment can contribute to a lack of board responsiveness to poor company performance.
On occasion, age or term limits can be used as a means to remove a director for boards that are unwilling to police their membership and enforce turnover. Some shareholders support term limits as a way to force change in such circumstances.
While we understand that age limits can aid board succession planning, the long-term impact of age limits restricts experienced and potentially valuable board members from service through an arbitrary means. We believe that shareholders are better off monitoring the board’s overall composition, including the diversity of its members, the alignment of the board’s areas of expertise with a company’s strategy, the board’s approach to corporate governance, and its stewardship of company performance, rather than imposing inflexible rules that don’t necessarily correlate with returns or benefits for shareholders.
However, if a board adopts term/age limits, it should follow through and not waive such limits. If the board waives its term/age limits, Glass Lewis will consider recommending shareholders vote against the nominating and/or governance committees, unless the rule was waived with sufficient explanation, such as consummation of a corporate transaction like a merger.
BOARD DIVERSITY
Glass Lewis recognizes the importance of ensuring that the board is comprised of directors who have a diversity of skills, thought and experience, as such diversity benefits companies by providing a broad range of perspectives and insights.45 Glass Lewis closely reviews the composition of the board for representation of diverse director candidates and will generally recommend against the nominating committee chair of a board that has no female members.
Depending on other factors, including the size of the company, the industry in which the company operates, the state in which the company is headquartered, and the governance profile of the company, we may extend this recommendation to vote against other nominating committee members. When making these voting recommendations, we will carefully review a company’s disclosure of its diversity considerations and may refrain from recommending shareholders vote against directors of companies outside the Russell 3000 index, or when boards have provided a sufficient rationale for not having any female board members. Such rationale may include, but is not limited to, a disclosed timetable for addressing the lack of diversity on the board and any notable restrictions in place regarding the board’s composition, such as director nomination agreements with significant investors.
In September 2018, California Governor Jerry Brown signed into law Senate Bill 826, which requires all companies headquartered in the state to have one woman on their board by the end of 2019. In addition, by the end of 2021, companies must have at least two women on boards of five members and at least three women on boards with six or more directors. Accordingly, during the 2020 proxy season, if a company headquartered in California does not have at least one woman on its board, we will generally recommend voting against the chair of the nominating committee unless the company has disclosed a clear plan for how they intend to address this issue.
45 | http://www.glasslewis.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/03/2017-In-Depth-Report-Gender-Diversity.pdf. |
24
PROXY ACCESS
In lieu of running their own contested election, proxy access would not only allow certain shareholders to nominate directors to company boards but the shareholder nominees would be included on the company’s ballot, significantly enhancing the ability of shareholders to play a meaningful role in selecting their representatives. Glass Lewis generally supports affording shareholders the right to nominate director candidates to management’s proxy as a means to ensure that significant, long-term shareholders have an ability to nominate candidates to the board.
Companies generally seek shareholder approval to amend company bylaws to adopt proxy access in response to shareholder engagement or pressure, usually in the form of a shareholder proposal requesting proxy access, although some companies may adopt some elements of proxy access without prompting. Glass Lewis considers several factors when evaluating whether to support proposals for companies to adopt proxy access including the specified minimum ownership and holding requirement for shareholders to nominate one or more directors, as well as company size, performance and responsiveness to shareholders.
For a discussion of recent regulatory events in this area, along with a detailed overview of the Glass Lewis approach to Shareholder Proposals regarding Proxy Access, refer to Glass Lewis’ Proxy Paper Guidelines for Shareholder Initiatives, available at www.glasslewis.com.
MAJORITY VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Majority voting for the election of directors is fast becoming the de facto standard in corporate board elections. In our view, the majority voting proposals are an effort to make the case for shareholder impact on director elections on a company-specific basis.
While this proposal would not give shareholders the opportunity to nominate directors or lead to elections where shareholders have a choice among director candidates, if implemented, the proposal would allow shareholders to have a voice in determining whether the nominees proposed by the board should actually serve as the overseer-representatives of shareholders in the boardroom. We believe this would be a favorable outcome for shareholders.
The number of shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt a majority voting standard has declined significantly during the past decade, largely as a result of widespread adoption of majority voting or director resignation policies at U.S. companies. In 2017, 89% of the S&P 500 Index had implemented a resignation policy for directors failing to receive majority shareholder support, compared to 56% in 2008.46
THE PLURALITY VOTE STANDARD
Today, most US companies still elect directors by a plurality vote standard. Under that standard, if one shareholder holding only one share votes in favor of a nominee (including that director, if the director is a shareholder), that nominee “wins” the election and assumes a seat on the board. The common concern among companies with a plurality voting standard is the possibility that one or more directors would not receive a majority of votes, resulting in “failed elections.”
ADVANTAGES OF A MAJORITY VOTE STANDARD
If a majority vote standard were implemented, a nominee would have to receive the support of a majority of the shares voted in order to be elected. Thus, shareholders could collectively vote to reject a director they believe will not pursue their best interests. Given that so few directors (less than 100 a year) do not receive majority support from shareholders, we think that a majority vote standard is reasonable since it will neither result in many failed director elections nor reduce the willingness of qualified, shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future. Further, most directors who fail to receive a majority shareholder vote in favor of their election do not step down, underscoring the need for true majority voting.
We believe that a majority vote standard will likely lead to more attentive directors. Although shareholders only rarely fail to support directors, the occasional majority vote against a director’s election will likely deter the election of directors with a record of ignoring shareholder interests. Glass Lewis will therefore generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote, excepting contested director elections.
46 | Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2018, p. 15. |
25
In response to the high level of support majority voting has garnered, many companies have voluntarily taken steps to implement majority voting or modified approaches to majority voting. These steps range from a modified approach requiring directors that receive a majority of withheld votes to resign (i.e., a resignation policy) to actually requiring a majority vote of outstanding shares to elect directors.
We feel that the modified approach does not go far enough because requiring a director to resign is not the same as requiring a majority vote to elect a director and does not allow shareholders a definitive voice in the election process. Further, under the modified approach, the corporate governance committee could reject a resignation and, even if it accepts the resignation, the corporate governance committee decides on the director’s replacement. And since the modified approach is usually adopted as a policy by the board or a board committee, it could be altered by the same board or committee at any time.
CONFLICTING AND EXCLUDED PROPOSALS
SEC Rule 14a-8(i)(9) allows companies to exclude shareholder proposals “if the proposal directly conflicts with one of the company’s own proposals to be submitted to shareholders at the same meeting.” On October 22, 2015, the SEC issued Staff Legal Bulletin No. 14H (“SLB 14H”) clarifying its rule concerning the exclusion of certain shareholder proposals when similar items are also on the ballot. SLB 14H increased the burden on companies to prove to SEC staff that a conflict exists; therefore, many companies still chose to place management proposals alongside similar shareholder proposals in many cases.
During the 2018 proxy season, a new trend in the SEC’s interpretation of this rule emerged. Upon submission of shareholder proposals requesting that companies adopt a lower special meeting threshold, several companies petitioned the SEC for no-action relief under the premise that the shareholder proposals conflicted with management’s own special meeting proposals, even though the management proposals set a higher threshold than those requested by the proponent. No-action relief was granted to these companies; however, the SEC stipulated that the companies must state in the rationale for the management proposals that a vote in favor of management’s proposal was tantamount to a vote against the adoption of a lower special meeting threshold. In certain instances, shareholder proposals to lower an existing special meeting right threshold were excluded on the basis that they conflicted with management proposals seeking to ratify the existing special meeting rights. We find the exclusion of these shareholder proposals to be especially problematic as, in these instances, shareholders are not offered any enhanced shareholder right, nor would the approval (or rejection) of the ratification proposal initiate any type of meaningful change to shareholders’ rights.
In instances where companies have excluded shareholder proposals, such as those instances where special meeting shareholder proposals are excluded as a result of “conflicting” management proposals, Glass Lewis will take a case-by-case approach, taking into account the following issues:
| ● | The threshold proposed by the shareholder resolution; |
| ● | The threshold proposed or established by management and the attendant rationale for the threshold; |
| ● | Whether management’s proposal is seeking to ratify an existing special meeting right or adopt a bylaw that would establish a special meeting right; and |
| ● | The company’s overall governance profile, including its overall responsiveness to and engagement with shareholders. |
26
Glass Lewis generally favors a 10-15% special meeting right. Accordingly, Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting for management or shareholder proposals that fall within this range. When faced with conflicting proposals, Glass Lewis will generally recommend in favor of the lower special meeting right and will recommend voting against the proposal with the higher threshold. However, in instances where there are conflicting management and shareholder proposals and a company has not established a special meeting right, Glass Lewis may recommend that shareholders vote in favor of the shareholder proposal and that they abstain from a management-proposed bylaw amendment seeking to establish a special meeting right. We believe that an abstention is appropriate in this instance in order to ensure that shareholders are sending a clear signal regarding their preference for the appropriate threshold for a special meeting right, while not directly opposing the establishment of such a right.
In cases where the company excludes a shareholder proposal seeking a reduced special meeting right by means of ratifying a management proposal that is materially different from the shareholder proposal, we will generally recommend voting against the chair or members of the governance committee.
In other instances of conflicting management and shareholder proposals, Glass Lewis will consider the following:
| ● | The nature of the underlying issue; |
| ● | The benefit to shareholders of implementing the proposal; |
| ● | The materiality of the differences between the terms of the shareholder proposal and management proposal; |
| ● | The context of a company’s shareholder base, corporate structure and other relevant circumstances; and |
| ● | A company’s overall governance profile and, specifically, its responsiveness to shareholders as evidenced by a company’s response to previous shareholder proposals and its adoption of progressive shareholder rights provisions. |
In recent years, we have seen the dynamic nature of the considerations given by the SEC when determining whether companies may exclude certain shareholder proposals. We understand that not all shareholder proposals serve the long-term interests of shareholders, and value and respect the limitations placed on shareholder proponents, as certain shareholder proposals can unduly burden companies. However, Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should be able to vote on issues of material importance.
We view the shareholder proposal process as an important part of advancing shareholder rights and encouraging responsible and financially sustainable business practices. While recognizing that certain proposals cross the line between the purview of shareholders and that of the board, we generally believe that companies should not limit investors’ ability to vote on shareholder proposals that advance certain rights or promote beneficial disclosure. Accordingly, Glass Lewis will make note of instances where a company has successfully petitioned the SEC to exclude shareholder proposals. If after review we believe that the exclusion of a shareholder proposal is detrimental to shareholders, we may, in certain very limited circumstances, recommend against members of the governance committee.
27
Transparency and Integrity in Financial Reporting
AUDITOR RATIFICATION
The auditor’s role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the financial information necessary for protecting shareholder value. Shareholders rely on the auditor to ask tough questions and to do a thorough analysis of a company’s books to ensure that the information provided to shareholders is complete, accurate, fair, and that it is a reasonable representation of a company’s financial position. The only way shareholders can make rational investment decisions is if the market is equipped with accurate information about a company’s fiscal health. As stated in the October 6, 2008 Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury:
“The auditor is expected to offer critical and objective judgment on the financial matters under consideration, and actual and perceived absence of conflicts is critical to that expectation. The Committee believes that auditors, investors, public companies, and other market participants must understand the independence requirements and their objectives, and that auditors must adopt a mindset of skepticism when facing situations that may compromise their independence.”
As such, shareholders should demand an objective, competent and diligent auditor who performs at or above professional standards at every company in which the investors hold an interest. Like directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should avoid situations requiring a choice between the auditor’s interests and the public’s interests. Almost without exception, shareholders should be able to annually review an auditor’s performance and to annually ratify a board’s auditor selection. Moreover, in October 2008, the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession went even further, and recommended that “to further enhance audit committee oversight and auditor accountability ... disclosure in the company proxy statement regarding shareholder ratification [should] include the name(s) of the senior auditing partner(s) staffed on the engagement.”47
On August 16, 2011, the PCAOB issued a Concept Release seeking public comment on ways that auditor independence, objectivity and professional skepticism could be enhanced, with a specific emphasis on mandatory audit firm rotation. The PCAOB convened several public roundtable meetings during 2012 to further discuss such matters. Glass Lewis believes auditor rotation can ensure both the independence of the auditor and the integrity of the audit; we will typically recommend supporting proposals to require auditor rotation when the proposal uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years), particularly at companies with a history of accounting problems.
On June 1, 2017, the PCAOB adopted new standards to enhance auditor reports by providing additional important information to investors. For companies with fiscal year end dates on or after December 15, 2017, reports were required to include the year in which the auditor began serving consecutively as the company’s auditor. For large accelerated filers with fiscal year ends of June 30, 2019 or later, and for all other companies with fiscal year ends of December 15, 2020 or later, communication of critical audit matters (“CAMs”) will also be required. CAMs are matters that have been communicated to the audit committee, are related to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements, and involve especially challenging, subjective, or complex auditor judgment.
Glass Lewis believes the additional reporting requirements are beneficial for investors. The additional disclosures can provide investors with information that is critical to making an informed judgment about an auditor’s independence and performance. Furthermore, we believe the additional requirements are an important step toward enhancing the relevance and usefulness of auditor reports, which too often are seen as boilerplate compliance documents that lack the relevant details to provide meaningful insight into a particular audit.
47 | “Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury.” p. VIII:20, October 6, 2008. |
28
VOTING RECOMMENDATIONS ON AUDITOR RATIFICATION
We generally support management’s choice of auditor except when we believe the auditor’s independence or audit integrity has been compromised. Where a board has not allowed shareholders to review and ratify an auditor, we typically recommend voting against the audit committee chair. When there have been material restatements of annual financial statements or material weaknesses in internal controls, we usually recommend voting against the entire audit committee.
Reasons why we may not recommend ratification of an auditor include:
| 1. | When audit fees plus audit-related fees total less than the tax fees and/or other non-audit fees. |
| 2. | Recent material restatements of annual financial statements, including those resulting in the reporting of material weaknesses in internal controls and including late filings by the company where the auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late filing.48 |
| 3. | When the auditor performs prohibited services such as tax-shelter work, tax services for the CEO or CFO, or contingent-fee work, such as a fee based on a percentage of economic benefit to the company. |
| 4. | When audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the same industry. |
| 5. | When the company has aggressive accounting policies. |
| 6. | When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in its financial statements. |
| 7. | Where the auditor limited its liability through its contract with the company or the audit contract requires the corporation to use alternative dispute resolution procedures without adequate justification. |
| 8. | We also look for other relationships or concerns with the auditor that might suggest a conflict between the auditor’s interests and shareholder interests. |
| 9. | In determining whether shareholders would benefit from rotating the company’s auditor, where relevant we will consider factors that may call into question an auditor’s effectiveness, including auditor tenure, a pattern of inaccurate audits, and any ongoing litigation or significant controversies. |
PENSION ACCOUNTING ISSUES
A pension accounting question occasionally raised in proxy proposals is what effect, if any, projected returns on employee pension assets should have on a company’s net income. This issue often arises in the executive-compensation context in a discussion of the extent to which pension accounting should be reflected in business performance for purposes of calculating payments to executives.
Glass Lewis believes that pension credits should not be included in measuring income that is used to award performance-based compensation. Because many of the assumptions used in accounting for retirement plans are subject to the company’s discretion, management would have an obvious conflict of interest if pay were tied to pension income. In our view, projected income from pensions does not truly reflect a company’s performance.
48 | An auditor does not audit interim financial statements. Thus, we generally do not believe that an auditor should be opposed due to a restatement of interim financial statements unless the nature of the misstatement is clear from a reading of the incorrect financial statements. |
29
The Link Between Compensation and Performance
Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives, as we believe that this is an important area in which the board’s priorities are revealed. Glass Lewis strongly believes executive compensation should be linked directly with the performance of the business the executive is charged with managing. We believe the most effective compensation arrangements provide for an appropriate mix of performance-based short- and long-term incentives in addition to fixed pay elements while promoting a prudent and sustainable level of risk-taking.
Glass Lewis believes that comprehensive, timely and transparent disclosure of executive pay is critical to allowing shareholders to evaluate the extent to which pay is aligned with company performance. When reviewing proxy materials, Glass Lewis examines whether the company discloses the performance metrics used to determine executive compensation. We recognize performance metrics must necessarily vary depending on the company and industry, among other factors, and may include a wide variety of financial measures as well as industry-specific performance indicators. However, we believe companies should disclose why the specific performance metrics were selected and how the actions they are designed to incentivize will lead to better corporate performance.
Moreover, it is rarely in shareholders’ interests to disclose competitive data about individual salaries below the senior executive level. Such disclosure could create internal personnel discord that would be counterproductive for the company and its shareholders. While we favor full disclosure for senior executives and we view pay disclosure at the aggregate level (e.g., the number of employees being paid over a certain amount or in certain categories) as potentially useful, we do not believe shareholders need or will benefit from detailed reports about individual management employees other than the most senior executives.
ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION (“SAY-ON-PAY”)
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) required companies to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation at the first shareholder meeting that occurs six months after enactment of the bill (January 21, 2011).
This practice of allowing shareholders a non-binding vote on a company’s compensation report is standard practice in many non-US countries, and has been a requirement for most companies in the United Kingdom since 2003 and in Australia since 2005. Although say-on-pay proposals are non-binding, a high level of “against” or “abstain” votes indicates substantial shareholder concern about a company’s compensation policies and procedures.
Given the complexity of most companies’ compensation programs, Glass Lewis applies a highly nuanced approach when analyzing advisory votes on executive compensation. We review each company’s compensation on a case-by-case basis, recognizing that each company must be examined in the context of industry, size, maturity, performance, financial condition, its historic pay for performance practices, and any other relevant internal or external factors.
We believe that each company should design and apply specific compensation policies and practices that are appropriate to the circumstances of the company and, in particular, will attract and retain competent executives and other staff, while motivating them to grow the company’s long-term shareholder value.
30
Where we find those specific policies and practices serve to reasonably align compensation with performance, and such practices are adequately disclosed, Glass Lewis will recommend supporting the company’s approach. If, however, those specific policies and practices fail to demonstrably link compensation with performance, Glass Lewis will generally recommend voting against the say-on-pay proposal.
Glass Lewis reviews say-on-pay proposals on both a qualitative basis and a quantitative basis, with a focus on several main areas:
| ● | The overall design and structure of the company’s executive compensation programs including selection and challenging nature of performance metrics; |
| ● | The implementation and effectiveness of the company’s executive compensation programs including pay mix and use of performance metrics in determining pay levels; |
| ��� | The quality and content of the company’s disclosure; |
| ● | The quantum paid to executives; and |
| ● | The link between compensation and performance as indicated by the company’s current and past pay-for-performance grades. |
We also review any significant changes or modifications, including post fiscal year end changes and one-time awards, particularly where the changes touch upon issues that are material to Glass Lewis recommendations.
SAY-ON-PAY VOTING RECOMMENDATIONS
In cases where we find deficiencies in a company’s compensation program’s design, implementation or management, we will recommend that shareholders vote against the say-on-pay proposal. Generally such instances include evidence of a pattern of poor pay-for-performance practices (i.e., deficient or failing pay-for-performance grades), unclear or questionable disclosure regarding the overall compensation structure (e.g., limited information regarding benchmarking processes, limited rationale for bonus performance metrics and targets, etc.), questionable adjustments to certain aspects of the overall compensation structure (e.g., limited rationale for significant changes to performance targets or metrics, the payout of guaranteed bonuses or sizable retention grants, etc.), and/or other egregious compensation practices.
Although not an exhaustive list, the following issues when weighed together may cause Glass Lewis to recommend voting against a say-on-pay vote:
| ● | Inappropriate or outsized peer groups and/or benchmarking issues such as compensation targets set well above peers; |
| ● | Egregious or excessive bonuses, equity awards or severance payments, including golden handshakes and golden parachutes; |
| ● | Insufficient response to low shareholder support; |
| ● | Problematic contractual payments, such as guaranteed bonuses; |
| ● | Targeting overall levels of compensation at higher than median without adequate justification; |
| ● | Performance targets not sufficiently challenging, and/or providing for high potential payouts; |
| ● | Performance targets lowered without justification; |
31
| ● | Discretionary bonuses paid when short- or long-term incentive plan targets were not met; |
| ● | Executive pay high relative to peers not justified by outstanding company performance; and |
| ● | The terms of the long-term incentive plans are inappropriate (please see “Long-Term Incentives”). |
The aforementioned issues may also influence Glass Lewis’ assessment of the structure of a company’s compensation program. We evaluate structure on a “Good, Fair, Poor” rating scale whereby a “Good” rating represents a compensation program with little to no concerns, a “Fair” rating represents a compensation program with some concerns and a “Poor” rating represents a compensation program that deviates significantly from best practice or contains one or more egregious compensation practices.
We believe that it is important for companies to provide investors with clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms of compensation arrangements. Similar to structure, we evaluate disclosure on a “Good, Fair, Poor” rating scale whereby a “Good” rating represents a thorough discussion of all elements of compensation, a “Fair” rating represents an adequate discussion of all or most elements of compensation and a “Poor” rating represents an incomplete or absent discussion of compensation. In instances where a company has simply failed to provide sufficient disclosure of its policies, we may recommend shareholders vote against this proposal solely on this basis, regardless of the appropriateness of compensation levels.
In general, most companies will fall within the “Fair” range for both structure and disclosure, and Glass Lewis largely uses the “Good” and “Poor” ratings to highlight outliers.
Where we identify egregious compensation practices, we may also recommend voting against the compensation committee based on the practices or actions of its members during the year. Such practices may include: approving large one-off payments, the inappropriate, unjustified use of discretion, or sustained poor pay for performance practices.
COMPANY RESPONSIVENESS
For companies that receive a significant level of shareholder opposition (20% or greater) to the say-on-pay proposal at the previous annual meeting, we believe the board should demonstrate some level of engagement and responsiveness to the shareholder concerns behind the discontent, particularly in response to shareholder feedback.
While we recognize that sweeping changes cannot be made to a compensation program without due consideration, and that often a majority of shareholders may have voted in favor of the proposal, given that the average approval rate for say-on-pay proposals is about 90%, we believe the compensation committee should provide some level of response to a significant vote against. In general, our expectations regarding the minimum appropriate levels of responsiveness will correspond with the level of shareholder opposition, as expressed both through the magnitude of opposition in a single year, and through the persistence of shareholder discontent over time.
Responses we consider appropriate include engaging with large shareholders to identify their concerns, and, where reasonable, implementing changes that directly address those concerns within the company’s compensation program. In the absence of any evidence that the board is actively engaging shareholders on these issues and responding accordingly, we may recommend holding compensation committee members accountable for failing to adequately respond to shareholder opposition. Regarding such recommendations, careful consideration will be given to the level of shareholder protest and the severity and history of compensation.
PAY FOR PERFORMANCE
Glass Lewis believes an integral part of a well-structured compensation package is a successful link between pay and performance. Our proprietary pay-for-performance model was developed to better evaluate the link between pay and performance. Generally, compensation and performance are measured against a peer group of appropriate companies that may overlap, to a certain extent, with a company’s self-disclosed peers. This quantitative analysis provides a consistent framework and historical context for our clients to determine how well companies link executive compensation to relative performance. Companies that demonstrate a weaker link are more likely to receive a negative recommendation; however, other qualitative factors such as overall incentive structure, significant forthcoming changes to the compensation program or reasonable long-term payout levels may mitigate our concerns to a certain extent.
32
While we assign companies a letter grade of A, B, C, D or F based on the alignment between pay and performance, the grades derived from the Glass Lewis pay-for-performance analysis do not follow the traditional U.S. school letter grade system. Rather, the grades are generally interpreted as follows:
A. | The company’s percentile rank for pay is significantly less than its percentile rank for performance |
B. | The company’s percentile rank for pay is moderately less than its percentile rank for performance |
C. | The company’s percentile rank for pay is approximately aligned with its percentile rank for performance |
D. | The company’s percentile rank for pay is higher than its percentile rank for performance |
F. | The company’s percentile rank for pay is significantly higher than its percentile rank for performance |
For the avoidance of confusion, the above grades encompass the relationship between a company’s percentile rank for pay and its percentile rank in performance. Separately, a specific comparison between the company’s executive pay and its peers’ executive pay levels is discussed in the analysis for additional insight into the grade. Likewise, a specific comparison between the company’s performance and its peers’ performance is reflected in the analysis for further context.
We also use this analysis to inform our voting decisions on say-on-pay proposals. As such, if a company receives a “D” or “F” from our proprietary model, we are more likely to recommend that shareholders vote against the say-on-pay proposal. However, other qualitative factors such as an effective overall incentive structure, the relevance of selected performance metrics, significant forthcoming enhancements or reasonable long-term payout levels may give us cause to recommend in favor of a proposal even when we have identified a disconnect between pay and performance.
SHORT-TERM INCENTIVES
A short-term bonus or incentive (“STI”) should be demonstrably tied to performance. Whenever possible, we believe a mix of corporate and individual performance measures is appropriate. We would normally expect performance measures for STIs to be based on company-wide or divisional financial measures as well as non-financial factors such as those related to safety, environmental issues, and customer satisfaction. While we recognize that companies operating in different sectors or markets may seek to utilize a wide range of metrics, we expect such measures to be appropriately tied to a company’s business drivers.
Further, the threshold, target and potential maximum awards that can be achieved under STI awards should be disclosed. Shareholders should expect stretching performance targets for the maximum award to be achieved. Any increase in the potential target and maximum award should be clearly justified to shareholders.
Glass Lewis recognizes that disclosure of some measures or performance targets may include commercially confidential information. Therefore, we believe it may be reasonable to exclude such information in some cases as long as the company provides sufficient justification for non-disclosure. However, where a short-term bonus has been paid, companies should disclose the extent to which performance has been achieved against relevant targets, including disclosure of the actual target achieved.
Where management has received significant STIs but short-term performance over the previous year prima facie appears to be poor or negative, we believe the company should provide a clear explanation of why these significant short-term payments were made. Further, where a Company has applied upward discretion, which includes lowering goals mid-year or increasing calculated payouts, we expect a robust discussion of why the decision was necessary. In addition, we believe that where companies use non-GAAP or bespoke metrics, clear reconciliations between these figures and GAAP figures in audited financial statement should be provided.
33
Given the pervasiveness of non-formulaic plans in this market, we do not generally recommend against a pay program on this basis alone. If a company has chosen to rely primarily on a subjective assessment or the board’s discretion in determining short-term bonuses, we believe that the proxy statement should provide a meaningful discussion of the board’s rationale in determining the bonuses paid as well as a rationale for the use of a non-formulaic mechanism. Particularly where the aforementioned disclosures are substantial and satisfactory, such a structure will not provoke serious concern in our analysis on its own. However, in conjunction with other significant issues in a program’s design or operation, such as a disconnect between pay and performance, the absence of a cap on payouts, or a lack of performance-based long-term awards, the use of a non-formulaic bonus may help drive a negative recommendation.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVES
Glass Lewis recognizes the value of equity-based incentive programs, which are often the primary long-term incentive for executives. When used appropriately, they can provide a vehicle for linking an executive’s pay to company performance, thereby aligning their interests with those of shareholders. In addition, equity-based compensation can be an effective way to attract, retain and motivate key employees.
There are certain elements that Glass Lewis believes are common to most well-structured long-term incentive (“LTI”) plans. These include:
| ● | No re-testing or lowering of performance conditions; |
| ● | Performance metrics that cannot be easily manipulated by management; |
| ● | Two or more performance metrics; |
| ● | At least one relative performance metric that compares the company’s performance to a relevant peer group or index; |
| ● | Performance periods of at least three years; |
| ● | Stretching metrics that incentivize executives to strive for outstanding performance while not encouraging excessive risk-taking; and |
| ● | Individual limits expressed as a percentage of base salary. |
Performance measures should be carefully selected and should relate to the specific business/industry in which the company operates and, especially, the key value drivers of the company’s business. As with short-term incentive plans, the basis for any adjustments to metrics or results should be clearly explained.
While cognizant of the inherent complexity of certain performance metrics, Glass Lewis generally believes that measuring a company’s performance with multiple metrics serves to provide a more complete picture of the company’s performance than a single metric; further, reliance on just one metric may focus too much management attention on a single target and is therefore more susceptible to manipulation. When utilized for relative measurements, external benchmarks such as a sector index or peer group should be disclosed and transparent. The rationale behind the selection of a specific index or peer group should also be disclosed. Internal benchmarks should also be disclosed and transparent, unless a cogent case for confidentiality is made and fully explained. Similarly, actual performance and vesting levels for previous grants earned during the fiscal year should be disclosed.
34
We also believe shareholders should evaluate the relative success of a company’s compensation programs, particularly with regard to existing equity-based incentive plans, in linking pay and performance when evaluating new LTI plans to determine the impact of additional stock awards. We will therefore review the company’s pay-for-performance grade (see below for more information) and specifically the proportion of total compensation that is stock-based.
GRANTS OF FRONT-LOADED AWARDS
Many U.S. companies have chosen to provide large grants, usually in the form of equity awards, that are intended to serve as compensation for multiple years. This practice, often called front-loading, is taken up either in the regular course of business or as a response to specific business conditions and with a predetermined objective. We believe shareholders should generally be wary of this approach, and we accordingly weigh these grants with particular scrutiny.
While the use of front-loaded awards is intended to lock-in executive service and incentives, the same rigidity also raises the risk of effectively tying the hands of the compensation committee. As compared with a more responsive annual granting schedule program, front-loaded awards may preclude improvements or changes to reflect evolving business strategies. The considerable emphasis on a single grant can place intense pressures on every facet of its design, amplifying any potential perverse incentives and creating greater room for unintended consequences. In particular, provisions around changes of control or separations of service must ensure that executives do not receive excessive payouts that do not reflect shareholder experience or company performance.
We consider a company’s rationale for granting awards under this structure and also expect any front-loaded awards to include a firm commitment not to grant additional awards for a defined period, as is commonly associated with this practice. Even when such a commitment is provided, unexpected circumstances may lead the board to make additional payments or awards for retention purposes, or to incentivize management towards more realistic goals or a revised strategy. If a company breaks its commitment not to grant further awards, we may recommend against the pay program unless a convincing rationale is provided.
The multiyear nature of these awards generally lends itself to significantly higher compensation figures in the year of grant than might otherwise be expected. In analyzing the grant of front-loaded awards to executives, Glass Lewis considers the quantum of the award on an annualized basis, rather than the lump sum, and may compare this result to prior practice and peer data, among other benchmarks.
ONE-TIME AWARDS
Glass Lewis believes shareholders should generally be wary of awards granted outside of the standard incentive schemes, as such awards have the potential to undermine the integrity of a company’s regular incentive plans or the link between pay and performance, or both. We generally believe that if the existing incentive programs fail to provide adequate incentives to executives, companies should redesign their compensation programs rather than make additional grants.
However, we recognize that in certain circumstances, additional incentives may be appropriate. In these cases, companies should provide a thorough description of the awards, including a cogent and convincing explanation of their necessity and why existing awards do not provide sufficient motivation. Further, such awards should be tied to future service and performance whenever possible.
Additionally, we believe companies making supplemental or one-time awards should also describe if and how the regular compensation arrangements will be affected by these additional grants. In reviewing a company’s use of supplemental awards, Glass Lewis will evaluate the terms and size of the grants in the context of the company’s overall incentive strategy and granting practices, as well as the current operating environment.
35
CONTRACTUAL PAYMENTS AND ARRANGEMENTS
Beyond the quantum of contractual payments, Glass Lewis will also consider the design of any entitlements. Certain executive employment terms may help to drive a negative recommendation, including, but not limited to:
| ● | Excessively broad change in control triggers; |
| ● | Inappropriate severance entitlements; |
| ● | Inadequately explained or excessive sign-on arrangements; |
| ● | Guaranteed bonuses (especially as a multiyear occurrence); and |
| ● | Failure to address any concerning practices in amended employment agreements. |
In general, we are wary of terms that are excessively restrictive in favor of the executive, or that could potentially incentivize behaviors that are not in a company’s best interest.
SIGN-ON AWARDS AND SEVERANCE BENEFITS
We acknowledge that there may be certain costs associated with transitions at the executive level. In evaluating the size of severance and sign-on arrangements, we may consider the executive’s regular target compensation level, or the sums paid to other executives (including the recipient’s predecessor, where applicable) in evaluating the appropriateness of such an arrangement.
We believe sign-on arrangements should be clearly disclosed and accompanied by a meaningful explanation of the payments and the process by which the amounts were reached. Further, the details of and basis for any “make-whole” payments (paid as compensation for awards forfeited from a previous employer) should be provided.
With respect to severance, we believe companies should abide by predetermined payouts in most circumstances. While in limited circumstances some deviations may not be inappropriate, we believe shareholders should be provided with a meaningful explanation of any additional or increased benefits agreed upon outside of regular arrangements.
In the U.S. market, most companies maintain severance entitlements based on a multiple of salary and, in many cases, bonus. In almost all instances we see, the relevant multiple is three or less, even in the case of a change in control. We believe the basis and total value of severance should be reasonable and should not exceed the upper limit of general market practice. We consider the inclusion of long-term incentives in cash severance calculations to be inappropriate, particularly given the commonality of accelerated vesting and the proportional weight of long-term incentives as a component of total pay. Additional considerations, however, will be accounted for when reviewing atypically structured compensation approaches.
CHANGE IN CONTROL
Glass Lewis considers double-trigger change in control arrangements, which require both a change in control and termination or constructive termination, to be best practice. Any arrangement that is not explicitly double-trigger may be considered a single-trigger or modified single-trigger arrangement.
Further, we believe that excessively broad definitions of change in control are potentially problematic as they may lead to situations where executives receive additional compensation where no meaningful change in status or duties has occurred.
36
EXCISE TAX GROSS-UPS
Among other entitlements, Glass Lewis is strongly opposed to excise tax gross-ups related to IRC § 4999 and their expansion, especially where no consideration is given to the safe harbor limit. We believe that under no normal circumstance is the inclusion of excise tax gross-up provisions in new agreements or the addition of such provisions to amended agreements acceptable. In consideration of the fact that minor increases in change-in-control payments can lead to disproportionately large excise taxes, the potential negative impact of tax gross-ups far outweighs any retentive benefit. Depending on the circumstances, the addition of new gross-ups around this excise tax particularly may lead to negative recommendations for a company’s say-on-pay proposal, the chair of the compensation committee, or the entire committee, particularly in cases where a company had committed not to provide any such entitlements in the future.
AMENDED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
Any contractual arrangements providing for problematic pay practices which are not addressed in materially amended employment agreements will potentially be viewed by Glass Lewis as a missed opportunity on the part of the company to align its policies with current best practices. Such problematic pay practices include, but are not limited to, excessive change in control entitlements, modified single-trigger change in control entitlements, excise tax gross-ups, and multi-year guaranteed awards.
RECOUPMENT PROVISIONS (“CLAWBACKS”)
Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to create a rule requiring listed companies to adopt policies for recouping certain compensation during a three-year look-back period. The rule is more stringent than Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and applies to incentive-based compensation paid to current or former executives in the case of a financial restatement — specifically, the recoupment provision applies in cases where the company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to erroneous data resulting from material non-compliance with any financial reporting requirements under the securities laws. Although the SEC has yet to finalize the relevant rules, we believe it is prudent for boards to adopt detailed bonus recoupment policies that go beyond Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to prevent executives from retaining performance-based awards that were not truly earned.
We are increasingly focusing attention on the specific terms of recoupment policies beyond whether a company maintains a clawback that simply satisfies the minimum legal requirements. We believe that clawbacks should be triggered, at a minimum, in the event of a restatement of financial results or similar revision of performance indicators upon which bonuses were based. Such policies allow the board to review all performance-related bonuses and awards made to senior executives during a specified lookback period and, to the extent feasible, allow the company to recoup such bonuses where appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in cases where a company maintains only a bare-minimum clawback, the absence of more expansive recoupment tools may inform our overall view of the compensation program.
HEDGING OF STOCK
Glass Lewis believes that the hedging of shares by executives in the shares of the companies where they are employed severs the alignment of interests of the executive with shareholders. We believe companies should adopt strict policies to prohibit executives from hedging the economic risk associated with their share ownership in the company.
PLEDGING OF STOCK
Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should examine the facts and circumstances of each company rather than apply a one-size-fits-all policy regarding employee stock pledging. Glass Lewis believes that shareholders benefit when employees, particularly senior executives have “skin-in-the-game” and therefore recognizes the benefits of measures designed to encourage employees to both buy shares out of their own pocket and to retain shares they have been granted; blanket policies prohibiting stock pledging may discourage executives and employees from doing either.
37
However, we also recognize that the pledging of shares can present a risk that, depending on a host of factors, an executive with significant pledged shares and limited other assets may have an incentive to take steps to avoid a forced sale of shares in the face of a rapid stock price decline. Therefore, to avoid substantial losses from a forced sale to meet the terms of the loan, the executive may have an incentive to boost the stock price in the short term in a manner that is unsustainable, thus hurting shareholders in the long-term. We also recognize concerns regarding pledging may not apply to less senior employees, given the latter group’s significantly more limited influence over a company’s stock price. Therefore, we believe that the issue of pledging shares should be reviewed in that context, as should polices that distinguish between the two groups.
Glass Lewis believes that the benefits of stock ownership by executives and employees may outweigh the risks of stock pledging, depending on many factors. As such, Glass Lewis reviews all relevant factors in evaluating proposed policies, limitations and prohibitions on pledging stock, including:
| ● | The number of shares pledged; |
| ● | The percentage executives’ pledged shares are of outstanding shares; |
| ● | The percentage executives’ pledged shares are of each executive’s shares and total assets; |
| ● | Whether the pledged shares were purchased by the employee or granted by the company; |
| ● | Whether there are different policies for purchased and granted shares; |
| ● | Whether the granted shares were time-based or performance-based; |
| ● | The overall governance profile of the company; |
| ● | The volatility of the company’s stock (in order to determine the likelihood of a sudden stock price drop); |
| ● | The nature and cyclicality, if applicable, of the company’s industry; |
| ● | The participation and eligibility of executives and employees in pledging; |
| ● | The company’s current policies regarding pledging and any waiver from these policies for employees and executives; and |
● | Disclosure of the extent of any pledging, particularly among senior executives. |
COMPENSATION CONSULTANT INDEPENDENCE
As mandated by Section 952 of the Dodd-Frank Act, as of January 11, 2013, the SEC approved new listing requirements for both the NYSE and NASDAQ which require compensation committees to consider six factors (https://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2012/33-9330.pdf, p.31-32) in assessing compensation advisor independence. According to the SEC, “no one factor should be viewed as a determinative factor.” Glass Lewis believes this six-factor assessment is an important process for every compensation committee to undertake but believes companies employing a consultant for board compensation, consulting and other corporate services should provide clear disclosure beyond just a reference to examining the six points, in order to allow shareholders to review the specific aspects of the various consultant relationships.
We believe compensation consultants are engaged to provide objective, disinterested, expert advice to the compensation committee. When the consultant or its affiliates receive substantial income from providing other services to the company, we believe the potential for a conflict of interest arises and the independence of the consultant may be jeopardized. Therefore, Glass Lewis will, when relevant, note the potential for a conflict of interest when the fees paid to the advisor or its affiliates for other services exceeds those paid for compensation consulting.
38
CEO PAY RATIO
As mandated by Section 953(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Consumer and Protection Act, beginning in 2018, issuers will be required to disclose the median annual total compensation of all employees except the CEO, the total annual compensation of the CEO or equivalent position, and the ratio between the two amounts. Glass Lewis will display the pay ratio as a data point in our Proxy Papers, as available. While we recognize that the pay ratio has the potential to provide additional insight when assessing a company’s pay practices, at this time it will not be a determinative factor in our voting recommendations.
FREQUENCY OF SAY-ON-PAY
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires companies to allow shareholders a non-binding vote on the frequency of say-on-pay votes, i.e. every one, two or three years. Additionally, Dodd-Frank requires companies to hold such votes on the frequency of say-on-pay votes at least once every six years.
We believe companies should submit say-on-pay votes to shareholders every year. We believe that the time and financial burdens to a company with regard to an annual vote are relatively small and incremental and are outweighed by the benefits to shareholders through more frequent accountability. Implementing biannual or triennial votes on executive compensation limits shareholders’ ability to hold the board accountable for its compensation practices through means other than voting against the compensation committee. Unless a company provides a compelling rationale or unique circumstances for say-on-pay votes less frequent than annually, we will generally recommend that shareholders support annual votes on compensation.
VOTE ON GOLDEN PARACHUTE ARRANGEMENTS
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires companies to provide shareholders with a separate non-binding vote on approval of golden parachute compensation arrangements in connection with certain change-in-control transactions. However, if the golden parachute arrangements have previously been subject to a say-on-pay vote which shareholders approved, then this required vote is waived.
Glass Lewis believes the narrative and tabular disclosure of golden parachute arrangements benefits all shareholders. Glass Lewis analyzes each golden parachute arrangement on a case-by-case basis, taking into account, among other items: the nature of the change-in-control transaction, the ultimate value of the payments particularly compared to the value of the transaction, any excise tax gross-up obligations, the tenure and position of the executives in question before and after the transaction, any new or amended employment agreements entered into in connection with the transaction, and the type of triggers involved (i.e., single vs. double).
EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION PLAN PROPOSALS
We believe that equity compensation awards, when not abused, are useful for retaining employees and providing an incentive for them to act in a way that will improve company performance. Glass Lewis recognizes that equity-based compensation plans are critical components of a company’s overall compensation program and we analyze such plans accordingly based on both quantitative and qualitative factors.
Our quantitative analysis assesses the plan’s cost and the company’s pace of granting utilizing a number of different analyses, comparing the program with absolute limits we believe are key to equity value creation and with a carefully chosen peer group. In general, our model seeks to determine whether the proposed plan is either absolutely excessive or is more than one standard deviation away from the average plan for the peer group on a range of criteria, including dilution to shareholders and the projected annual cost relative to the company’s financial performance. Each of the analyses (and their constituent parts) is weighted and the plan is scored in accordance with that weight.
39
We compare the program’s expected annual expense with the business’s operating metrics to help determine whether the plan is excessive in light of company performance. We also compare the plan’s expected annual cost to the enterprise value of the firm rather than to market capitalization because the employees, managers and directors of the firm contribute to the creation of enterprise value but not necessarily market capitalization (the biggest difference is seen where cash represents the vast majority of market capitalization). Finally, we do not rely exclusively on relative comparisons with averages because, in addition to creeping averages serving to inflate compensation, we believe that some absolute limits are warranted.
We then consider qualitative aspects of the plan such as plan administration, the method and terms of exercise, repricing history, express or implied rights to reprice, and the presence of evergreen provisions. We also closely review the choice and use of, and difficulty in meeting, the awards’ performance metrics and targets, if any. We believe significant changes to the terms of a plan should be explained for shareholders and clearly indicated. Other factors such as a company’s size and operating environment may also be relevant in assessing the severity of concerns or the benefits of certain changes. Finally, we may consider a company’s executive compensation practices in certain situations, as applicable.
We evaluate equity plans based on certain overarching principles:
| ● | Companies should seek more shares only when needed; |
| ● | Requested share amounts should be small enough that companies seek shareholder approval every three to four years (or more frequently); |
| ● | If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not grant options solely to senior executives and board members; |
| ● | Dilution of annual net share count or voting power, along with the “overhang” of incentive plans, should be limited; |
| ● | Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be reasonable as a percentage of financial results and should be in line with the peer group; |
| ● | The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the business’s value; |
| ● | The intrinsic value that option grantees received in the past should be reasonable compared with the business’s financial results; |
| ● | Plans should not permit re-pricing of stock options; |
| ● | Plans should not contain excessively liberal administrative or payment terms; |
| ● | Plans should not count shares in ways that understate the potential dilution, or cost, to common shareholders. This refers to “inverse” full-value award multipliers; |
| ● | Selected performance metrics should be challenging and appropriate, and should be subject to relative performance measurements; and |
| ● | Stock grants should be subject to minimum vesting and/or holding periods sufficient to ensure sustainable performance and promote retention. |
40
OPTION EXCHANGES AND REPRICING
Glass Lewis is firmly opposed to the repricing of employee and director options regardless of how it is accomplished. Employees should have some downside risk in their equity-based compensation program and repricing eliminates any such risk. As shareholders have substantial risk in owning stock, we believe that the equity compensation of employees and directors should be similarly situated to align their interests with those of shareholders. We believe this will facilitate appropriate risk- and opportunity-taking for the company by employees.
We are concerned that option grantees who believe they will be “rescued” from underwater options will be more inclined to take unjustifiable risks. Moreover, a predictable pattern of repricing or exchanges substantially alters a stock option’s value because options that will practically never expire deeply out of the money are worth far more than options that carry a risk of expiration.
In short, repricings and option exchange programs change the bargain between shareholders and employees after the bargain has been struck.
There is one circumstance in which a repricing or option exchange program may be acceptable: if macroeconomic or industry trends, rather than specific company issues, cause a stock’s value to decline dramatically and the repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees. In this circumstance, we think it fair to conclude that option grantees may be suffering from a risk that was not foreseeable when the original “bargain” was struck. In such a circumstance, we will recommend supporting a repricing if the following conditions are true:
| ● | Officers and board members cannot participate in the program; |
| ● | The stock decline mirrors the market or industry price decline in terms of timing and approximates the decline in magnitude; |
| ● | The exchange is value-neutral or value-creative to shareholders using very conservative assumptions and with a recognition of the adverse selection problems inherent in voluntary programs; |
| ● | The vesting requirements on exchanged or repriced options are extended beyond one year; |
| ● | Shares reserved for options that are reacquired in an option exchange will permanently retire (i.e., will not be available for future grants) so as to prevent additional shareholder dilution in the future; and |
| ● | Management and the board make a cogent case for needing to motivate and retain existing employees, such as being in a competitive employment market. |
OPTION BACKDATING, SPRING-LOADING AND BULLET-DODGING
Glass Lewis views option backdating, and the related practices of spring-loading and bullet-dodging, as egregious actions that warrant holding the appropriate management and board members responsible. These practices are similar to re-pricing options and eliminate much of the downside risk inherent in an option grant that is designed to induce recipients to maximize shareholder return.
Backdating an option is the act of changing an option’s grant date from the actual grant date to an earlier date when the market price of the underlying stock was lower, resulting in a lower exercise price for the option. Since 2006, Glass Lewis has identified over 270 companies that have disclosed internal or government investigations into their past stock-option grants.
Spring-loading is granting stock options while in possession of material, positive information that has not been disclosed publicly. Bullet-dodging is delaying the grants of stock options until after the release of material, negative information. This can allow option grants to be made at a lower price either before the release of positive news or following the release of negative news, assuming the stock’s price will move up or down in response to the information. This raises a concern similar to that of insider trading, or the trading on material non-public information.
41
The exercise price for an option is determined on the day of grant, providing the recipient with the same market risk as an investor who bought shares on that date. However, where options were backdated, the executive or the board (or the compensation committee) changed the grant date retroactively. The new date may be at or near the lowest price for the year or period. This would be like allowing an investor to look back and select the lowest price of the year at which to buy shares.
A 2006 study of option grants made between 1996 and 2005 at 8,000 companies found that option backdating can be an indication of poor internal controls. The study found that option backdating was more likely to occur at companies without a majority independent board and with a long-serving CEO; both factors, the study concluded, were associated with greater CEO influence on the company’s compensation and governance practices.49
Where a company granted backdated options to an executive who is also a director, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against that executive/director, regardless of who decided to make the award. In addition, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against those directors who either approved or allowed the backdating. Glass Lewis feels that executives and directors who either benefited from backdated options or authorized the practice have breached their fiduciary responsibility to shareholders.
Given the severe tax and legal liabilities to the company from backdating, Glass Lewis will consider recommending voting against members of the audit committee who served when options were backdated, a restatement occurs, material weaknesses in internal controls exist and disclosures indicate there was a lack of documentation. These committee members failed in their responsibility to ensure the integrity of the company’s financial reports.
When a company has engaged in spring-loading or bullet-dodging, Glass Lewis will consider recommending voting against the compensation committee members where there has been a pattern of granting options at or near historic lows. Glass Lewis will also recommend voting against executives serving on the board who benefited from the spring-loading or bullet-dodging.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION PLANS
Glass Lewis believes that non-employee directors should receive reasonable and appropriate compensation for the time and effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. However, a balance is required. Fees should be competitive in order to retain and attract qualified individuals, but excessive fees represent a financial cost to the company and potentially compromise the objectivity and independence of non-employee directors. We will consider recommending support for compensation plans that include option grants or other equity-based awards that help to align the interests of outside directors with those of shareholders. However, to ensure directors are not incentivized in the same manner as executives but rather serve as a check on imprudent risk-taking in executive compensation plan design, equity grants to directors should not be performance-based. Where an equity plan exclusively or primarily covers non-employee directors as participants, we do not believe that the plan should provide for performance-based awards in any capacity.
When non-employee director equity grants are covered by the same equity plan that applies to a company’s broader employee base, we will use our propriety model and analyst review of this model to guide our voting recommendations. If such a plan broadly allows for performance-based awards to directors or explicitly provides for such grants, we may recommend against the overall plan on this basis, particularly if the company has granted performance-based awards to directors in past.
49 | Lucian Bebchuk, Yaniv Grinstein and Urs Peyer. “LUCKY CEOs.” November, 2006. |
42
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS
Glass Lewis believes that employee stock purchase plans (“ESPPs”) can provide employees with a sense of ownership in their company and help strengthen the alignment between the interests of employees and shareholders. We evaluate ESPPs by assessing the expected discount, purchase period, expected purchase activity (if previous activity has been disclosed) and whether the plan has a “lookback” feature. Except for the most extreme cases, Glass Lewis will generally support these plans given the regulatory purchase limit of $25,000 per employee per year, which we believe is reasonable. We also look at the number of shares requested to see if a ESPP will significantly contribute to overall shareholder dilution or if shareholders will not have a chance to approve the program for an excessive period of time. As such, we will generally recommend against ESPPs that contain “evergreen” provisions that automatically increase the number of shares available under the ESPP each year.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TAX DEDUCTIBILITY — AMENDMENT TO IRS 162(M)
The “Tax Cut and Jobs Act” had significant implications on Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a provision that allowed companies to deduct compensation in excess of $1 million for the CEO and the next three most highly compensated executive officers, excluding the CFO, if the compensation is performance-based and is paid under shareholder-approved plans. Glass Lewis does not generally view amendments to equity plans and changes to compensation programs in response to the elimination of tax deductions under 162(m) as problematic. This specifically holds true if such modifications contribute to the maintenance of a sound performance-based compensation program.
As grandfathered contracts may continue to be eligible for tax deductions under the transition rule for Section 162(m), companies may therefore submit incentive plans for shareholder approval to take of advantage of the tax deductibility afforded under 162(m) for certain types of compensation.
We believe the best practice for companies is to provide robust disclosure to shareholders so that they can make fully-informed judgments about the reasonableness of the proposed compensation plan. To allow for meaningful shareholder review, we prefer that disclosure should include specific performance metrics, a maximum award pool, and a maximum award amount per employee. We also believe it is important to analyze the estimated grants to see if they are reasonable and in line with the company’s peers.
We typically recommend voting against a 162(m) proposal where: (i) a company fails to provide at least a list of performance targets; (ii) a company fails to provide one of either a total maximum or an individual maximum; or (iii) the proposed plan or individual maximum award limit is excessive when compared with the plans of the company’s peers.
The company’s record of aligning pay with performance (as evaluated using our proprietary pay-for-performance model) also plays a role in our recommendation. Where a company has a record of setting reasonable pay relative to business performance, we generally recommend voting in favor of a plan even if the plan caps seem large relative to peers because we recognize the value in special pay arrangements for continued exceptional performance.
As with all other issues we review, our goal is to provide consistent but contextual advice given the specifics of the company and ongoing performance. Overall, we recognize that it is generally not in shareholders’ best interests to vote against such a plan and forgo the potential tax benefit since shareholder rejection of such plans will not curtail the awards; it will only prevent the tax deduction associated with them.
43
Governance Structure and the Shareholder Franchise
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
POISON PILLS (SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLANS)
Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans are not generally in shareholders’ best interests. They can reduce management accountability by substantially limiting opportunities for corporate takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-out premium for their stock. Typically we recommend that shareholders vote against these plans to protect their financial interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for their shares, especially those at a premium.
We believe boards should be given wide latitude in directing company activities and in charting the company’s course. However, on an issue such as this, where the link between the shareholders’ financial interests and their right to consider and accept buyout offers is substantial, we believe that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether they support such a plan’s implementation. This issue is different from other matters that are typically left to board discretion. Its potential impact on and relation to shareholders is direct and substantial. It is also an issue in which management interests may be different from those of shareholders; thus, ensuring that shareholders have a voice is the only way to safeguard their interests.
In certain circumstances, we will support a poison pill that is limited in scope to accomplish a particular objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we believe to be a reasonable qualifying offer clause. We will consider supporting a poison pill plan if the qualifying offer clause includes each of the following attributes:
| ● | The form of offer is not required to be an all-cash transaction; |
| ● | The offer is not required to remain open for more than 90 business days; |
| ● | The offeror is permitted to amend the offer, reduce the offer, or otherwise change the terms; |
| ● | There is no fairness opinion requirement; and |
| ● | There is a low to no premium requirement. |
Where these requirements are met, we typically feel comfortable that shareholders will have the opportunity to voice their opinion on any legitimate offer.
NOL POISON PILLS
Similarly, Glass Lewis may consider supporting a limited poison pill in the event that a company seeks shareholder approval of a rights plan for the express purpose of preserving Net Operating Losses (NOLs). While companies with NOLs can generally carry these losses forward to offset future taxable income, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits companies’ ability to use NOLs in the event of a “change of ownership.”50 In this case, a company may adopt or amend a poison pill (“NOL pill”) in order to prevent an inadvertent change of ownership by multiple investors purchasing small chunks of stock at the same time, and thereby preserve the ability to carry the NOLs forward. Often such NOL pills have trigger thresholds much lower than the common 15% or 20% thresholds, with some NOL pill triggers as low as 5%.
44
Glass Lewis evaluates NOL pills on a strictly case-by-case basis taking into consideration, among other factors, the value of the NOLs to the company, the likelihood of a change of ownership based on the size of the holding and the nature of the larger shareholders, the trigger threshold and whether the term of the plan is limited in duration (i.e., whether it contains a reasonable “sunset” provision) or is subject to periodic board review and/or shareholder ratification. In many cases, companies will propose the adoption of bylaw amendments specifically restricting certain share transfers, in addition to proposing the adoption of a NOL pill. In general, if we support the terms of a particular NOL pill, we will generally support the additional protective amendment in the absence of significant concerns with the specific terms of that proposal.
Furthermore, we believe that shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote on any adoption or renewal of a NOL pill regardless of any potential tax benefit that it offers a company. As such, we will consider recommending voting against those members of the board who served at the time when an NOL pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months and where the NOL pill is not subject to shareholder ratification.
FAIR PRICE PROVISIONS
Fair price provisions, which are rare, require that certain minimum price and procedural requirements be observed by any party that acquires more than a specified percentage of a corporation’s common stock. The provision is intended to protect minority shareholder value when an acquirer seeks to accomplish a merger or other transaction which would eliminate or change the interests of the minority shareholders. The provision is generally applied against the acquirer unless the takeover is approved by a majority of ”continuing directors” and holders of a majority, in some cases a supermajority as high as 80%, of the combined voting power of all stock entitled to vote to alter, amend, or repeal the above provisions.
The effect of a fair price provision is to require approval of any merger or business combination with an “interested shareholder” by 51% of the voting stock of the company, excluding the shares held by the interested shareholder. An interested shareholder is generally considered to be a holder of 10% or more of the company’s outstanding stock, but the trigger can vary.
Generally, provisions are put in place for the ostensible purpose of preventing a back-end merger where the interested shareholder would be able to pay a lower price for the remaining shares of the company than he or she paid to gain control. The effect of a fair price provision on shareholders, however, is to limit their ability to gain a premium for their shares through a partial tender offer or open market acquisition which typically raise the share price, often significantly. A fair price provision discourages such transactions because of the potential costs of seeking shareholder approval and because of the restrictions on purchase price for completing a merger or other transaction at a later time.
Glass Lewis believes that fair price provisions, while sometimes protecting shareholders from abuse in a takeover situation, more often act as an impediment to takeovers, potentially limiting gains to shareholders from a variety of transactions that could significantly increase share price. In some cases, even the independent directors of the board cannot make exceptions when such exceptions may be in the best interests of shareholders. Given the existence of state law protections for minority shareholders such as Section 203 of the Delaware Corporations Code, we believe it is in the best interests of shareholders to remove fair price provisions.
50 | Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code refers to a “change of ownership” of more than 50 percentage points by one or more 5% shareholders within a three-year period. The statute is intended to deter the “trafficking” of net operating losses. |
45
QUORUM REQUIREMENTS
Glass Lewis believes that a company’s quorum requirement should be set at a level high enough to ensure that a broad range of shareholders are represented in person or by proxy, but low enough that the company can transact necessary business. Companies in the U.S. are generally subject to quorum requirements under the laws of their specific state of incorporation. Additionally, those companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market are required to specify a quorum in their bylaws, provided however that such quorum may not be less than one-third of outstanding shares. Prior to 2013, the New York Stock Exchange required a quorum of 50% for listed companies, although this requirement was dropped in recognition of individual state requirements and potential confusion for issuers. Delaware, for example, required companies to provide for a quorum of no less than one-third of outstanding shares; otherwise such quorum shall default to a majority.
We generally believe a majority of outstanding shares entitled to vote is an appropriate quorum for the transaction of business at shareholder meetings. However, should a company seek shareholder approval of a lower quorum requirement we will generally support a reduced quorum of at least one-third of shares entitled to vote, either in person or by proxy. When evaluating such proposals, we also consider the specific facts and circumstances of the company, such as size and shareholder base.
DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION
While Glass Lewis strongly believes that directors and officers should be held to the highest standard when carrying out their duties to shareholders, some protection from liability is reasonable to protect them against certain suits so that these officers feel comfortable taking measured risks that may benefit shareholders. As such, we find it appropriate for a company to provide indemnification and/or enroll in liability insurance to cover its directors and officers so long as the terms of such agreements are reasonable.
REINCORPORATION
In general, Glass Lewis believes that the board is in the best position to determine the appropriate jurisdiction of incorporation for the company. When examining a management proposal to reincorporate to a different state or country, we review the relevant financial benefits, generally related to improved corporate tax treatment, as well as changes in corporate governance provisions, especially those relating to shareholder rights, resulting from the change in domicile. Where the financial benefits are de minimis and there is a decrease in shareholder rights, we will recommend voting against the transaction.
However, costly, shareholder-initiated reincorporations are typically not the best route to achieve the furtherance of shareholder rights. We believe shareholders are generally better served by proposing specific shareholder resolutions addressing pertinent issues which may be implemented at a lower cost, and perhaps even with board approval. However, when shareholders propose a shift into a jurisdiction with enhanced shareholder rights, Glass Lewis examines the significant ways would the company benefit from shifting jurisdictions including the following:
| ● | Is the board sufficiently independent? |
| ● | Does the company have anti-takeover protections such as a poison pill or classified board in place? |
| ● | Has the board been previously unresponsive to shareholders (such as failing to implement a shareholder proposal that received majority shareholder support)? |
| ● | Do shareholders have the right to call special meetings of shareholders? |
| ● | Are there other material governance issues of concern at the company? |
| ● | Has the company’s performance matched or exceeded its peers in the past one and three years? |
46
| ● | How has the company ranked in Glass Lewis’ pay-for-performance analysis during the last three years? |
| ● | Does the company have an independent chair? |
We note, however, that we will only support shareholder proposals to change a company’s place of incorporation in exceptional circumstances.
EXCLUSIVE FORUM AND FEE-SHIFTING BYLAW PROVISIONS
Glass Lewis recognizes that companies may be subject to frivolous and opportunistic lawsuits, particularly in conjunction with a merger or acquisition, that are expensive and distracting. In response, companies have sought ways to prevent or limit the risk of such suits by adopting bylaws regarding where the suits must be brought or shifting the burden of the legal expenses to the plaintiff, if unsuccessful at trial.
Glass Lewis believes that charter or bylaw provisions limiting a shareholder’s choice of legal venue are not in the best interests of shareholders. Such clauses may effectively discourage the use of shareholder claims by increasing their associated costs and making them more difficult to pursue. As such, shareholders should be wary about approving any limitation on their legal recourse including limiting themselves to a single jurisdiction (e.g., Delaware) without compelling evidence that it will benefit shareholders.
For this reason, we recommend that shareholders vote against any bylaw or charter amendment seeking to adopt an exclusive forum provision unless the company: (i) provides a compelling argument on why the provision would directly benefit shareholders; (ii) provides evidence of abuse of legal process in other, non-favored jurisdictions; (iii) narrowly tailors such provision to the risks involved; and (iv) maintains a strong record of good corporate governance practices.
Moreover, in the event a board seeks shareholder approval of a forum selection clause pursuant to a bundled bylaw amendment rather than as a separate proposal, we will weigh the importance of the other bundled provisions when determining the vote recommendation on the proposal. We will nonetheless recommend voting against the chair of the governance committee for bundling disparate proposals into a single proposal (refer to our discussion of nominating and governance committee performance in Section I of the guidelines).
Similarly, some companies have adopted bylaws requiring plaintiffs who sue the company and fail to receive a judgment in their favor pay the legal expenses of the company. These bylaws, also known as “fee-shifting” or “loser pays” bylaws, will likely have a chilling effect on even meritorious shareholder lawsuits as shareholders would face an strong financial disincentive not to sue a company. Glass Lewis therefore strongly opposes the adoption of such fee-shifting bylaws and, if adopted without shareholder approval, will recommend voting against the governance committee. While we note that in June of 2015 the State of Delaware banned the adoption of fee-shifting bylaws, such provisions could still be adopted by companies incorporated in other states.
AUTHORIZED SHARES
Glass Lewis believes that adequate capital stock is important to a company’s operation. When analyzing a request for additional shares, we typically review four common reasons why a company might need additional capital stock:
| 1. | Stock Split — We typically consider three metrics when evaluating whether we think a stock split is likely or necessary: The historical stock pre-split price, if any; the current price relative to the company’s most common trading price over the past 52 weeks; and some absolute limits on stock price that, in our view, either always make a stock split appropriate if desired by management or would almost never be a reasonable price at which to split a stock. |
| 2. | Shareholder Defenses — Additional authorized shares could be used to bolster takeover defenses such as a poison pill. Proxy filings often discuss the usefulness of additional shares in defending against or discouraging a hostile takeover as a reason for a requested increase. Glass Lewis is typically against such defenses and will oppose actions intended to bolster such defenses. |
47
| 3. | Financing for Acquisitions — We look at whether the company has a history of using stock for acquisitions and attempt to determine what levels of stock have typically been required to accomplish such transactions. Likewise, we look to see whether this is discussed as a reason for additional shares in the proxy. |
| 4. | Financing for Operations — We review the company’s cash position and its ability to secure financing through borrowing or other means. We look at the company’s history of capitalization and whether the company has had to use stock in the recent past as a means of raising capital. |
Issuing additional shares generally dilutes existing holders in most circumstances. Further, the availability of additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can often serve as a deterrent to interested suitors. Accordingly, where we find that the company has not detailed a plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares far exceeds those needed to accomplish a detailed plan, we typically recommend against the authorization of additional shares. Similar concerns may also lead us to recommend against a proposal to conduct a reverse stock split if the board does not state that it will reduce the number of authorized common shares in a ratio proportionate to the split.
While we think that having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and effectively operate the business is critical, we prefer that, for significant transactions, management come to shareholders to justify their use of additional shares rather than providing a blank check in the form of a large pool of unallocated shares available for any purpose.
ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against proposals that would require advance notice of shareholder proposals or of director nominees.
These proposals typically attempt to require a certain amount of notice before shareholders are allowed to place proposals on the ballot. Notice requirements typically range between three to six months prior to the annual meeting. Advance notice requirements typically make it impossible for a shareholder who misses the deadline to present a shareholder proposal or a director nominee that might be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders.
We believe shareholders should be able to review and vote on all proposals and director nominees. Shareholders can always vote against proposals that appear with little prior notice. Shareholders, as owners of a business, are capable of identifying issues on which they have sufficient information and ignoring issues on which they have insufficient information. Setting arbitrary notice restrictions limits the opportunity for shareholders to raise issues that may come up after the window closes.
VIRTUAL SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
A relatively small but growing contingent of companies have elected to hold shareholder meetings by virtual means only. Glass Lewis believes that virtual meeting technology can be a useful complement to a traditional, in-person shareholder meeting by expanding participation of shareholders who are unable to attend a shareholder meeting in person (i.e. a “hybrid meeting”). However, we also believe that virtual-only meetings have the potential to curb the ability of a company’s shareholders to meaningfully communicate with the company’s management.
Prominent shareholder rights advocates, including the Council of Institutional Investors, have expressed concerns that such virtual-only meetings do not approximate an in-person experience and may serve to reduce the board’s accountability to shareholders. When analyzing the governance profile of companies that choose to hold virtual-only meetings, we look for robust disclosure in a company’s proxy statement which assures shareholders that they will be afforded the same rights and opportunities to participate as they would at an in-person meeting.
48
Examples of effective disclosure include: (i) addressing the ability of shareholders to ask questions during the meeting, including time guidelines for shareholder questions, rules around what types of questions are allowed, and rules for how questions and comments will be recognized and disclosed to meeting participants; (ii) procedures, if any, for posting appropriate questions received during the meeting and the company’s answers, on the investor page of their website as soon as is practical after the meeting; (iii) addressing technical and logistical issues related to accessing the virtual meeting platform; and (iv) procedures for accessing technical support to assist in the event of any difficulties accessing the virtual meeting.
We will generally recommend voting against members of the governance committee where the board is planning to hold a virtual-only shareholder meeting and the company does not provide such disclosure.
VOTING STRUCTURE
DUAL-CLASS SHARE STRUCTURES
Glass Lewis believes dual-class voting structures are typically not in the best interests of common shareholders. Allowing one vote per share generally operates as a safeguard for common shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares are able to weigh in on issues set forth by the board.
Furthermore, we believe that the economic stake of each shareholder should match their voting power and that no small group of shareholders, family or otherwise, should have voting rights different from those of other shareholders. On matters of governance and shareholder rights, we believe shareholders should have the power to speak and the opportunity to effect change. That power should not be concentrated in the hands of a few for reasons other than economic stake.
We generally consider a dual-class share structure to reflect negatively on a company’s overall corporate governance. Because we believe that companies should have share capital structures that protect the interests of non-controlling shareholders as well as any controlling entity, we typically recommend that shareholders vote in favor of recapitalization proposals to eliminate dual-class share structures. Similarly, we will generally recommend against proposals to adopt a new class of common stock.
With regards to our evaluation of corporate governance following an IPO or spin-off within the past year, we will now include the presence of dual-class share structures as an additional factor in determining whether shareholder rights are being severely restricted indefinitely.
When analyzing voting results from meetings of shareholders at companies controlled through dual-class structures, we will carefully examine the level of approval or disapproval attributed to unaffiliated shareholders when determining whether board responsiveness is warranted. Where vote results indicate that a majority of unaffiliated shareholders supported a shareholder proposal or opposed a management proposal, we believe the board should demonstrate an appropriate level of responsiveness.
CUMULATIVE VOTING
Cumulative voting increases the ability of minority shareholders to elect a director by allowing shareholders to cast as many shares of the stock they own multiplied by the number of directors to be elected. As companies generally have multiple nominees up for election, cumulative voting allows shareholders to cast all of their votes for a single nominee, or a smaller number of nominees than up for election, thereby raising the likelihood of electing one or more of their preferred nominees to the board. It can be important when a board is controlled by insiders or affiliates and where the company’s ownership structure includes one or more shareholders who control a majority-voting block of company stock.
49
Glass Lewis believes that cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares can elect a candidate of their choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that are responsive to the interests of all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders.
We review cumulative voting proposals on a case-by-case basis, factoring in the independence of the board and the status of the company’s governance structure. But we typically find these proposals on ballots at companies where independence is lacking and where the appropriate checks and balances favoring shareholders are not in place. In those instances we typically recommend in favor of cumulative voting.
Where a company has adopted a true majority vote standard (i.e., where a director must receive a majority of votes cast to be elected, as opposed to a modified policy indicated by a resignation policy only), Glass Lewis will recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals due to the incompatibility of the two election methods. For companies that have not adopted a true majority voting standard but have adopted some form of majority voting, Glass Lewis will also generally recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals if the company has not adopted anti-takeover protections and has been responsive to shareholders.
Where a company has not adopted a majority voting standard and is facing both a shareholder proposal to adopt majority voting and a shareholder proposal to adopt cumulative voting, Glass Lewis will support only the majority voting proposal. When a company has both majority voting and cumulative voting in place, there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors not being elected as a result of not receiving a majority vote. This is because shareholders exercising the right to cumulate their votes could unintentionally cause the failed election of one or more directors for whom shareholders do not cumulate votes.
SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS
Glass Lewis believes that supermajority vote requirements impede shareholder action on ballot items critical to shareholder interests. An example is in the takeover context, where supermajority vote requirements can strongly limit the voice of shareholders in making decisions on such crucial matters as selling the business. This in turn degrades share value and can limit the possibility of buyout premiums to shareholders. Moreover, we believe that a supermajority vote requirement can enable a small group of shareholders to overrule the will of the majority shareholders. We believe that a simple majority is appropriate to approve all matters presented to shareholders.
TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS
We typically recommend that shareholders not give their proxy to management to vote on any other business items that may properly come before an annual or special meeting. In our opinion, granting unfettered discretion is unwise.
ANTI-GREENMAIL PROPOSALS
Glass Lewis will support proposals to adopt a provision preventing the payment of greenmail, which would serve to prevent companies from buying back company stock at significant premiums from a certain shareholder. Since a large or majority shareholder could attempt to compel a board into purchasing its shares at a large premium, the anti-greenmail provision would generally require that a majority of shareholders other than the majority shareholder approve the buyback.
MUTUAL FUNDS: INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ADVISORY AGREEMENTS
Glass Lewis believes that decisions about a fund’s structure and/or a fund’s relationship with its investment advisor or sub-advisors are generally best left to management and the members of the board, absent a showing of egregious or illegal conduct that might threaten shareholder value. As such, we focus our analyses of such proposals on the following main areas:
50
| ● | The terms of any amended advisory or sub-advisory agreement; |
| ● | Any changes in the fee structure paid to the investment advisor; and |
| ● | Any material changes to the fund’s investment objective or strategy. |
We generally support amendments to a fund’s investment advisory agreement absent a material change that is not in the best interests of shareholders. A significant increase in the fees paid to an investment advisor would be reason for us to consider recommending voting against a proposed amendment to an investment advisory agreement or fund reorganization. However, in certain cases, we are more inclined to support an increase in advisory fees if such increases result from being performance-based rather than asset-based. Furthermore, we generally support sub-advisory agreements between a fund’s advisor and sub-advisor, primarily because the fees received by the sub-advisor are paid by the advisor, and not by the fund.
In matters pertaining to a fund’s investment objective or strategy, we believe shareholders are best served when a fund’s objective or strategy closely resembles the investment discipline shareholders understood and selected when they initially bought into the fund. As such, we generally recommend voting against amendments to a fund’s investment objective or strategy when the proposed changes would leave shareholders with stakes in a fund that is noticeably different than when originally purchased, and which could therefore potentially negatively impact some investors’ diversification strategies.
REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
The complex organizational, operational, tax and compliance requirements of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) provide for a unique shareholder evaluation. In simple terms, a REIT must have a minimum of 100 shareholders (the “100 Shareholder Test”) and no more than 50% of the value of its shares can be held by five or fewer individuals (the “5/50 Test”). At least 75% of a REITs’ assets must be in real estate, it must derive 75% of its gross income from rents or mortgage interest, and it must pay out 90% of its taxable earnings as dividends. In addition, as a publicly traded security listed on a stock exchange, a REIT must comply with the same general listing requirements as a publicly traded equity.
In order to comply with such requirements, REITs typically include percentage ownership limitations in their organizational documents, usually in the range of 5% to 10% of the REITs outstanding shares. Given the complexities of REITs as an asset class, Glass Lewis applies a highly nuanced approach in our evaluation of REIT proposals, especially regarding changes in authorized share capital, including preferred stock.
PREFERRED STOCK ISSUANCES AT REITS
Glass Lewis is generally against the authorization of preferred shares that allows the board to determine the preferences, limitations and rights of the preferred shares (known as “blank-check preferred stock”). We believe that granting such broad discretion should be of concern to common shareholders, since blank-check preferred stock could be used as an antitakeover device or in some other fashion that adversely affects the voting power or financial interests of common shareholders. However, given the requirement that a REIT must distribute 90% of its net income annually, it is inhibited from retaining capital to make investments in its business. As such, we recognize that equity financing likely plays a key role in a REIT’s growth and creation of shareholder value. Moreover, shareholder concern regarding the use of preferred stock as an anti-takeover mechanism may be allayed by the fact that most REITs maintain ownership limitations in their certificates of incorporation. For these reasons, along with the fact that REITs typically do not engage in private placements of preferred stock (which result in the rights of common shareholders being adversely impacted), we may support requests to authorize shares of blank-check preferred stock at REITs.
51
BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COMPANIES
Business Development Companies (“BDCs”) were created by the U.S. Congress in 1980; they are regulated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and are taxed as regulated investment companies (“RICs”) under the Internal Revenue Code. BDCs typically operate as publicly traded private equity firms that invest in early stage to mature private companies as well as small public companies. BDCs realize operating income when their investments are sold off, and therefore maintain complex organizational, operational, tax and compliance requirements that are similar to those of REITs—the most evident of which is that BDCs must distribute at least 90% of their taxable earnings as dividends.
AUTHORIZATION TO SELL SHARES AT A PRICE BELOW NET ASSET VALUE
Considering that BDCs are required to distribute nearly all their earnings to shareholders, they sometimes need to offer additional shares of common stock in the public markets to finance operations and acquisitions. However, shareholder approval is required in order for a BDC to sell shares of common stock at a price below Net Asset Value (“NAV”). Glass Lewis evaluates these proposals using a case-by-case approach, but will recommend supporting such requests if the following conditions are met:
| ● | The authorization to allow share issuances below NAV has an expiration date of one year or less from the date that shareholders approve the underlying proposal (i.e. the meeting date); |
| ● | The proposed discount below NAV is minimal (ideally no greater than 20%); |
| ● | The board specifies that the issuance will have a minimal or modest dilutive effect (ideally no greater than 25% of the company’s then-outstanding common stock prior to the issuance); and |
| ● | A majority of the company’s independent directors who do not have a financial interest in the issuance approve the sale. |
In short, we believe BDCs should demonstrate a responsible approach to issuing shares below NAV, by proactively addressing shareholder concerns regarding the potential dilution of the requested share issuance, and explaining if and how the company’s past below-NAV share issuances have benefitted the company.
AUDITOR RATIFICATION AND BELOW-NAV ISSUANCES
When a BDC submits a below-NAV issuance for shareholder approval, we will refrain from recommending against the audit committee chair for not including auditor ratification on the same ballot. Because of the unique way these proposals interact, votes may be tabulated in a manner that is not in shareholders’ interests. In cases where these proposals appear on the same ballot, auditor ratification is generally the only “routine proposal,” the presence of which triggers a scenario where broker non-votes may be counted toward shareholder quorum, with unintended consequences.
Under the 1940 Act, below-NAV issuance proposals require relatively high shareholder approval. Specifically, these proposals must be approved by the lesser of: (i) 67% of votes cast if a majority of shares are represented at the meeting; or (ii) a majority of outstanding shares. Meanwhile, any broker non-votes counted toward quorum will automatically be registered as “against” votes for purposes of this proposal. The unintended result can be a case where the issuance proposal is not approved, despite sufficient voting shares being cast in favor. Because broker non-votes result from a lack of voting instruction by the shareholder, we do not believe shareholders’ ability to weigh in on the selection of auditor outweighs the consequences of failing to approve an issuance proposal due to such technicality.
52
Shareholder Initiatives
Glass Lewis generally believes decisions regarding day-to-day management and policy decisions, including those related to social, environmental or political issues, are best left to management and the board as they in almost all cases have more and better information about company strategy and risk. However, when there is a clear link between the subject of a shareholder proposal and value enhancement or risk mitigation, Glass Lewis will recommend in favor of a reasonable, well-crafted shareholder proposal where the company has failed to or inadequately addressed the issue.
We believe that shareholders should not attempt to micromanage a company, its businesses or its executives through the shareholder initiative process. Rather, we believe shareholders should use their influence to push for governance structures that protect shareholders and promote director accountability. Shareholders should then put in place a board they can trust to make informed decisions that are in the best interests of the business and its owners, and hold directors accountable for management and policy decisions through board elections. However, we recognize that support of appropriately crafted shareholder initiatives may at times serve to promote or protect shareholder value.
To this end, Glass Lewis evaluates shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis. We generally recommend supporting shareholder proposals calling for the elimination of, as well as to require shareholder approval of, antitakeover devices such as poison pills and classified boards. We generally recommend supporting proposals likely to increase and/or protect shareholder value and also those that promote the furtherance of shareholder rights. In addition, we also generally recommend supporting proposals that promote director accountability and those that seek to improve compensation practices, especially those promoting a closer link between compensation and performance, as well as those that promote more and better disclosure of relevant risk factors where such disclosure is lacking or inadequate.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL & GOVERNANCE INITIATIVES
For a detailed review of our policies concerning compensation, environmental, social and governance shareholder initiatives, please refer to our comprehensive Proxy Paper Guidelines for Shareholder Initiatives, available at www.glasslewis.com.
DISCLAIMER
This document is intended to provide an overview of Glass Lewis’ proxy voting policies and guidelines. It is not intended to be exhaustive and does not address all potential voting issues. Additionally, none of the information contained herein should be relied upon as investment advice. The content of this document has been developed based on Glass Lewis’ experience with proxy voting and corporate governance issues, engagement with clients and issuers and review of relevant studies and surveys, and has not been tailored to any specific person.
No representations or warranties express or implied, are made as to the accuracy or completeness of any information included herein. In addition, Glass Lewis shall not be liable for any losses or damages arising from or in connection with the information contained herein or the use, reliance on or inability to use any such information. Glass Lewis expects its subscribers possess sufficient experience and knowledge to make their own decisions entirely independent of any information contained in this document.
All information contained in this report is protected by law, including but not limited to, copyright law, and none of such information may be copied or otherwise reproduced, repackaged, further transmitted, transferred, disseminated, redistributed or resold, or stored for subsequent use for any such purpose, in whole or in part, in any form or manner or by any means whatsoever, by any person without Glass Lewis’ prior written consent.
© 2019 Glass, Lewis & Co., Glass Lewis Europe, Ltd., and CGI Glass Lewis Pty Ltd. (collectively, “Glass Lewis”). All Rights Reserved.
53
North America |
| UNITED STATES |
|
| Headquarters |
|
| 255 California Street |
|
| Suite 1100 |
|
| San Francisco, CA 94111 |
|
| +1 415 678 4110 |
|
| +1 888 800 7001 |
|
| 44 Wall Street |
|
| Suite 503 |
|
| New York, NY 10005 |
|
| +1 212 797 3777 |
|
| 2323 Grand Boulevard |
|
| Suite 1125 |
|
| Kansas City, MO 64108 |
|
| +1 816 945 4525 |
Europe |
| IRELAND |
|
| 15 Henry Street |
|
| Limerick |
|
| +353 61 292 800 |
|
| UNITED KINGDOM |
|
| 80 Coleman Street |
|
| Suite 4.02 |
|
| London, EC2R 5BJ |
|
| +44 207 653 8800 |
|
| GERMANY |
|
| IVOX Glass Lewis |
|
| Kaiserallee 23a |
|
| 76133 Karlsruhe |
|
| +49 721 3549622 |
Asia Pacific |
| AUSTRALIA |
|
| CGI Glass Lewis |
|
| Suite 5.03, Level 5 |
|
| 255 George St |
|
| Sydney NSW 2000 |
|
| +61 2 9299 9266 |
www.glasslewis.com
@GlassLewis
@CGIGlassLewis
Glass, Lewis & Co. |
2020
PROXY PAPER™
GUIDELINES
AN OVER VIEW OF THE GLASS LEWIS APPROACH TO PROXY ADVICE
ESG POLICY
AN ADDENDUM TO THE PROXY PAPER POLICY GUIDELINES
SUMMARY OF CHANGES
On an ongoing basis, Glass Lewis extensively reviews and consults with stakeholders and clients on its policy guidelines. Annually, Glass Lewis updates its policy guidelines in accordance with market trends, developments and the results of our ongoing consultations.
In advance of the 2020 proxy season, Glass Lewis has not made material revisions to the ESG policy guidelines. However, a number of updates have been made to the Glass Lewis standard guidelines, which underpin and inform the ESG policy guidelines. Furthers details can be found at www.glasslewis.com/guidelines
MANAGEMENT PROPOSALS
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
In addition to the standard level of analysis Glass Lewis conducts of directors and their performance, the ESG guidelines provide an additional level of review to determine if directors are providing adequate oversight of ESG issues including whether the company provides sufficient disclosure concerning ESG risks. Pursuant to this, the ESG guidelines evaluate directors’ commitment to establishing broad sustainable business practices in evaluating shareholder proposals to report on and mitigate environmental, social and governance risks.
DIRECTOR OVERBOARDING
For U.S. companies, Glass Lewis will closely review director board commitments and will vote against directors serving on more than five total boards, for directors who are not also executives; and against directors serving more than two total boards, for a director who serves as an executive of a public company.
BOARD DIVERSITY, TENURE AND REFRESHMENT
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines will evaluate a company’s policies and actions with respect to board refreshment and diversity. As a part of this evaluation, we will review the diversity of board members and support proposals to report on or increase board diversity. Glass Lewis believes that the nominating and governance committee, as an agent for the shareholders, is responsible for the governance by the board of the company and its executives. In performing this role, the committee is responsible and accountable for selection of objective and competent board members. To that end, Glass Lewis will: (i) vote against members of the nominating committee in the event that the board has an average tenure of over ten years and the board has not appointed a new nominee to the board in at least five years; or (ii) vote against the male members of the nominating committee in instances where the board is comprised of fewer than 30% female directors for large-cap companies, or against the nominating committee when there is not at least one woman on the board at mid- and small-cap companies.
VIRTUAL-ONLY SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
In recent years, an increasing number of companies have adopted virtual-only shareholder meetings, wherein shareholders are unable to speak face-to-face with a company’s management. Although we support companies allowing a virtual option alongside participation in an in-person meeting, we view stripping shareholders’ ability to attend a physical meeting as not conducive to productive discussions between companies and their investors. We believe that, without proper controls, conducting a virtual-only meeting of shareholders could eliminate or significantly limit a fundamental right of shareholders to confront and ask questions of management. As such, when companies have elected to hold a virtual-only shareholder meeting, Glass Lewis will examine the level of disclosure provided regarding virtual meeting procedures. The ESG policy may vote against members of the nominating and governance committee if the company does not provide disclosure assuring that shareholders will be afforded the same rights and opportunities to participate as they would at an in-person meeting.
TAX HAVENS
Glass Lewis believes that it is prudent for management to assess its potential exposure to risks relating to a company’s tax haven policies. More specifically, we believe a company should consider its exposure to regulatory, legal and reputational risk due to its policies and practices regarding operations in tax havens. Accordingly, the ESG guidelines will support shareholder proposals requesting that companies report on the risks associated with their use of tax havens. In addition, the ESG policy will support proposals requesting that companies adopt policies to discontinue operations or withdraw from tax havens. Further, in instances where companies have proposed to redomicile in known tax havens, the ESG guidelines will vote against such a reincorporation.
RATIFICATION OF AUDITOR
The auditor’s role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the financial information necessary for protecting shareholder value. Because of the importance of the role of the auditor, rotating auditors is an important safeguard against the relationship between the auditor and the company becoming too close, resulting in a lack of oversight due to complacency or conflicts of interest. Accordingly, in addition to our standard analysis on auditor ratification proposals, the ESG guidelines will vote against auditor ratification proposals in instances where it is clear that a company’s auditor has not been changed for 20 or more years.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Glass Lewis recognizes the importance in designing appropriate executive compensation plans that truly reward pay for performance. Under the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines, Glass Lewis also conducts a further level of analysis by looking at compensation issues as they relate to environmental and social criteria as well as other issues relevant to good corporate governance practices. In its standard analysis, Glass Lewis engages in an exhaustive examination of the methods and levels of compensation paid to executives to determine if pay and performance are properly aligned. However, the ESG guidelines support the inclusion of sustainability metrics in executive compensation plans. In instances where a company has received a Pay-for-Performance grade of “D” or “F” and Glass Lewis’ standard policy has recommended in favor of the plan, the ESG guidelines will vote against say-on-pay proposals where sustainability is not an explicit consideration for companies when awarding executive compensation.
Beginning in 2018, U.S. companies are required to disclose the ratio between the compensation awarded to the median employee relative to that awarded to the CEO. Although the ESG guidelines will not currently incorporate this pay ratio in its voting policies, Glass Lewis will continue to evaluate this issue and may incorporate this disclosure in future compensation-related votes.
In general, under the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines, we will evaluate director compensation based on the same criteria as executive compensation but will favor the ability to approve director compensation separate and apart from executive compensation.
The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will follow the general Glass Lewis recommendation when voting on executive compensation arrangements in connection with merger transactions (i.e., golden parachutes). Further, the ESG Guidelines will support annual advisory compensation votes.
MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND CONTESTED MEETINGS
Glass Lewis undertakes a thorough examination of the implications of a proposed merger or acquisition to determine the transaction’s likelihood of maximizing shareholder return. In making our voting recommendation, we examine the process conducted, the specific parties and individuals involved in negotiating an agreement, as well as the economic and governance terms of the proposal. In contested merger situations, or board proxy fights, Glass Lewis considers the plan presented by the dissident party and how, if elected, it plans to enhance or protect shareholder value. We also consider the arguments presented by the board, including any plans for improving the performance of the company, when making our ultimate recommendations.
The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will vote in accordance with the standard Glass Lewis policy recommendations on contested meetings, mergers, acquisitions, and other financing transactions. In addition, the ESG guidelines will support shareholder proposals asking the company to consider the effects of the transaction on the company’s stakeholders.
SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
COMPENSATION
The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines recognize that ESG performance factors should be an important component of the overall consideration of proper levels of executive performance and compensation. Therefore, the ESG guidelines generally vote in favor of proposals seeking to tie executive compensation to performance measures such as compliance with environmental regulations, health and safety regulations, nondiscrimination laws and compliance with international human rights standards. Furthermore, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will generally support proposals that seek to evaluate overall director performance based on environmental and social criteria.
The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will support proposals seeking to prohibit or require more disclosure about stock hedging and pledging by executives. The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will also support proposals requesting that companies adopt executive stock retention policies and prohibiting the accelerated vesting of equity awards. Furthermore, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will vote in favor of shareholder proposals to link pay with performance, to eliminate or require shareholder approval of golden coffins, and to clawback unearned bonuses. Furthermore, the ESG guidelines will support proposals requesting disclosure from companies regarding gender pay inequity and company initiatives to reduce the gap in compensation paid to women compared to men.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Similar to Glass Lewis’ general guidelines, the ESG guidelines support increased shareholder participation and access to a company and its board of directors. Accordingly, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will vote in favor of initiatives that seek to enhance shareholder rights, such as the introduction of majority voting to elect directors, the adoption and amendment of proxy access bylaws, the elimination/reduction of supermajority provisions, the declassification of the board, the submission of shareholder rights’ plans to a shareholder vote, and the principle of one share, one vote. The ESG guidelines will also support proposals aimed at increasing the diversity of boards or management as well as those requesting additional information concerning workforce diversity and the adoption of more inclusive nondiscrimination policies.
ENVIRONMENT
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines generally support proposals regarding the environment, in particular, those seeking improved sustainability reporting and disclosure about company practices which impact the environment. Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines will vote in favor of increased disclosure of a company’s environmental risk through company-specific disclosure as well as compliance with international environmental conventions and adherence to environmental principles. Similarly, Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines support proposals requesting companies develop greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals, comprehensive recycling programs, and other proactive means to mitigate a company’s environmental footprint.
The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will also vote for proposals seeking that companies provide certain disclosures or adopt certain policies related to mitigating their climate change-related risks. For example, regardless of industry, the ESG guidelines will support proposals requesting that companies disclose information concerning their scenario analyses or that request the company provide disclosure in line with certain reporting recommendations, such as those promulgated by the Financial Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (“TCFD”). Similarly, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines support proposals requesting that a company consider energy efficiency and renewable energy sources in its project development and overall business strategy.
With respect to issues related to bioengineering and nanotechnology, the ESG guidelines will carefully scrutinize any proposals requesting that a company adopt a policy concerning these matters. In general, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines support proposals that seek additional reporting on these topics, as well as the development of safety standards to regulate their use.
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines evaluate a company’s impact on the environment, in addition to the regulatory risk a company may face by not adopting environmentally responsible policies. The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will consider voting against certain directors for not exercising their fiduciary duty as it relates to environmental risk.
LABOR AND HUMAN RIGHTS
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines generally support enhancing the rights of workers, as well as considering the communities and broader constituents in the areas in which companies do business. Accordingly, the ESG guidelines will generally vote for proposals requesting that companies provide greater disclosure regarding impact on local stakeholders, workers’ rights and human rights in general. In addition, Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines support proposals for companies to adopt or comply with certain codes of conduct relating to labor standards, human rights conventions, and corporate responsibility at large. The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines will also support proposals requesting independent verification of a company’s contractors’ compliance with labor and human rights standards. In addition, the ESG guidelines support the International Labor Organization standards and encourage companies to adopt such standards in its business operations.
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines provide for a review of the performance and oversight of certain directors in instances in which a company is found to have violated international human rights standards. Pursuant to the ESG guidelines, if directors have not adequately overseen the overall business strategy of the company to ensure that basic human rights standards are met or if a company is subject to regulatory or legal action with a foreign government or entity due to human rights violations, we will consider voting against directors taking into account the severity of the violations and the outcome of the claims.
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines generally vote in favor of proposals seeking increased disclosure regarding public health and safety issues, including those related to product responsibility. In particular, Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines support proposals calling for the labeling of the use of genetically modified organisms (“GMOs”), the elimination or reduction of toxic emissions and use of toxic chemicals in manufacturing, and the prohibition of tobacco sales to minors. Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines also support proposals seeking a report on a company’s drug reimportation guidelines, as well as on a company’s ethical responsibility as it relates to drug distribution and manufacture. The ESG guidelines will also support proposals related to worker safety and companies’ compliance with internationally recognized human rights or safety standards.
BUSINESS ETHICS
Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines generally vote for proposals seeking to increase disclosure of a company’s business ethics and code of conduct, as well as of its activities that relate to social welfare. The Glass Lewis ESG guidelines support proposals requesting that a company develop sustainable business practices, such as animal welfare policies, human rights policies, and fair lending policies. Furthermore, the Glass Lewis ESG guidelines support reporting and reviewing a company’s political and charitable spending as well as its lobbying practices. The policy will also support well-crafted proposals requesting that companies cease political spending or associated activities.
TROJAN HORSE PROPOSALS
Under the Glass Lewis’ ESG guidelines, we carefully examine each proposal’s merits in order to ensure it seeks enhanced environmental disclosure and/or practices, and is not conversely aimed at limiting environmental disclosure or consideration. Accordingly, the ESG guidelines will not support such proposals, which are often referred to as “Trojan Horse” proposals.
PART C: OTHER INFORMATION
Item 15. Indemnification
Pursuant to Del. Code Ann. Title 12 Section 3817, a Delaware statutory trust may provide in its governing instrument for the indemnification of its officers and Trustees from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.
Reference is made to Article 8, Section 8.4 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Investment Managers Series Trust II (the “Registrant” or the “Trust”), which provides:
Subject to the limitations, if applicable, hereinafter set forth in this Section 8.4, the Trust shall indemnify (from the assets of the Series or Series to which the conduct in question relates) each of its Trustees, officers, employees and agents (including Persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter, together with such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators or personal representative, referred to as a “Covered Person”)) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, except with respect to any matter as to which it has been determined that such Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; (ii) had acted with willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office (iii) for a criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful (the conduct described in (i), (ii) and (iii) being referred to hereafter as “Disabling Conduct”). A determination that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification may be made by (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct, (ii) dismissal of a court action or an administrative proceeding against a Covered Person for insufficiency of evidence of Disabling Conduct, or (iii) a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the indemnity was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct by (a) a vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) nor parties to the proceeding (the “Disinterested Trustees”), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Expenses, including accountants' and counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), may be paid from time to time by one or more Series to which the conduct in question related in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding; provided that the Covered Person shall have undertaken to repay the amounts so paid to such Series if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article 8 and (i) the Covered Person shall have provided security for such undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission the (“SEC”) such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The Registrant has also entered into Indemnification Agreements with each of its trustees which provide that the Registrant shall advance expenses and indemnify and hold harmless each trustee in certain circumstances against any expenses incurred by a trustee in any proceeding arising out of or in connection with the trustee's service to the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the Securities Act and the 1940 Act, and which provide for certain procedures in connection with such advancement of expenses and indemnification.
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), the Trust has agreed to indemnify, defend and hold the Distributor, and each of its present or former directors, members, officers, employees, representatives and any person who controls or previously controlled the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (“Distributor Indemnitees”), free and harmless (a) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending any alleged losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs or expenses and any counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) of any and every nature (“Losses”) which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur under the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, any other statute (including Blue Sky laws) or any rule or regulation thereunder, or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any prospectus, an annual or interim report to shareholders or sales literature, or any amendments or supplements thereto, or arising out of or based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust’s obligation to indemnify the Distributor and any of the Distributor Indemnitees shall not be deemed to cover any Losses arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Distributor and furnished to the Trust or its counsel by the Distributor in writing for the purpose of, and used in, the preparation thereof; (b) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur in connection with the Distribution Agreement or the Distributor’s performance hereunder, except to the extent the Losses result from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, (c) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur resulting from the actions or inactions of any prior service provider to the Trust or any Funds in existence prior to, and added to Schedule A after, the date of the Distribution Agreement, or (d) from and against any and all Losses which the Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur when acting in accordance with instructions from the Trust or its representatives; and provided further that to the extent this agreement of indemnity may require indemnity of any Distributor Indemnitee who is also a trustee or officer of the Trust, no such indemnity shall inure to the benefit of such trustee or officer if to do so would be against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act or the 1940 Act.
ITEM 16. | EXHIBITS |
(8) | Not applicable. | ||
(9) | Custody Agreements: | ||
(16) | Powers of Attorney: | ||
(a) | Power of Attorney is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 16(16) of Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-14 filed with the Commission on December 17, 2021. |
(17) | Proxy Card: | ||
(a) | Form of Proxy Card – filed herewith. |
Item 17. Undertakings
1. | The undersigned registrant agrees that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered through the use of a prospectus which is a part of the registration statement by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c) of the Securities Act, the reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form for reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form. |
2. | The undersigned registrant agrees that every prospectus that is filed under paragraph (1) above will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until the amendment is effective, and that, in determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement for the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering of them. |
3. | The undersigned registrant undertakes to file an opinion of counsel supporting the tax consequences to shareholders discussed in the combined proxy statement and prospectus in a post-effective amendment to this registration statement. |
SIGNATURES
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on behalf of the Registrant, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin, on the 31st day of January 2022.
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II | |||
By: | /s/ Terrance Gallagher | ||
Terrance Gallagher, President and Principal Executive Officer |
As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
Signature | Title | ||
/s/ Thomas Knipper | |||
Thomas Knipper | Trustee | ||
/s/ Kathleen K. Shkuda | |||
Kathleen K. Shkuda | Trustee | ||
/s/ Larry D. Tashjian | |||
Larry D. Tashjian | Trustee | ||
/s/ John P. Zader | |||
John P. Zader | Trustee | ||
/s/ Eric M. Banhazl | |||
Eric M. Banhazl | Trustee | ||
/s/ Terrance P. Gallagher | |||
Terrence P. Gallagher | Trustee, President and Principal Executive Officer | ||
/s/ Rita Dam | |||
Rita Dam | Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer | ||
† By: | Rita Dam |
Attorney-in-fact, pursuant to power of attorney
previously filed on December 17, 2021.
Exhibit Index
Form of Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement | EX-16.7(c) |
EX-16.11(a) | |
Form of Opinion as to Tax Matters and Consent | EX-16.12 |
EX-16.14(a) | |
EX-16.14(b) | |
Form of Proxy Card |